Index of NACA technical publications

MISSING IMAGE

Material Information

Title:
Index of NACA technical publications
Physical Description:
9 v. : ; 26 cm.
Language:
English
Creator:
United States -- National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics
United States -- National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Publisher:
NACA
Place of Publication:
Washington
Frequency:
irregular

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Aeronautics -- Abstracts   ( lcsh )
Genre:
serial   ( sobekcm )
abstract or summary   ( marcgt )
federal government publication   ( marcgt )

Notes

Dates or Sequential Designation:
Began with: 1915-1947.
Dates or Sequential Designation:
-July 1957-Sept. 1958.
Numbering Peculiarities:
Cumulation for 1915-1947 superseded by 1915-1949, which is supplemented by subsequent volumes.
Issuing Body:
Vol. for July 1957-Sept. 1958 issued by: National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
General Note:
Description based on: 1915-1949; title from cover.
Statement of Responsibility:
National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics.

Record Information

Source Institution:
University of Florida
Rights Management:
All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier:
aleph - 030392191
oclc - 01775947
lccn - 48045822 //r822
Classification:
lcc - Z5063 .U634
System ID:
AA00022327:00001

Related Items

Succeeded by:
Index of NASA technical publications

Table of Contents
    Front Cover
        Front Cover 1
        Front Cover 2
    Introduction
        Page i
        Page ii
    Table of Contents
        Page iii
        Page iv
        Page v
        Page vi
        Page vii
        Page viii
    Aerodynamics
        Page 1
        Page 2
        Page 3
        Page 4
        Page 5
        Page 6
        Page 7
        Page 8
        Page 9
        Page 10
        Page 11
        Page 12
        Page 13
        Page 14
        Page 15
        Page 16
        Page 17
        Page 18
        Page 19
        Page 20
        Page 21
        Page 22
        Page 23
        Page 24
        Page 25
        Page 26
        Page 27
        Page 28
        Page 29
        Page 30
        Page 31
        Page 32
        Page 33
        Page 34
        Page 35
        Page 36
        Page 37
        Page 38
        Page 39
        Page 40
        Page 41
        Page 42
        Page 43
        Page 44
        Page 45
        Page 46
        Page 47
        Page 48
        Page 49
        Page 50
        Page 51
        Page 52
        Page 53
        Page 54
        Page 55
        Page 56
        Page 57
        Page 58
        Page 59
        Page 60
        Page 61
        Page 62
        Page 63
        Page 64
        Page 65
        Page 66
        Page 67
        Page 68
        Page 69
        Page 70
        Page 71
        Page 72
        Page 73
        Page 74
        Page 75
        Page 76
        Page 77
        Page 78
        Page 79
        Page 80
        Page 81
        Page 82
        Page 83
        Page 84
        Page 85
        Page 86
        Page 87
        Page 88
        Page 89
        Page 90
        Page 91
        Page 92
        Page 93
        Page 94
        Page 95
        Page 96
        Page 97
        Page 98
        Page 99
        Page 100
        Page 101
        Page 102
        Page 103
        Page 104
        Page 105
        Page 106
        Page 107
        Page 108
        Page 109
        Page 110
        Page 111
        Page 112
        Page 113
        Page 114
        Page 115
        Page 116
        Page 117
        Page 118
        Page 119
        Page 120
        Page 121
        Page 122
        Page 123
        Page 124
        Page 125
        Page 126
        Page 127
        Page 128
        Page 129
        Page 130
        Page 131
        Page 132
        Page 133
        Page 134
        Page 135
        Page 136
        Page 137
        Page 138
        Page 139
        Page 140
        Page 141
        Page 142
        Page 143
        Page 144
        Page 145
        Page 146
        Page 147
        Page 148
        Page 149
        Page 150
        Page 151
        Page 152
        Page 153
        Page 154
        Page 155
        Page 156
        Page 157
        Page 158
        Page 159
        Page 160
        Page 161
        Page 162
        Page 163
        Page 164
        Page 165
        Page 166
        Page 167
        Page 168
        Page 169
        Page 170
        Page 171
        Page 172
        Page 173
        Page 174
        Page 175
        Page 176
        Page 177
        Page 178
        Page 179
        Page 180
        Page 181
        Page 182
        Page 183
        Page 184
        Page 185
        Page 186
        Page 187
        Page 188
        Page 189
        Page 190
        Page 191
        Page 192
        Page 193
        Page 194
        Page 195
        Page 196
        Page 197
        Page 198
        Page 199
        Page 200
        Page 201
        Page 202
        Page 203
        Page 204
        Page 205
        Page 206
        Page 207
        Page 208
        Page 209
        Page 210
        Page 211
        Page 212
        Page 213
        Page 214
        Page 215
        Page 216
        Page 217
        Page 218
        Page 219
        Page 220
        Page 221
        Page 222
        Page 223
        Page 224
        Page 225
        Page 226
        Page 227
        Page 228
        Page 229
        Page 230
        Page 231
        Page 232
        Page 233
        Page 234
        Page 235
        Page 236
        Page 237
        Page 238
        Page 239
        Page 240
        Page 241
        Page 242
        Page 243
        Page 244
        Page 245
        Page 246
        Page 247
        Page 248
        Page 249
        Page 250
        Page 251
        Page 252
        Page 253
        Page 254
        Page 255
        Page 256
        Page 257
        Page 258
        Page 259
        Page 260
        Page 261
        Page 262
        Page 263
        Page 264
        Page 265
        Page 266
        Page 267
        Page 268
        Page 269
        Page 270
        Page 271
        Page 272
        Page 273
        Page 274
        Page 275
        Page 276
        Page 277
        Page 278
        Page 279
        Page 280
        Page 281
        Page 282
        Page 283
        Page 284
        Page 285
        Page 286
        Page 287
        Page 288
        Page 289
        Page 290
        Page 291
        Page 292
        Page 293
        Page 294
        Page 295
        Page 296
    Hydrodynamics
        Page 297
        Page 298
        Page 299
        Page 300
        Page 301
        Page 302
        Page 303
        Page 304
        Page 305
        Page 306
        Page 307
        Page 308
        Page 309
        Page 310
        Page 311
        Page 312
        Page 313
        Page 314
        Page 315
        Page 316
        Page 317
        Page 318
        Page 319
        Page 320
        Page 321
        Page 322
        Page 323
        Page 324
    Propulsion
        Page 325
        Page 326
        Page 327
        Page 328
        Page 329
        Page 330
        Page 331
        Page 332
        Page 333
        Page 334
        Page 335
        Page 336
        Page 337
        Page 338
        Page 339
        Page 340
        Page 341
        Page 342
        Page 343
        Page 344
        Page 345
        Page 346
        Page 347
        Page 348
        Page 349
        Page 350
        Page 351
        Page 352
        Page 353
        Page 354
        Page 355
        Page 356
        Page 357
        Page 358
        Page 359
        Page 360
        Page 361
        Page 362
        Page 363
        Page 364
        Page 365
        Page 366
        Page 367
        Page 368
        Page 369
        Page 370
        Page 371
        Page 372
        Page 373
        Page 374
        Page 375
        Page 376
        Page 377
        Page 378
        Page 379
        Page 380
        Page 381
        Page 382
        Page 383
        Page 384
        Page 385
        Page 386
        Page 387
        Page 388
        Page 389
        Page 390
        Page 391
        Page 392
        Page 393
        Page 394
        Page 395
        Page 396
        Page 397
        Page 398
        Page 399
        Page 400
        Page 401
        Page 402
        Page 403
        Page 404
        Page 405
        Page 406
        Page 407
        Page 408
        Page 409
        Page 410
    Structures
        Page 411
        Page 412
        Page 413
        Page 414
        Page 415
        Page 416
        Page 417
        Page 418
        Page 419
        Page 420
        Page 421
        Page 422
        Page 423
        Page 424
        Page 425
        Page 426
        Page 427
        Page 428
        Page 429
        Page 430
        Page 431
        Page 432
        Page 433
        Page 434
        Page 435
        Page 436
        Page 437
        Page 438
        Page 439
        Page 440
        Page 441
        Page 442
        Page 443
        Page 444
        Page 445
        Page 446
        Page 447
        Page 448
        Page 449
        Page 450
        Page 451
        Page 452
        Page 453
        Page 454
        Page 455
        Page 456
        Page 457
        Page 458
        Page 459
        Page 460
        Page 461
        Page 462
        Page 463
        Page 464
        Page 465
        Page 466
        Page 467
        Page 468
        Page 469
        Page 470
    Materials
        Page 471
        Page 472
        Page 473
        Page 474
        Page 475
        Page 476
        Page 477
        Page 478
        Page 479
        Page 480
        Page 481
        Page 482
        Page 483
        Page 484
        Page 485
        Page 486
        Page 487
        Page 488
        Page 489
        Page 490
        Page 491
        Page 492
        Page 493
        Page 494
        Page 495
        Page 496
        Page 497
        Page 498
        Page 499
        Page 500
        Page 501
        Page 502
        Page 503
        Page 504
        Page 505
        Page 506
        Page 507
        Page 508
        Page 509
        Page 510
    Meteorology
        Page 511
        Page 512
        Page 513
        Page 514
        Page 515
        Page 516
        Page 517
        Page 518
        Page 519
        Page 520
    Operating problems
        Page 521
        Page 522
        Page 523
        Page 524
        Page 525
        Page 526
        Page 527
        Page 528
        Page 529
        Page 530
        Page 531
        Page 532
        Page 533
        Page 534
        Page 535
        Page 536
        Page 537
        Page 538
        Page 539
        Page 540
        Page 541
        Page 542
        Page 543
        Page 544
    Instruments
        Page 545
        Page 546
        Page 547
        Page 548
        Page 549
        Page 550
        Page 551
        Page 552
        Page 553
        Page 554
        Page 555
        Page 556
        Page 557
        Page 558
        Page 559
        Page 560
    Research equipment and techniques
        Page 561
        Page 562
        Page 563
        Page 564
        Page 565
        Page 566
        Page 567
        Page 568
        Page 569
        Page 570
        Page 571
        Page 572
        Page 573
        Page 574
        Page 575
        Page 576
        Page 577
        Page 578
        Page 579
        Page 580
        Page 581
        Page 582
        Page 583
        Page 584
        Page 585
        Page 586
        Page 587
        Page 588
    Nomenclature, bibliographies and indexes
        Page 589
    Technical summaries
        Page 590
    Alphabetical index
        Page 591
        Page 592
        Page 593
        Page 594
        Page 595
        Page 596
        Page 597
        Page 598
        Page 599
        Page 600
        Page 601
        Page 602
        Page 603
        Page 604
        Page 605
        Page 606
    Back Cover
        Back Cover 1
        Back Cover 2
Full Text
OPP




DRY










tt,








P-I-IRUEATIHNS

7 K t

'All I t,



0A,

JU IS51



##





MCA



I NGTO,,Nv 1949

4 f









NATIONAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE FOR AERONAUTICS


The Index of NACA Technical Publications covers reports is-
sued from the date of origin of the Committee in 1915 until approxi-
mately September 1949.

Because omissions were noted after publication of the Index is-
sued in 1947, and since many new reports have been released since
that time, it was decided to issue a new volume to supersede complete-
ly the 1947 Index, with supplements to be issued regularly in the future.

Commencing with all publications issued after September 1, 1949,
subject classifications were revised, the most important change involv-
ing the transfer of aircraft loads reports from the Aerodynamics clas-
sification to Structures. For those maintaining a file of NACA index
cards, it is recommended that cards issued for reports dated prior to
September 1, 1949 be removed from the file. This volume includes
the same index information. Supplements covering periods following
September 1, 1949, will be arranged according to the revised subject
classifications.

On the pages immediately following, the subject classifications
are indexed in order of breakdown. There is included in the back of
this volume an alphabetical arrangement of the subject classifications.






Division of Research Information
National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics
Washington, D. C.
March 31, 1950


















Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2013












http://archive.org/detaiIs/indexofnacatl 949unit








CONTENTS


Subj ect


Page


AERODYNAMICS


I. 2
1. 1.2
1.1.2.1
1.1.2.2
1.1.2.3

1.1.3.1
1.1.3.2
1.1.3.3
1.2.1.2
1.1..1
1.2.1.4.2
1.1..3
1.1.5
1.1.5.1
1.2,5.2


1.2
1.2. 1
1.2.1.1
1.2.1.2
1.2.1.2.1
1.2.1.2.2

1.2.1.2.4
1.2.1.2.
1.2.1.3
1.2.1.6
1.2.1.7.1
1.2.1.4.2
1.2. 2. 4.3
1. 2.1. 4.2
1.2.1.1.5
1.2.1.5
1.2.1.5.1
1.2.1.5.2
1. 2.1.6
1,.2.1. 7
1.2. 1.8
I. 2.2
1.2.2. 1
1.2.2.2
1.2.2.2.1
1. 2. 2.2.2


Subject
No.


FUNDAMENTAL
Incompressible Flow
Compressible Flow
SUBSONIC FLOW
MIXED FLOW
SUPERSONIC FLOW
Viscous Flow
LAMINAR FLOW
TURBULENT FLOW
JET MIXING
Aerodynamics with Heat
HEATING
HEAT TRANSFER
ADDITIONS OF HEAT
Flow of Rarefied Gases
SLIP FLOW
FREE MOLECULE FLOW


WINGS
Wing Sections
SECTION THEORY
SECTION VARIABLES
C amber
Thickness
Thickness Distribution
Inlets and Exits
Surface Conditions
DESIGNATED PROFILES
HIGH LIFT DEVICES
Plain Flaps
Split Flaps
Slotted Flaps
Leading Edge Flaps
Slots and Slats
CONTROLS
Flap Type
Spoilers
BOUNDARY LAYER
REYNOLDS NUMBER EFFECTS
MACH NUMBER EFFECTS
Complete Wings
WING THEORY
WING VARIABLES
Profiles
Aspect Ratio


Su bj ect
No.


1.2.2.2.3
1.2.2.2.4
1.2.2.2.5
1.2.2.2.6
1.2.2.3
1.2.2.3.1
1.2.2.3.2
1.2.2.4
1.2.2.4.1
1.2.2.4.2
1.2.2.5
1.2.2.6
1.2.2.7
1.2.2.8


1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.2.1
1.3.2.2
1.3.2.3
1.3.2.4
1.3.2.5
1.3.3
1.3.4
1.3.4.1
1.3.4.2
1.3.4.3
1.3.4.4
I .3.5

I.4.


1.14.2
1.4.1.1
1.4.1.2
1.4-.2
1.4.3
1.4.3.1
1.4.3.2
1.4.4.
1.4.4.1
1.24.4.2
1.4. 4.3
1,4.4.24
1.4.5
1.4.6


Su bj ect


Sweep
Taper
Inlets and Exits
Surface Conditions
HIGH LIFT DEVICES
Flaps
Slots and Slats
CONTROLS
Flap Type
Spoilers
REYNOLDS NUMBER EFFECTS
MACH NUMBER EFFECTS
WAKE
BOUNDARY LAYER


BODIES
Theory
Shape Variables
FINENESS RATIO
CROSS SECTION
THICKNESS DISTRIBUTION
SURFACE CONDITIONS
PROTUBERANCES
Canopies
Ducted Bodies
NOSE SHAPE
TAIL SHAPE
SIDE INLETS
SIDE EXITS
Hulls


INTERNAL AERODYNAMICS
Nose Inlets
CENTRAL
ANNULAR
Leading Edge Inlets
3ide Inlets
SCOOPS
SUBMERGED
Ducts
DIFFUSERS
NOZZLES
PIPES
BENDS
Exits
Jet Pumps and Thrust
Augmentors


Page


82
86
88
89
91
91
96
98
99
103
104
106
III
113


I 114

117
118
118
'19
119
120
121
121
122
123
123
123
123


125
126
126
127
128
128
128
129
129
130
131
132
133
134

134









Subject


Su bj ect
No.


1.4.7
1.4.7.1
1.14.8
1.4.9
1.4.10

1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.2.1
1.5.2.2
1.5.2.3
1.5.2.4
1.5.2.5
1.5.2.6
1.5.2.7
1.5.2.8
1.5.2.9
1.5.2.10
1.5.3
1.5.11
1.5.6

1.6
1.6.1
1.6.2
1.6.2.1
1.6.2.2

1.7
1.7.1
1.7.1.1
1.7.1.1.1
1.7.1.1.2
1.7.1.1.3
1.7.1.1.

1.7.1.1.5
1.7. 1. 2







1.7.1.3
1.7.2
1.7.2.1
1.7.2.1.1


Comp ressors
CASCADES
Fans
Turbines
Boundary Layer

PROPELLERS
Theory
Design Variables
BLADE SECTIONS
SOLIDITY
PITCH DISTRIBUTION
BLADE PLANFORMS
MACH NUMBER EFFECTS
PUSHER
DUAL ROTATION
INTERFERENCE OF BODIES
PITCH AND YAW
DI AMETER
Designated Types
Slipstream
Operating Conditions

ROTORS
Theory
Experimental Studies
POWER-DR I VEN
AUTOROTATING


AIRCRAFT 168
Airplanes 168
COMPONENTS IN COMBINATION168
Wing-Fuselage 170
Wing-Nacelle 172
Tail-Wing and Fuselage 173
Propeller and Jet Inter-
ference 175
External Stores 176
SPECIFIC AIRPLANES 176
American 176
British 182
French 185
German 187
Italian 189
Miscellaneous Foreign189
PERFORMANCE 190
Missiles 194
COMPONENTS IN COMBINATIONI95
Wing Body Combina-
tions Missiles 195


Page


135
136
137
138
138

110
141

145
147
1119
151
152
153
154
155
158
159
159
160
163

164
161
165
165
167


Subject
No.


1.7.2.1.2
1.7.2.1.3
1.7.2.2
1.7.3
1.7.3.1
1.7.3.2
1.7.4
1.7.4.1
1.7.4.2
1.7.5
1.7.6

1.8
1.8.1
1.8.1.1
1.8.1.1.1

1.8.1.1.2

1.8.1.1.3

1.8.1.2
1.8.1.2.1

1.8.1.2.2


1.8.1.2.3
I .8.2
1.8.2.1
1.8.2.2
1.8.2.3
1.8.2.4
1.8.2.5
1.8.2.6
I .8.3
1.8.1.

1.8.6


1.9
1.9.I
1.9.1.1
1.9.1.2
1.9.1.3
I1.9.2
1.9.2.1
1.9.2.2
1.9.2.3


Su bj ect


Tail -Body
Jet Interference
SPECIFIC MISSILES
Rotating Wing Aircraft
AU TOG I ROS
HELICOPTERS
Seapl anes
GENERAL STUDIES
SPECIFIC TYPES
Airships
Biplanes and Triplanes

STABILITY AND CONTROL
Stability
STATIC
Longitudinal Static
Stability
Lateral Static
Stability
Directional Static
Stability
DYNAMIC STABILITY
Longitudinal Dynamic
Stability
Lateral and Direc-
tional Dynamic
Stability
Damping Derivatives
Control
LONGITUDINAL CONTROL
LATERAL CONTROL
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL
AIRBRAKES
HINGE MOMENTS
CONTROL AUTOMATIC
Spinning
Stall ing
Flying Qualities
Mass and Gyroscopic
Problems

LOADING
Wings
STEADY LOADS
MANEUVERING LOADS
GUST LOADS
Tail Loads
STEADY
MANEUVERING
BUFFETING AND GUST


Page


195
195
195
195
'95
196
198
198
199
200
202

201
2041
205

206

213

218
222

222


225
229
232
233
2'10
250
253
2541
262
262
266
269

275

276
276
278
282
283
286
286
287
288









Subject


1.9.4
1.9.5

1.10
1.10.1
1.10.2
1.10.2.1
1.10.2.2
1.10.3
1.10.4

1.10.5


Page


Fuselage, Nacelles, and
Canopies
Rotating Wings
Aeroelasticity

VIBRATION AND FLUTTER
Wings and Ailerons
Tails
ELEVATORS AND RUDDERS
TABS
Bodies
Propellers, Fans, and
Cqmp ressors
Rotating Wing Aircraft

PARACHUTES

HYDRODYNAMICS

THEORY

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT STUDIES

SEAPLANE HULL VARIABLES
Length-Beam Ratio
Deadri se
Steps
Afterbody Shape
Forebody Shape
Chines


SPECIFIC SEAPLANES ANDHULLS 311


LATERAL STABILIZERS
Wing-Tip Float

PLANING SURFACES


HYDROFOILS

IMPACT LOADS


3114
3114


316

317


DITCHING CHARACTERISTICS

STABILITY AND CONTROL
Longitudinal
Lateral
Directional

SURFACE CRAFT


319

320
320
322
322

323


Subject
No.


Subject


PROPULS ION


289
291
291

292
292
293
294
294
294

294
295

296

297

298

300

302
302
303
304
306
307
309


3.1
3. 1.1
3.1.1.1
3.1.1.2

3.1.2

3.1.2.1

3.1.2.2
3.1.2.3

3.1.3
3.1.6
3.1.5
3.1.6
3.1.7
3.1.8
3,1.9
3.1. 10

3.1.11

3.2

3.2.1
3.2.1.1

3.2.1.2
3.2.1.3
3.2. 1.4
3.2.2
3.2.2.1

3.2.2.1
3.2.3

3.2.3.1

3.2.4
3.2.4.1

3.2.4.2

3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.2.1
3.3.2.2


Subject
No.


COMPLETE SYSTEMS
Reciprocating Engines
SPARK-IGNITION ENGINES
COMPRESSION-IGNITION
(DIESEL) ENGINES
Reciprocating Engines
with Turbines
TURBOSUPERC HARGED
ENG I NES
COMPOUND ENGINES
GAS GENERATOR-TURBINE
ENG I NES
Turbo-Jet Engines
Turbo-Propeller Engines
Ducted Propeller Engines
Pulse Jet
Ram Jet
Rockets
Jet-Driven Rotors
Comparison of Engine
Types
Miscellaneous Engines

CHARGING AND CONTROL OF
ENGINES
Reciprocating Engines
METERING AND CONTROL
PARAMETERS
MIXTURE CONTROL
FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEMS
Gas Turbine Engines
METERING AND CONTROL
PARAMETERS
FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEMS
Ram Jet and Pulse Jet
Engines
METERING AND CONTROL
PARAMETERS
Rockets
METERING AND CONTROL
PARAMETERS-ROCKETS
FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEMS

AUXILIARY BOOSTER SYSTEMS
Reciprocating Engines
Gas Turbines
LIQUID INJECTION
AFTERBURN I NG


2.3
2.3. I
2.3.2
2.3.3
2.3.4
2.3.5
2.3.6


Page


325

326
326
328

331

334

334
334

336
336
337
337
337
338
338
339

339
339


341
341

345
346
348
351
352
352

352

353

353
353

353
353

354
354
354
354
354


2.10
2.10.1
2.10.2
2.10.3








Subject


Subject
No.


3.4
3.4.1
3.u1.2
3.1.3

3.4.3.1
3.4.3.1.1
3.5.3.1.2

3.5.3.2

3.5.3.3


3.5
3.5.1.

3.5.1.2
3.5.1.3
3.5.1.4

3.5.1.6
3.5.2



3.5.2.1
3.5.2.11
3.5.2.1.2

3.5.2.2
3.5.2.3
3.5.2.1
3.5.2.5

3.6
3.6.1.

3.6.1.1
3.6.1.2
3.6. 1.3
3.6. 1.4$
3.6.2
3.6.3

3.7
3.7.1

3.7.1.1
3.7.1.2


FUELS
Preparation
Physical Properties
Relation to Engine Per-
formance
RECIPROCATING ENGINES
Spark-Ignition
Compression-ignition
(Diesel)
TURBINE ENGINES, RAM
JETS AND PULSE JETS
ROCKETS (Includes Fuel
and Oxidant)

COMBUSTION
General Combustion
Research
TURBULENT FLOW
DETONAT ION
EFFECTS OF FUEL ATOM-
I ZAT I ON
IGNITION OF GASES
Effect of Engine
Operating Conditions
and Combustion Cham-
ber Geometry
RECIPROCATING ENGINES
Spark-Ignit ion
Compression-ignit ion
(Diesel)
TURBINE ENGINES
RAM-JET
PULSE JET
ROC KETS

COMPRESSORS
Flow Theory and Experi-
ment
AXIAL FLOW
RADIAL FLOW
MIXED FLOW
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT
Stress and Vibration
Matching

TURBINES
Flow Theory and Experi-
ment
AXIAL FLOW
RADIAL FLOW


Page


355
356
356

358
360
360

36;

365

365

366

366
368
368

368
368



368
369
370

373
37
37
375
375

376

376
376
378
379
380
380
381

382

382
382
383


Subject
No.


3.7.1.3
3.7.2
3.7.3
3.7.41

3.8
3.8.1
3.8.1.1
3.8.1.2

3.8.1.3
3.8.2
3.8.2.1
3.8.2.2

3.8.2.3
3.8.3
3.8.3.1
3.8.

3.8.4.1
3.8.5
3.8.6

3.9
3.9.1
3.9.2
3.9.2.1
3.9.2.2
3.9.2.3
3.9.2.4
3.9.2.5

3.10
3.10. I
3.10.1.1
3.10.1.2
3.10.2

3.11



4.1
;I.I

1.1.2
4.1.3


1.2


Su bj ect


MIXED FLOW
Cooling
Stress and Vibration
Matching

FRICTION AND LUBRICATION
Theory and Experiment
HYDRODYNAMIC THEORY
CHEMISTRY OF LUBRICA-
TION
SURFACE CONDITIONS
Sliding Contact Surfaces
SLEEVE BEARINGS
CYLINDER AND PISTON
MECHAN ISMS
SLIPPER PLATE BEARINGS
Rolling Contact Surfaces
ANTI-FRICTION BEARINGS
Sliding and Rolling
Contact Surfaces
GEARS
Lubricants
Lubrication Systems

HEAT TRANSFER
Theory
Heat Exchangers
RAD I ATORS
I NTERCOOLERS
AFTERCOOLERS
REGENERATORS
OIL COOLERS

COOLING
Reciprocating Engines
LIQUID COOLED
AIR COOLED
Gas Turbine Systems

PROPERTIES OF GASES

STRUCTURES

COLUMNS
Tubular
Beam
Sections

FRAMES, GRIDWORKS, AND
TRUSSES


Page


383
383
38
38

385
385
385

386
387
388
388

389
390
390
390

390
390
390
391

392
393
395
398
399
399
399
100

1101
I01
103

109








Subj ect


Subject
No.


'.3
4.3.1
4.3.1.1
4.3.1.2
4'.3.2
4.3.2.1
4.3.2.2


PLATES
Flat
UNSTIFFENED
STIFFENED
Curved
UNSTIFFENED
STIFFENED

BEAMS
Box
Diagonal Tension


SHELLS
Cylinders
CIRCULAR
ELLIPT (CAL
Boxes

CONNECTIONS
Bolted
Riveted
Welded
Bonded


4.5
4.5. I
45.1.1
4.5. 1.2
'.5.2

'.6
'1.6.1
'1.6.2
4.6.3
4.6.2

'1.7
'.7.1
4.7.2
4.7.3
4.7.4
4.7.5
4.7.6
'.7.7
4.7.7.1
4.7.7.2
'.7.8


'27
'29
'31

'32
432
'32
'35
'35


01'.3
q44
44 5
'53
157
'60

'65
'67
'67
'67

'69

'171

'72
'72
'80
'181
'83
'85
'85
487
4,88


Su bj ect
No.


Page


'19
',19
'19
'22
425
425
'25


Subject


5.1.9
5.1.10
5.1.11
5.1.12

5.2
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
5.2.6
5.2.7
5.2.8
5.2.9
5.2.10


5.3

5.3.1
5.3.2


METEOROLOGY


6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.2.1
6.1.2.2
6.1.2.3
6.1.2.4
6.1.3


6.2


ATMOSPHERE
Standard Atmosphere
Atmospheric Gusts
STRUCTURE
FREQUENCY
TURBULENCE
ALLEVIATION
Electricity


ICE FORMATION


OPERATING PROBLEMS


SAFETY


7.2


NAVIGATION


7.3
7.3.1

7.3.2
7.3.3
7.3.4
7.3.5
7.3.6


ICE PREVENTION AND REMOVAL
Engine Induction
Systems
Propellers
Wings and Tails
Windshields
Miscellaneous Accessories
Propulsion Systems


Protective Coatings
Fabrics
Sandwich and Laminates
Miscellaneous Types

PROPERTIES
Tensile
Compressive
Creep
Stress-Rupture
Fatigue
Shear
Flexural
Corrosion Resistance
Structure
Effects of Nuclear
Radiation

OPERATING STRESSES AND
CONDITIONS
Airframe
Propulsion System


LOADS AND STRESSES
Tension
Compression
Bending
Torsion
Shear
Concentrated
Dynamic
REPEATED DYNAMIC
TRANSIENT DYNAMIC
Normal Pressures

WEIGHT ANALYSIS

MATERIALS

TYPES
Aluminum
Magnesium
Steels
Heat-Resisting Alloys
Ceramics
Plastics
Woods
Adhesives


5..I

5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.1.5
5.I.6
5.1.7
5.1.8


Page


'88
489
'90
'91

'93
'96
'99
501
502
503
505
505
505
506

506


507
508
508

511

512
512
513
513
514
51
516
517


522







Subj ect
No.

7.4

7.5

7.6

7.7

7.8

7.9


Subj ect


NOISE

HEATING AND VENTILATING

LIGHTNING HAZARDS

PILOTING TECHNIQUES

PHYSIOLOGICAL

GENERAL


INSTRUMENTS

FLIGHT

LABORATORY

METEOROLOG I CAL

RESEARCH EQUIPMENT AND
TECHNIQUES

EQUI PMENT


Page


535

536

538

539

541

542


545

546

552

558



561

562


Subject
No.


9.1.1
9.1.2
9.1.3

9.1 .U1

9.1.5
9.1.6
9.1.7

9.2
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.2.3
9.,2.u,
9.2.5
9.2.6


i0


B I BL I OGRAPH I ES AND I NDEXES 589


TECHN I CAL SUMMAR I ES


viii


Subject


Wind Tunnels
Free-Flight
Towing Tanks and impact
Basins
Propulsion Research
Equipment
Propeller
Materials
Structures

TECHNIQUE
Corrections
Aerodynamics
Hydrodynamics
Structures and Materials
Propulsion
Operating Problems


NOMENCLATURE


8

8.1

8.2

8.3


Page


563
566

568

569
571
571
572

574
575
578
583
584
586
588


589


590


















AERODYNAMICS


(1)






2 AERODYNAMICS


Fundamental

(1.1)


Ames, Joseph S.: Aerodynamic Coeffi-
cients and Transformation Tables.
Rept. 20, 1918.
Prandtl, L.: Recent Progress in the
Theory of Air Flow as Applied to
Aeronautics. TM 55, Jan. 1922.
Munk, Max M.: Notes on Aerodynamic
Forces I. Rectilinear Motion.
TN 104, July 1922.

Munk, Max M.: Notes on Aerodynamic
Forces II. Curvilinear Motion.
TN 105, July 1922.
Munk, Max M.: Notes on Aerodynamic
Forces III. The Aerodynamic Forces
on Airships. TN 106, July 1922.

Burzio, Pilippo: Aerodynamics and Bal-
listics. TM 111, July 1922.
Katzmayr, R.: Effect of Periodic Changes
of Angle of Attack on Behavior of
Airfoils. TM 147, Oct. 1922.

Heisenberg, Werner: Absolute Dimensions
of Karman Vortex Motion. TN 126,
Jan. 1923.
Knight, William; Prandtl, L.; von Karman,
T.; Costanzi, G.; Margoulis, W.;
Verduzio, R.; Katzmayr, Richard;
Wolff, E. B. and Zahm, A. F.: Stand-
ardization and Aerodynamics. TN 134,
March 1923.
Prandtl, L.: The New Interpretation of
the Laws of Air Resistance. TM 198,
April 1923.
Magnan, Dr.: Bird Flight. TM 220,
Aug. 1923.

Sayers, W. H.: Vorticism in Aeronautics.
TM 222, Aug. 1923.
Toussaint, A.: Lecture on Aerodynamics.
TM 227, Sept. 1923.

Bacon, D. L. and Reid, E. G.: The Re-
sistance of Spheres in Wind Tunnels
and in Air. Rept. 185, 1924.
Munk, Max M.: Note on Vortices and on
Their Relation to the Lift of Airfoils.
TN i84, March 1924.
Munk, Max M.: Remarks on the Pressure
Distribution over the Surface of an
Ellipsoid, Moving Translationally
Through a Perfect Fluid. TN 196,
June i924.


Munk, Max M.: The Velocity Distribution
Caused by an Airplane at the Points of
a Vertical Plane Containing the Span.
TN 216, March 1925.

Betz, A.: The "Magnus Effect," the
Principle of the Flettner Rotor.
TM 310, April 1925.

Fick, Roderich: Relation of "Lilienthal
Effect" to Dynamic Soaring Flight.
TM 324, July 1925.
Lippisch, Alexander: Tneory of Flapping
Flight. TM 334, Oct. 1925.
Blumenthal, Otto: Pressure Distribution
On Joukowski Wings. TM 336,
Oct. 1925.
Zahm, A. F.: Flow and Drag Formulas
for Simple Quadrics. Rept. 253, 1927.
Prandtl, L.: Motion of Fluids with Very
Little Viscosity. TM 452, March 1928.

Burgers, J. M.: Note on Research Work
by Helmholtz and Wien Relating to the
Form of Waves Propagated Along the
Surface of Separation of Two Liquids.
TM 455, March 1928.
Schrenk, Oskar: Experiments with a Wing
Model from which the Boundary Layer
is Removed by Suction. TM 534,
Oct. 1929.
Schrenk, Oskar: The Boundary Layer as
a Means of Controlling the Flow of
Liquids and Gases. TM 555,
March 1930.

Ahlborn, F.: The Magnus Effect in Theory
and in Reality. TM 567, May 1930.

Repenthin, Walter: Investigation of the
Variations in the Velocity of the Air
Flow About a Wing Profile. TM 575,
July 1930.

Betz, A.: The Vortex Theory and Its Sig-
nificance in Aviation; Part I. Vortex
Theory and Part II. Wing Theory.
TM 576, July 1930.
Hansen, M.: Velocity Distribution in the
Boundary Layer of a Submerged Plate.
TM 585, Oct. 1930.

Tollmien, W.: The Production of Turbu-
lence. TM 609, March 1931.

v. Kirm~n, Th.: Mechanical Similitude
and Turbulence. TM 611, March 1931.






AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


Prandtl. L.: Effect of Stabilizing Forces
on Turbulence. TM 625, June 1931.
Lagally, M.: The Frictionless Flow in the
Region Around Two Circles. TM 626,
June 1931.

Tonnies, E.: Effect of the Ground on an
Airplane Flying Close to It. TM 674,
June 1932.
Lotz, I.: Calculation of Potential Flow
Past Airship Bodies in Yaw. TM 675,
July 1932.

Cuno Otto: Experimental Determination
of the Thickness of the Boundary Layer
Along a Wing Section. TM 679,
Aug. 1932.
Krisam, Dr. F.: Speed and Pressure
Recording in Three-Dimensional Flow.
TM 688, Oct. 1932.

Gruschwitz, E.: The Process of Separation
in the Turbulent Friction Layer.
TM 699, Feb. 1933.

Schiller, L. and Linke, W.: Pressure and
Frictional Resistance of a Cylinder at
Reynolds Numbers 5,000 to 40,000.
TM 715, July 1933.
Prandtl, L.: Recent Results of Turbulence
Research. TM 720, Aug. 1933.

Betz, A.: Modification of Wing-Section
Shape to Assure a Predetermined
Change in Pressure Distribution.
TM 767, March 1935.
Muttray, H.: The Interdependence of
Profile Drag and Lift with Joukowski
Type and Related Airfoils. TM 768,
March 1935.
Hoerner, S.: Tests of Spheres with Ref-
erence to Reynolds Number, Turbu-
lence and Surface Roughness. TM 777,
Oct. f935.

Schmidbauer, Hans: Behavior of Turbulent
Boundary Layers on Curved Convex
Walls. TM 791, April 1936.
Tollmien, W.: General Instability Cri-
terion of Laminar Velocity Distribu-
tions. TM 792, April 1936.
Stuper, J.: Contribution to the Problem of
Airfoils Spanning a Free Jet. TM 796,
June 1936.

Ferrari, C.: The Transport of Vorticity
Through Fluids in Turbulent Motion
(in the light of the Prandtl and Taylor
theories). TM 799, July 1936.
Fediaevsky, K.: Turbulent Boundary
Layer of an Airfoil. TM 822,
April 1937.


Garrick, I. E.: On Some Reciprocal Rela-
tions in the Theory of Nonstationary
Flows. Rept. 629, 1938.
von Doenhoff, Albert E.: A Method of
Rapidly Estimating the Position of the
Laminar Separation Point. TN 671,
Oct. 1938.

Gebelein, H.: Theory of Two-Dimensional
Potential Flow About Arbitrary Wing
Sections. TM 886, Jan. 1939.

Recant, Isidore G.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Ground Effect on Wings with
Flaps. TN 705, May 1939.
Preiswerk, Ernst: Application of the
Methods of Gas Dynamics to Water
Flows with Free Surface. Part I.
Flows with Momentum Discontinuities
(Hydraulic Jumps). TM 935,
March 1940.

Jacobs, W.: Variation in Velocity Profile
with Change in Surface Roughness of
Boundary. TM 951, Sept. 1940.
Prandtl, L.: Note on the Calculation of
Boundary Layers. TM 959, Nov. 1940.
Schrenk, 0.: Boundary Layer Removal by
Suction. TM 974, April 1941.

Schultz-Grunow, F.: New Frictional Re-
sistance Law for Smooth Plates.
TM 986, Sept. 1941.
v. Koppenfels, Werner: Two-Dimensional
Potential Flow Past a Smooth Wall
with Partly Constant Curvature.
TM 996, Nov. 1941.
Eckert, B. and Pfluger, F.: The Resistance
Coefficient of Commercial Round Wire
Grids. TM 1003, Jan. 1942.
Wieghardt, K.: Correlation of Data on the
Statistical Theory of Turbulence.
TM 1008, March 1942.
Pretsch, J.: The Stability of Laminar
Flow Past a Sphere. TM 1017,
June 1942.

Reichardt, H.: Heat Transfer Through
Turbulent Friction Layers. TM 1047,
Sept. 1943.

Frankl, F. and Voishel, V.: Turbulent
Friction in the Boundary Layer of a
Flat Plate in a Two-Dimensional Com-
pressible Flow at High Speeds. TM
1053, Dec. 1943.

Katzoff, S. and Finn, Robert S.: Note on
the Interpretation of Wake-Survey
Data and Its Use in the Estimation of
Induced Drag Due To Irregularities.
MR (WR L-639), Jan. 1944.






AERODYNAMICS
4 FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


Naiman, Irven: Numerical Evaluation of
the E-Integral Occurring in the Theo-
dorsen Arbitrary Airfoil Potential
Theory. ARR L4D27a (WR L-136),
April 1944.

Loitsianskii, L. G.: Integral Methods in
the Theory of the Boundary Layer.
TM 1070, July 1944.

Theodorsen, Theodore: Airfoil-Contour
Modifications Based on E-Curve Method
of Calculating Pressure Distribution.
ARR L4G05 (WR L-135), July 1944.

Swanson, Robert S. and Gillis, Clarence
L.: Wind-Tunnel Calibration and Cor-
rection Procedures for Three-Dimen-
sional Models. ARR L4E31 (WR L-1),
Oct. 1944.

Mutterperl, William: The Conformal
Transformation of an Airfoil into a
Straight Line and its Application to the
Inverse Problem of Airfoil Theory.
ARR L4K22a (WR L-113), Dec. 1944.

Mutterperl, William: A Solution of the
Direct and Inverse Potential Problems
for Arbitrary Cascades of Airfoils.
ARR L4K22b (WR L-81), Dec. 1944.

Swanson, Robert S. and Crandall, Stewart
M.: An Electromagnetic-Analogy
Method of Solving Lifting-Surface-
Theory Problems. ARR L5D23
(WR L-120), May 1945.

Naiman, Irven: Numerical Evaluation by
Harmonic Analysis of the e-Function
of the Theodorsen Arbitrary-Airfoil
Potential Theory. ARR L5H18
(WR L-153), Sept. 1945.

Tollmien, Walter: Calculation of Turbu-
lent Expansion Processes. TM 1085,
Sept. 1945.

Loitsianskii, L. G.: Some Basic Laws of
Isotropic Turbulent Flow. TM 1079,
Oct. 1945.

Evvard, John C. and Turner, L. Richard:
Theoretical Lift Distribution and Up-
wash Velocities for Thin Wings at
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1484,
Nov. 1947.
Gray, V. H. and Campbell, R. G.: A Meth-
od for Estimating Heat Requirements
for Ice Prevention on Gas-Heated
Hollow Propeller Blades. TN 1494,
Dec. 1947.

Heaslet, Max. A. and Lomax, Harvard:
The Use of Source-Sink and Doublet
Distributions Extended to the Solution
of Arbitrary Boundary Value Problems
inSupersonic Flow. TN 1515, Jan. 1948.


Donaldson, Coleman duP.: Note on the
Importance of Imperfect-Gas Effects
and Variation of Heat Capacities on
the Isentropic Flow of Gases.
RM L8J14, Dec. 1948.

Moeckel, W. E.: Use of Characteristic
Surfaces for Unsymmetrical Super-
sonic Flow Problems. TN 1849,
March 1949.
Heaslet, Max. A. and Lomax, Harvard:
The Application of Green's Theorem
to the Solution of Boundary-Value
Problems in Linearized Supersonic
Wing Theory. TN 1767, April 1949.

Eggers, A. I., Jr.: One-Dimensional
Flows of an Imperfect Diatomic Gas.
TN 1861, April 1949.

INCOMPRESSIBLE FLOW

(1.1.1)

Marchis, L.: Experimental Researches on
the Resistance of Air. Rept. 12, 1916.

Bateman, H.: Stability of the Parachute
and Helicopter. Rept. 80, 1920.

Prandtl, L.: Theory of Lifting Surfaces.
Part II. TN 10, Aug. 1920.

Munk, Max M.: Some New Aerodynamical
Relations. Rept. 114, 1921.

von Mises, R.: Lift Theory of Supporting
Surfaces. Second Article. TM 41,
1921.
Betz, A.: Vortices and the Related Prin-
ciples of Hydrodynamics. TN 68,
Nov. 1921.
Zahm, A. F.: Influence of Model Surface
and Air Flow Texture on Resistance of
Aerodynamic Bodies. Rept. 139, 1922.
Munk, Max M.: General Theory of Thin
Wing Sections. Rept. 142, 1922.

Bateman, H.: The Decay of a Simple Eddy.
Rept. 144, 1922.
Munk, Max M.: General Biplane Theory.
Rept. 151, 1922.

Bateman, H.: The Inertia Coefficients of
an Airship in a Frictionless Fluid.
Rept. 164, 1923.
Tuckerman, L. B.: Notes on Aerodynamic
Forces on Airship Hulls. TN 129,
March 1923.

Munk Max M.: Some Tables of the Factor
of Apparent Additional Mass. TN 197,
July 1924.





AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 5


Incompressible Flow (Cont.)
Munk, Max M.: The Simplifying Assump-
tions, Reducing the Strict Application
of Classical Hydrodynamics to Prac-
tical Aeronautical Computations.
TN 207, Nov. 1924.

Tuckerman, L. B.: Inertia Factors of
Ellipsoids for Use in Airship Design.
Rept. 210, 1925.
Rizzo, Frank: The Flettner Rotor Ship in
the Light of the Kutta-Joukowski Theory
and of Experimental Results. TN 228,
Oct. 1925.
Prandtl, L. and Tietjens, 0.: Kineto-
graphic Flow Pictures. TM 364,
May 1926.
Dupont, M.: Multiplicity of Solutions in
Aerodynamics. TM 413, May 1927.
Schrenk, 0.: Systematic Investigation of
Joukowsky Wing Sections. TM 422,
July 1927.
Flachsbart, 0.: Recent Researches on
the Air Resistance of Spheres.
TM 475, Aug. 1928.

Durand, W. F.: A Proof of the Theorem
Regarding the Distribution of Lift over
the Span for Minimum Induced Drag.
Rept. 349, 1929.

Zahm, A. F. and Louden, F. A.: Tables
for Pressure of Air on Coming to
Rest from Various Speeds. Rept. 316,
1929.

Von Kirmin, Th6odor: Calculation of
Pressure Distribution on Airship
Hulls. TM 574, July 1930.
Betz, A.: The Vortex Theory and Its Sig-
nificance in Aviation. Part I. Vortex
Theory. Part II. Wing Theory. TM
576, July 1930.

Theodorsen, Theodore: On the Theory of
Wing Sections with Particular Refer-
ence to the Lift Distribution. Rept.
383, 1931.
Theodorsen, Theodore: Theory of Wing
Sections of Arbitrary Shape. Rept.
411, 1931.
Rhode Richard V. and Pearson, Henry A.:
A Method for Computing Leading-
Edge Loads. Rept. 413, 1931.

Theodorsen, T. and Garrick, I. E.: Gen-
eral Potential Theory of Arbitrary
Wing Sections. Rept. 452, 1933.

Garrick, I. E.: Determination of the
Theoretical Pressure Distribution
for Twenty Airfoils. Rept. 465, 1933.


Betz, A.: Behavior of Vortex Systems.
TM 713, June 1933.
Dryden, Hugh L.: Computation of the
Two-dimensional Flow in a Laminar
Boundary Layer. Rept. 497, 1934.
Betz A.: Modification of Wing-Section
9hape to Assure a Predetermined
Change in Pressure Distribution.
TM 767, March 1935.
Pistolesi, E.: Ground Effect Theory and
Practice. TM 828, June 1937.

Gebelein, H.: Theory of Two-Dimensional
Potential Flow About Arbitrary Wing
Sections. TM 886, Jan. 1939.

Reissner, Hans: A Generalized Vortex
Theory of the Screw Propeller and Its
Application. TN 750, Feb. 1940.

Prandtl, L.: Recent Work on Airfoil
Theory. TM 962, Dec. 1940.

Schmieden, C.: Flow Around Wings Ac-
companied by Separation of Vortices.
TM 961, Dec. 1940.
Jones, Robert T. and Cohen, Doris: A
Graphical Method of Determining
Pressure Distribution in Two-Dimen-
sional Flow. Rept. 722, 1941.

Pistolesi, E.: On the Calculation of Flow
Past an Infinite Screen of Thin Air-
foils. TM 968, Feb. 1941.

Corson, Blake W., Jr.: The Aerodynamics
of a Wind-Tunnel Fan. TN 820, Aug.
1941.
Knight, Montgomery and Hefner, Ralph A.:
Analysis of Ground Effect on the Lifting
Airscrew. TN 835, Dec. 1941.
Kaplan, Carl: On a New Method for Cal-
culating the Potential Flow Past a
Body of Revolution. Rept. 752, 1942.
Keune, F.: Two-Dimensional Potential
Flow Past an Ordinary Thick Wing
Profile. TM 1023, July 1942.

Garrick, I. E.: On the Plane Potential
Flow Past a Lattice of Arbitrary
Airfoils. Rept. 788, 1944.

Graham, Donald J.: Tunnel-Wall Correc-
tions to Rolling and Yawing-Moments
Due to Aileron Deflection in Closed
Rectangular Wind Tunnels. ARR 4F21
(WR A-14), Jan. 1945.
Bers, Lipman: On a Method of Construct-
ing Two-Dimensional Subsonic Com-
pressible Flows Around Closed
Profiles. TN 969, March 1945.






AERODYNAMICS
6 FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


Incompressible Flow (Cont.)

Gardner, Clifford S. and LaHatte, James
A., Jr.: Determination of Induced
Velocity in Front of an Inclined Pro-
peller by a Magnetic-Analogy Method.
ARR L6AO5b (WR L-154), Feb. 1946.

Reissner, Eric: Effect of Finite Span on
the Airload Distributions for Oscil-
lating Wings. I Aerodynamic Theory
of Oscillating Wings of Finite Span.
TN 1194, March 1947.
Watkins, Charles E.: The Streamline
Pattern in the Vicinity of an Oblique
Airfoil. TN 1231, March 1947.

Katzoff, S.; Finn, Robert S. and Laurence,
James C.: Interference Method for
Obtaining the Potential Flow Past an
Arbitrary Cascade of Airfoils. TN
1252, May 1947.

Greenberg, J. Mayo: Some Considerations
on an Airfoil in an Oscillating Stream.
TN 1372, Aug. 1947.

Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
Some Fundamental Similarities Be-
tween Boundary-Layer Flow at
Transonic and Low Speeds. TN 1623,
June 1948.
Moses, H. E.: Velocity Distributions on
Arbitrary Airfoils in Closed Tunnels
by Conformal Mapping. TN 1899,
June 1949.


COMPRESSIBLE FLOW

(1.1.2)
Zahm, A. F.: Theories of Flow Similitude.
Rept. 287, 1928.
Burgers, J. M.: Note on Research Work
by Helmholtz and Wien Relating to
the Form of Waves Propagated Along
the Surface of Separation of Two
Liquids. TM 455, March 1928.

Stowell, E. Z. and Deming, A. F.: Vortex
Noise from Rotating Cylindrical Rods.
TN 519, Feb. 1935.
von Doenhoff, Albert E.: An Application
of the von Karman-Millikan Laminar
Boundary- Layer Theory and C ompari-
son with Experiment. TN 544,
Oct. 1935.
Stuper, J.: Reduction of Lift of a Wing
Due to Its Drag. TM 781, Nov. 1935.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Methods Employed
in America for the Experimental In-
vestigation of Aerodynamic Phenomena
at High Speeds. MP 42, March 1936.


Lindsey, W. F.: Drag of Cylinders of
Simple Shapes. Rept. 619, 1938.
Preiswerk, Ernst: Application of the
Methods of Gas Dynamics to Water
Flows with Free Surface. Part II.
Flows with Momentum Discontinuities
(Hydraulic Jumps). TM 935, March
1940.

Kaplan, Carl: The Flow of a Compressi-
ble Fluid Past a Sphere. TN 762,
May 1940.

Prandtl, L.: Recent Work on Airfoil
Theory. TM 962, Dec. 1940.
Frankly, F.: Heat Transfer in the Turbu-
lent Boundary Layer of a Compressible
Gas at High Speeds; and Frankl, F. and
Voishel, V.: Friction in the Turbulent
Boundary Layer of a Compressible
Gas at High Speeds. TM 1032, Oct.
1942.

Kaplan, Carl: The Flow of a Compressible
Fluid Past a Curved Surface. Rept.
768, 1943.

von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Tetervin,
Neal: Determination of General Rela-
tions for the Behavior of Turbulent
Boundary Layers. Rept. 772, 1943.

Rhode, Richard V. and Pearson, H. A.:
Observations of Compressibility Phe-
nomena in Flight. ACR 3D15 (WR
L-417), April 1943.
Gelbart, Abe: On a Function-Theory
Method for Obtaining Potential-Flow
Patterns of a Compressible Fluid.
ARR 3G27 (WR L-460), July 1943.
Allen, H. Julian: Notes on the Effect of
Surface Distortions on the Drag and
Critical Mach Number of Airfoils.
ACR 3129, Sept. 1943.
Garrick, I. E. and Kaplan, Carl: On the
Flow of a Compressible Fluid by the
Hodograph Method. I Unification and
Extension of Present-Day Results.
Rept. 789, 1944.

Garrick, I. E. and Kaplan, Carl: On the
Flow of a Compressible Fluid by the
Hodograph Method. II Fundamental
Set of Particular Flow Solutions of the
Chaplygin Differential Equation. Rept.
790, 1944.
Theodorsen, Theodore and Regier,
Arthur: Experiments on Drag of Re-
volving Disks, Cylinders and Stream-
line Rods at High Speeds. Rept. 793,
1944.
Vedernikoff A. N.: An Experimental In-
vestigation of the Flow of Air in a
Flat Broadening Channel. TM 1059,
Jan. 1944.






AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 7


Compressible Flow (Cont.)

Kantrowitz, Arthur: Effects of Heat-
Capacity Lag in Gas Dynamics. ARR
4A22 (WR L-457), Jan. 1944.
Kantrowitz Arthur and Huber, Paul W.:
Heat-Capacity Lag in Turbine-Working
Fluids. ARR L4E29 (WR L-21), May
1944.
Joyner, Upshur T.: Charts of Pressure,
Density, and Temperature Changes at
an Abrupt Increase in Cross-Sectional
Area of Flow of Compressible Air.
ARR L4L19 (WR L-13), Jan. 1945.

Hicks, Bruce L.: Addition of Heat to a
Compressible Fluid in Motion. ACR
E5A29 (WR E-88), Feb. 1945.
Gillis, Clarence L.; Polhamus Edward C.
and Gray, Joseph L., Jr.: Charts for
Determining jet-Boundary Corrections
for Complete Models in 7- by 10-Foot
Closed Rectangular Wind Tunnels.
ARR L5G31 (WR L-123), Sept. 1945.
Adler, Alfred A.: Variation with Mach
Number of Static and Total Pressures
Through Various Screens. CB L5F28
(WR L-23), Feb. 1946.

Tetervin, Neal: Approximate Formulas
for the Computation of Turbulent
Boundary-Layer Momentum Thick-
nesses in Compressible Flows. ACR
L6A22 (WR L-119), March 1946.
Ribner, Herbert S.: Field of Flow About a
Jet and Effect of Jets on Stability of
jet-Propelled Airplanes. ACR L6C13
WR L-213), April 1946.

Huber, Paul W.: Use of Freon-12 as a
Fluid for Aerodynamic Testing. TN
1024, April 1946.
Theodorsen, Theodore: Note on the Theo-
rems of Bjerknes and Crocco. TN
1073, May 1946.
Hess, Robert V. and Gardner, Clifford S.:
Study by the Prandtl-Glauert Method
of Compressibility Effects and Critical
Mach Number for Ellipsoids of Var-
ious Aspect Ratios and Thickness
Ratios. RM L7BO3a, March 1947.

Bartnoff, Shepard and Gelbart, Abe: On
Subsonic Compressible Flows by a
Method of Correspondence. H Appli-
cation of Methods to Studies of Flow
with Circulation About a Circular
Cylinder. TN 1171, April 1947.

Liepmann, Hans W. and Fila, Gertrude H.:
Investigations of Effects of Surface
Temperature and Single Roughness
Elements on Boundary-Layer Transi-
tion. TN 1196, April 1947.


Nekrasov, A. I.: Theory of Wings in
Nonstationary Flow. TM 1154, June
1947.
Ringleb, F.: Some Aerodynamic Relations
for an Airfoil in Oblique Flow. TM
1158, June 1947.

Hicks, Bruce L.; Montgomery, Donald J.
and Wasserman, Robert W.: The One-
Dimensional Theory of Steady Com-
pressible Fluid Flow in Ducts with
Friction and Heat Addition. TN 1336,
July 1947.
Lees, Lester: The Stability of the Lam-
inar Boundary Layer in a Compressi-
ble Fluid. TN 1360, July 1947.

Sedov, L. I.: On the Theory of the Un-
steady Motion of an Airfoil. TM 1156,
July 1947.

Ludwieg, H.: Drag Corrections in High-
Speed Wind Tunnels. TM 1163, July
1947.

Spurr, Robert A. and Allen, H. Julian:
A Theory of Unstaggered Airfoil Cas-
cades in Compressible Flow. RM
A7E29, Sept. 1947.
Evvard, John C. and Turner, L. Richard:
Theoretical Lift Distribution and Up-
wash Velocities for Thin Wings at
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1484, Nov.
1947.

Turner, L. Richard; Addie Albert N. and
Zimmerman, Richard I.: Charts for
the Analysis of One-Dimensional
Steady Compressible Flow. TN
1419, Jan. 1948.
Kuo Yung-Huai: Two-Dimensional Ir-
rotational Transonic Flows of a Com-
pressible Fluid. TN 1445, June 1948.

Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
Some Fundamental Similarities Between
Boundary-Layer Flow at Transonic
and Low Speeds. TN 1623, June 1948.
Spreiter, John R.: Aerodynamic Prop-
erties of Slender Wing-Body Combi-
nations at Subsonic, Transonic, and
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1662, July
1948.

Valerino, Michael F.: Generalized Charts
for Determination of Pressure Drop
of a High-Speed Compressible Fluid in
Heat-Exchanger Passages. I Air
Heated in Smooth Passages of Constant
Area with Constant Wall Temperature.
RM E8G23, Oct. 1948.

Huckel, Vera: Tables of Hypergeometric
Functions for Use in Compressible-
Flow Theory. TN 1716, Oct. 1948.






AERODYNAMICS
8 FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


Compressible Flow (Cont.)
Tetervin, Neal: Remarks Concerning the
Behavior of the Laminar Boundary
Layer in Compressible Flows. TN
1805, Jan. 1949.

Chapman, Dean R.: Laminar Mixing of a
Compressible Fluid. TN 1800, Feb.
1949.
Gothert, B. and Kawalki, K. H.: The
Compressible Flow Past Various
Plane Profiles near Sonic Velocity.
TM 1203, March 1949.

Pfeiffer, F. and Meyer-K~nig, W.: The
Characteristics Method Applied to
Stationary Two-Dimensional and Rota-
tionally Symmetrical Gas Flows. TM
1211, March 1949.

Heaslet, Max. A.; Lomax, Harvard and
Spreiter, John R.: Linearized Com-
pressible-Flow Theory for Sonic Flight
Speeds. TN 1824, March 1949.

Heaslet, Max. A. and Lomax, Harvard:
The Application of Green's Theorem
to the Solution of Boundary-Value
Problems in Linearized Supersonic
Wing Theory. TN 1767, April 1949.

Huber, Paul W.; Fitton, Cliff E., Jr. and
Delpino, F.: Experimental Investiga-
tion of Moving Pressure Disturbances
and Shock Waves and Correlation with
One-Dimensional Unsteady- Flow
Theory. TN 1903, July 1949.

Williams, Thomas W. and Benson, James
M.: Preliminary Investigation of the
Use of Afterglow for Visualizing Low-
Density Compressible Flows. TN 1900,
June 1949.

Alpert, Sumner: Design Method for Two-
Dimensional Channels for Compressi-
ble Flow with Application to High-
Solidity Cascades. TN 1931, Aug. 1949.


SUBSONIC FLOW
(1.1.2.1)

Riabouchinski, D.: On the Resistance of
the Air at High Speeds and on the
Automatic Rotation of Projectiles.
TN 49, April 1921.

Briggs, L. J.; Hull, G. F. and Dryden, H.
L.: Aerodynamic Characteristics of
Airfoils at High Speeds. Rept. 207,
1925.

Zahm, A. F.: Pressure of Air on Coming
to Rest from Various Speeds. Rept.
247, 1926.


Briggs, L. J. and Dryden, H. L*.: Pressure
Distribution over Airfoils at High
Speeds. Rept. 255, 1927.

Zahm, A. F. and Louden, F. A.: Tables
for Pressure of Air on Coming to Rest
from Various Speeds. Rept. 316,
1929.
Von Karman, Theodor: Calculation of
Pressure Distribution on Airship
Hulls. TM 574, July 1930.

Stack, John: The Compressibility Burble.
TN 543, Oct. 1935.

Prandtl, L.: General Considerations on
the Flow of Compressible Fluids. TM
805, Oct. 1936.
Kaplan, Carl: Compressible Flow About
Symmetrical Joukowski Profiles.
Rept. 621, 1938.
Kaplan, Carl: Two-Dimensional Subsonic
Compressible Flow Past Elliptic
Cylinders. Rept. 624, 1938.

Stack, John; Lindsey, W. F. and Littell,
Robert E.: The Compressibility
Burble and the Effect of Compressi-
bility on Pressures and Forces Acting
on an Airfoil. Rept. 646, 1938.

Frdssel, W.: Flow in Smooth Straight
Pipes at Velocities Above and Below
Sound Velocity. TM 844, Jan. 1938.

Kaplan, Carl: A Theoretical Study of the
Moment on a Body in a Compressible
Fluid. Rept. 671, 1939.

Silverstein, Abe and Joyner, Upshur T.:
Experimental Verification of the
Theory of Oscillating Airfoils. Rept.
673, 1939.

Ferri, Antonio: Investigations and Ex-
periments in the Guidonia Supersonic
Wind Tunnel. TM 901, July 1939.

Walchner, 0.: The Effect of Compressi-
bility on the Pressure Reading of a
Prandtl Pitot Tube at Subsonic Flow
Velocity. TM 917, Nov. 1939.

Becker, John V.: Boundary-Layer Transi-
tion on the N.A.C.A. 0012 and 23012
Airfoils in the 8-foot High-Speed Wind
Tunnel. ACR (WR L-682), Jan. 1940.

Preiswerk Ernst: Application of the
Methods of Gas Dynamics to Water
Flows with Free Surface. Part I.
Flows with No Energy Dissipation.
TM 934, March 1940.






AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 9


Subsonic Flow Compressible (Cont.)

Anon: Standards for Discharge Measure-
ment with Standardized Nozzles and
Orifices. German Industrial Standard
1952. TM 952, Sept. 1940.

Jones, Robert T.: Correction of the
Lifting-Line Theory for the Effect of
the Chord. TN 817, July 1941.

Stack, John: Compressibility Effects in
Aeronautical Engineering. ACR, Aug.
1941.
Lamla, Ernst: On the Symmetrical Po-
tential Flow of Compressible Fluid
Past a Circular Cylinder in the Tunnel
in the Subcritical Zone. TM 1018,
June 1942.
Hensley, Reece V.: Calibrations of Pitot-
Static Tubes at High Speeds. ACR
(WR L-396), July 1942.
Thompson, F. L. and Zalovcik, John A.:
Airspeed Measurements in Flight at
High Speeds. ARR, Oct. 1942.

Hantzsche W. and Wendt, H.: The Com-
pressible Potential Flow Past Elliptic
Symmetrical Cylinders at Zero Angle
of Attack and with No Circulation.
TM 1030, Oct. 1942.

Kaplan, Carl: On the Use of Residue
Theory for Treating the Subsonic Flow
of a Compressible Fluid. Rept. 728,
1942.
Davis, Wallace F.: Comparison of Various
Methods for Computing Drag from
Wake Surveys. ARR (WR W-4),
Jan. 1943.

Stack, John; Fedziuk, Henry A. and Cleary,
Harold E.: Preliminary Investigation
of the Effect of Compressibility on the
Maximum Lift Coefficient. ACR,
Feb. 1943.

Keenan, Joseph H. and Neumann, Ernest
P.: Measurements of Friction Coeffi-
cients in a Pipe for Subsonic and
Supersonic Flow of Air. ARR 3G13
(WR L-44), July 1943.
Heaslet, Max A.: Compressible Potential
Flow with Circulation About a Circular
Cylinder. Rept. 780, 1944.
Allen, H. Julian and Vincenti, Walter G.:
Wall Interference in a Two-Dimen-
sional-Flow Wind Tunnel, with Con-
sideration of the Effect of Compressi-
bility. Rept. 782, 1944.
Kaplan, Carl: The Flow of a Compressible
Fluid Past a Circular Arc Profile.
Rept. 794, 1944.


Nielsen, Jack N.: Compressibility Effects
on Heat Transfer and Pressure Drop
in Smooth Cylindrical Tubes. ARR
L4C16 (WR L-179), March 1944.

Emmons, Howard W.: The Numerical
Solution of Compressible Fluid Flow
Problems. TN 932, May 1944.

Reissner, Eric: On the General Theory
of Thin Airfoils for Nonuniform Motion.
TN 946, Aug. 1944.

Byrne, Robert W.: Experimental Con-
striction Effects in High-Speed Wind
Tunnels. ACR L4LO7a (WR L-74),
Dec. 1944.

Bers, Lipman: On a Method of Construct-
ing Two-Dimensional Subsonic Com-
pressible Flows Around Closed
Profiles. TN 969, March 1945.

Nielsen, Jack N. and Sweberg Harold H.:
Note on Compressibility Effects on
Downwash at the Tail at Subcritical
Speeds. CB L5C09 (WR L-19), March
1945.

Heaslet, Max A.: Theoretical Investiga-
tion of Methods for Computing Drag
from Wake Surveys at High Subsonic
Speeds. ARR 5C21 (WR W-1), June
1945.
Bers, Lipman: On the Circulatory Sub-
sonic Flow of a Compressible Fluid
Past a Circular Cylinder. TN 970,
July 1945.

Bergman, Stefan: Graphical and Analytical
Methods for the Determination of a
Flow of a Compressible Fluid Around
an Obstacle. TN 973, July 1945.

Bergman, Stefan: On Two-Dimensional
Flows of Compressible Fluids. TN
972, Aug. 1945.

Kaplan Carl: Effect of Compressibility
at High Subsonic Velocities on the
Lifting Force Acting on an Elliptic
Cylinder. Rept. 834, 1946.

Jones, Robert T.: Properties of Low-
Aspect-Ratio Pointed Wings at Speeds
Below and Above the Speed of Sound.
Rept. 835, 1946.

Vincenti, Walter G. and Graham, Donald J.:
The Effect of Wall Interference upon
the Aerodynamic Characteristics of an
Airfoil Spanning a Closed Throat Cir-
cular Wind Tunnel. Rept. 849, 1946.
Bers, Lipman: Velocity Distribution on
Wing Sections of Arbitrary Shape in
Compressible Potential Flow. I -
Symmetric Flows Obeying the Simpli-
fied Density-Speed Relation. TN 1006,
April 1946.


90671 0-50-----2






AERODYNAMICS
10 FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


Subsonic Flow Compressible (Cont.)
Bers Lipman: Velocity Distribution on
Wing Sections of Arbitrary Shape in
Compressible Potential Flow. H -
Subsonic Symmetric Adiabatic Flows.
TN 1012, June 1946.

Bergman, Stefan: Methods for Determina-
tion and Computation of Flow Patterns
of a Compressible Fluid. TN 1018,
Sept. 1946.
Lees, Lester: A Discussion of the Appli-
cation of the Prandtl-Glauert Method
to Subsonic Compressible Flow over
a Slender Body of Revolution. TN
1127, Sept. 1946.

Gothert, B.: Plane and Three-Dimensional
Flow at High Subsonic Speeds. TM
1105, Oct. 1946.
Bergman, Stefan: On Supersonic and Par-
tially Supersonic Flows. TN 1096,
Dec. 1946.
Blenk, Hermann: The Monoplane as a Lift-
ing Vortex Surface. TM 1111, Feb.
1947.
Lippisch, A. and Beuschausen, W.: Pres-
sure Distribution Measurements at
High Speed and Oblique Incidence of
Flow. TM 1115, March 1947.

Gelbart, Abe: On Subsonic Compressible
Flows by a Method of Correspondence.
I Methods for Obtaining Subsonic
Circulatory Compressible Flows About
Two-Dimensional Bodies. TN 1170,
March 1947.

Kaplan, Carl: Effect of Compressibility at
High Subsonic Velocities on the Moment
Acting on an Elliptic Cylinder. TN
1218, March 1947.

Dryden, Hugh L.: Some Recent Contribu-
tions to the Study of Transition and
Turbulent Boundary Layers. TN 1168,
April 1947.

Smith, Newell H.: Exploratory Investiga-
tion of Laminar-Boundary-Layer Os-
cillations on a Rotating Disk. TN 1227,
May 1947.

Brown, W. Byron: Friction Coefficients in
a Vaneless Diffuser. TN 1311, May
1947.
Greenberg, J. Mayo: Airfoil in Sinusoidal
Motion in a Pulsating Stream. TN
1326, June 1947.
Perl, W.: Calculation of Compressible
Flows Past Aerodynamic Shapes by
Use of the Streamline Curvature. TN
1328, June 1947.


Jones, Robert T.: Subsonic Flow over Thin
Oblique Airfoils at Zero Lift. TN 1340,
June 1947.
Bilharz, Herbert and Holder, Ernst: Cal-
culation of the Pressure Distribution on
Bodies of Revolution in the Subsonic
Flow of a Gas. Part I Axially Sym-
metrical Flow. TM 1153, July 1947.

Herriot, John G.: The Linear Perturbation
Theory of Axially Symmetric Com-
pressible Flow with Application to the
Effect of Compressibility on the Sur-
face of a Body of Revolution. RMA
6H19, July 1947.

Kaplan, Carl: On Similarity Rules for
Transonic Flows. TN 1527, Jan. 1948.

Oswatitsch, K. and Wieghardt, K.: Theo-
retical Analysis of Stationary Potential
Flows and Boundary Layers at High
Speed. TM 1189, April 1948.

Gothert, B.: Comparison of Drop and
Wind-Tunnel Experiments on Bomb
Drag at High Subsonic Speeds. TM
1186, May 1948.
Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
Some Fundamental Similarities Between
Boundary-Layer Flow at Transonic and
Low Speeds. TN 1623, June 1948.

Daley, Bernard N. and Humphreys, Milton
D.: Effects of Compressibility on the
Flow past Thick Airfoil Sections. TN
1657, July 1948.

Burcher, Marie A.: Compressible Flow
Tables for Air. TN 1592, Aug. 1948.

Murray, Harry E.: Comparison with Ex-
periment of Several Methods of Pre-
dicting the Lift of Wings in Subsonic
Compressible Flow. TN 1739, Oct.
1948.

Emmons, Howard W.: Flow of a Com-
pressible Fluid past a Symmetrical
Airfoil in a Wind Tunnel and in Free
Air. TN 1746, Nov. 1948.

Hess, Robert V. and Gardner, Clifford S.:
Study by the Prandtl-Glauert Method of
Compressibility Effects and Critical
Mach Number for Ellipsoids of Vari-
ous Aspect Ratios and Thickness
Ratios. TN 1792, Jan. 1949.

Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
A Study of Flow Changes Associated
with Airfoil Section Drag Rise at Super-
critical Speeds. TN 1813, Feb. 1949.

Reissner, Eric: On Compressibility Cor-
rections for Subsonic Flow over Bodies
of Revolution. TN 1815, Feb. 1949.





AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 11


Supersonic Flow Compressible (Cont.)
Gothert, B. and Kawalki,'K. H.: The Com-
pressible Flow past Various Plane
Profiles near Sonic Velocity. TM
1203,dMarch 1949.

Oswatitsch, K1. and Rothstein W.: Flow
Pattern in a Converging-diverging
Nozzle. TM 1215, March 1949.
Huppert, M. C. and MacGregor, Charles:
Comparison Between Predicted and Ob-
served Performance of Gas-Turbine
Stator Blade Designed for Free-Vortex
Flow. TN 1810, April 1949.

Hess, Robert V.: Study of Unsteady Flow
Disturbances of Large and Small Am-
plitudes Moving Through Supersonic or
Subsonic Steady Flows. TN 1878, May
1949.
Daley, Bernard N. and Hanna, Lillian E.:
Subsonic Two-Dimensional- Flow Con-
ditions near an Airfoil Determined by
Static Pressures Measured at the
Tunnel Wall. TN 1873, April 1949.

Schmieden, C. and Kawalki, K. H.: Con-
tribution to the Problem of Flow at
High Speed. TM 1233, June 1949.

Costello, George R.: Method of Designing
Airfoils with Prescribed Velocity Dis-
tributions in Compressible Potential
Flows. TN 1913, Aug. 1949.

Zobel, Th : Flow Measurement by Means
of Light Interferences. TM 1253, Aug.
1949.


MIXED FLOW
(1.1.2.2)
Riabouchinski, D.: On the Resistance of
the Air at High Speeds and on the Auto-
matic Rotation of Projectiles. TN 49,
April 1921.
Briggs, L. J. and Dryden, H. L.: Pressure
Distribution over Airfoils at High
Speeds. Rept. 255, 1927.

Prandtl, L.: General Considerations on
the Flow of Compressible Fluids. TM
805, Oct. 1936.
Frbssel, W.: Flow in Smooth Straight
Pipes at Velocities Above and Below
Sound Velocity. TM 844, Jan. 1938.

Ferri, Antonio: Investigations and Experi-
ments in the Guidonia Supersonic Wind
Tunnel. TM 901, July 1939.


Preiswerk Ernst: Application of the
Methods of Gas Dynamics to Water
Flows with Free Surface. Part I.
Flows with No Energy Dissipation.
TM 934, March 1940.

Stack, John: Compressibility Effects in
Aeronautical Engineering. ACR, Aug.
1941.

Emmons, Howard W.: The Numerical
Solution of Compressible Fluid Flow
Problems. TN 932, May 1944.

Rhode, Richard V.: Correlation of Flight
Data on Limit Pressure Coefficients
and Their Relation to High-Speed
Burbling and Critical Tail Loads.
ACR L4127 (WR L-269), Sept. 1944.
Tsien, Hsue-Shen: The "Limiting Line"
in Mixed Subsonic and Supersonic Flow
of Compressible Fluids. TN 961, Nov.
1944.

Wood, Clotaire and Zalovcik, John A.:
Flight Investigation at High Speeds of
Flow Conditions over an Airplane Wing
as Indicated by Surface Tufts. CB
L5E22 (WR L-91), May 1945.

Bergman, Stefan: On Two-Dimensional
Flows of Compressible Fluids. TN
972, Aug. 1945.
Jones, Robert T.: Properties of Low-As-
pect-Ratio Pointed Wings at Speeds Be-
low and Above the Speed of Sound.
Rept. 835, 1946.
Theodorsen, Theodore: Extension of the
Chaplygin Proofs on the Existence of
Compressible- Flow Solutions to the
Supersonic Region. TN 1028, March
1946.

Theodorsen, Theodore: A Condition on the
Initial Shock. TN 1029, March 1946.

Tsien, Hsue-Shen and Kuo, Yung-Huai:
Two-Dimensional Irrotational Mixed
Subsonic and Supersonic Flow of a
Compressible Fluid and the Upper
Critical Mach Number. TN 995, May
1946.
Emmons, Howard W.: The Theoretical
Flow of a Frictionless, Adiabatic, Per-
fect Gas Inside of a Two-Dimensional
Hyperbolic Nozzle. TN 1003, May
1946.

Theodorsen, Theodore: Note on the Theo-
rems of Bjerknes and Crocco. TN
1073. May 1946.
Bergman, Stefan: On Supersonic and Par-
tially Supersonic Flows. TN 1096,
Dec. 1946.





AERODYNAMIC S
12 FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


Vixed Flow Compressible (Cont.)

Ackeret, J.; Feldmann, F. and Rott, N.:
Investigations of Compression Shocks
and Boundary Layers in Gases Moving
at High Speed. TM 1113, Jan. 1947.

Orlin, W. James; Lindner, Norman J. and
Bitterly, Jack G.: Application of the
Analogy Between Water Flow with a
Free Surface and Two-Dimensional
Compressible Gas Flow. TN 1185,
Feb. 1947.
Kantrowitz, Arthur: The Formation and
Stability of Normal Shock Waves in
Channel Flows. TN 1225, March 1947.
Gdthert, B. and Kawalki, K. H.: The Cal-
culation of Compressible Flows with
Local Regions of Supersonic Velocity.
TM 1114, March 1947.

Allen, H. Julian; Heaslet, Max A. and
Nitzberg, Gerald E.: The Interaction
of Boundary-Layer and Compression-
Shock and Its Effect upon Airfoil
Pressure Distributions. RM A7A02,
April 1947.

Beeler, De E.: Air-Flow Behavior over
the Wing of an XP-51 Airplane as Indi-
cated by Wing-Surface Tufts at Sub-
critical and Supercritical Speeds. RM
L6L3, April 1947.

Ribner, Herbert S.: A Transonic Propeller
of Triangular Plan Form. TN 1303,
May 1947.

Laitone, Edmund V. and Pardee, Otway
O'M.: Location of Detached Shock
Wave in Front of a Body Moving at
Supersonic Speeds. RM A7B10, May
1947.
Perl, W.: Calculation of Compressible
Flows past Aerodynamic Shapes by Use
of the Streamline Curvature. TN 1328,
June 1947.

Sauer, R.: General Characteristics of the
Flow Through Nozzles at Near Critical
Speeds. TM 1147, June 1947.

Eggink: Compression Shocks of Detached
Flow. TM 1150, June 1947.

Frankly, F.: On the Problems of Chaplygin
for Mixed Sub- and Supersonic Flows.
TM 1155, June 1947.

Weise, A.: The Separation of Flow Due to
Compressibility Shock. TM 1152, July
1947.

Regenscheit, B.: Drag Reduction by Suc-
tion of the Boundary Layer Separated
Behind Shock Wave Formation at High
Mach Numbers. TM 1168, July 1947.


SchUfer, Manfred: Equations for Adiabatic
but Rotational Steady Gas Flows Without
Friction. TM 1187, Aug. 1947.

Kaplan, Carl: On Similarity Rules for
Transonic Flows. TN 1527, jmn. 1948.

Oswatitsch, K. and Wieghardt, K.: Theo-
retical Analysis of Stationary Potential
Flows and Boundary Layers at High
Speed. TM 1189, April 1948.
Gothert, B.: Comparison of Drop and
Wind-Tunnel Experiments on Bomb
Drag at High Subsonic Speeds. TM
1186, May 1948.

Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
Some Fundamental Similarities Between
Boundary-Layer Flow at Transonic and
Low Speeds. TN 1623, June 1948.
Daley, Bernard N. and Humphreys, Milton
D.: Effects of Compressibility on the
Flow past Thick Airfoil Sections. TN
1657, July 1948.
Stack, John and Lindsey, W. F.: Charac-
teristics of Low-Aspect-Ratio Wings
at Supercritical Mach Numbers. TN
1665, Aug. 1948.

Emmons, Howard W.: Flow of a Com-
pressible Fluid past a Symmetrical
Airfoil in a Wind Tunnel and in Free
Air. TN 1746, Nov. 1948.

Hess, Robert V. and Gardner, Clifford S.:
Study by the Prandtl-Glauert Method of
Compressibility Effects and Critical
Mach Number for Ellipsoids of Various
Aspect Ratios and Thickness Ratios.
TN 1792, Jan. 1949.

Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
A Study of Flow Changes Associated
with Airfoil Section Drag Rise at Su-
percritical Speeds. TN 1813, Feb.
1949.

Gothert, B. and Kawalki, K. H.: The Com-
pressible Flow past Various Plane
Profiles Near Sonic Velocity. TM
1203, March 1949.

Oswatitsch, K1. and Rothstein, W.: Flow
Pattern in a Converging-Diverging
Nozzle. TM 1215, March 1949.

Nikolskii, A. A. and Taganov, G. I.: Gas
Motion in a Local Supersonic Region
and Conditions of Potential-Flow
Breakdown. TM 1213, May 1949.

Daley, Bernard N. and Hanna, Lillian E.:
Subsonic Two-Dimensional-Flow Con-
ditions Near and Airfoil Determined by
Static Pressures Measured at the
Tunnel Wall. TN 1873, April 1949.





AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 13


Yive-f Flow Compressible (Cont.) )

Busemann. Adolf: A Review of Analytical
Methods for the Treatment of Flows
with Detached Shocks. TN 1858, April
1949.
Schmieden, C. and Kawalki, K. H.: Con-
tribution to the Problem of Flow at
High Speed. TM 1233, June 1949.

Moeckel, W. E.: Approximate Method for
Predicting Form and Location of De-
tached Shock Waves Ahead of Plane or
Axially Symmetric Bodies. TN 1921,
July 1949.


SUPERSONIC FLOW
(1.1.2.3)
Riabouchinski, D.: On the Resistance of
the Air at High Speeds and on the Auto-
matic Rotation of Projectiles. TN 49,
April 1921.
Burzio, Pilippo: Aerodynamics and Ballis-
tics. TM 111, July 1922.
Ackeret, J.: Air Forces on Airfoils Moving
Faster ThanSound. TM 317, June 1925.

Huguenard E.: High Velocity Wind Tun-
nels. (Their Application to Ballistics,
Aerodynamics and Aeronautics.) TM
318, June 1925.

Briggs, L. J. and Dryden, H. L.: Pressure
Distribution over Airfoils at High
Speeds. Rept. 255, 1927.
Prandtl. L.: General Considerations on
the Flow of Compressible Fluids. TM
805, Oct. 1936.
Fr~ssel, W.: Flow in Smooth Straight
Pipes at Velocities Above and Below
Sound Velocity. TM 844, Jan. 1938.
Preiswerk Ernst: Application of the
Methos of Gas Dynamics to Water
Flows with Free Surface. Part I.
Flows with No Energy Dissipation.
TM 934, March 1940.
Prandtl, L.: Recent Work on Airfoil
Theory. TM 962, Dec. 1940.

Stack, John: Compressibility Effects in
Aeronautical Engineering. ACR, Aug.
1941.
Kantrowitz, Arthur; Street, Robert E. and
Erwin, John R.: Study of the Two-
Dimensional Flow Through A Converg-
ing-Diverging Nozzle. CB 3D24,
April 1943.


Keenan, Joseph H. and Neumann, Ernest
P.: Measurements of Friction Coef-
ficients in a Pipe for Subsonic and
Supersonic Flow of Air. ARR 3G13
(WR W-44), July 1943.
Donaldson, Coleman duP.: Effects of In-
teraction Between Normal Shock and
Boundary Layer. CB 4A27, Jan. 1944.
Emmons, Howard W.: The Numerical So-
lution of Compressible Fluid Flow
Problems. TN 932, May 1944.

Kisenko, M. S.: Comparative Results of
Tests of Several Different Types of
Nozzles. TM 1066, June 1944.

Brown, Clinton E. and Parker, Hermon
M.: A Method for the Calculation of
External Lift, Moment, and Pressure
Drag of Slender Open-Nose Bodies of
Revolution at Supersonic Speeds. Rept.
808, 1945.
Kantrowitz, Arthur and Donaldson,
Coleman duP.: Preliminary Investiga-
tion of Supersonic Diffusers. ACR
L5D20 (WR L-713), May 1945.

Bailey, F. J., Jr.; Mathews, Charles W.
and Thompson, Jim Rogers: Drag
Measurements at Transonic Speeds on
a Freely Falling Body. ACR L5E03,
June 1945.
Bergman, Stefan: On Two-Dimensional
Flows of Compressible Fluids. TN
972, Aug. 1945.
Jones, Robert T.: Properties of Low-
Aspect-Ratio Pointed Wings at Speeds
Below and Above the Speed of Sound.
Rept. 835, 1946.

Ferri, Antonio: Application of the Method
of Characteristics to Supersonic Rota-
tional Flow. Rept. 841, 1946.
Garrick, I. E. and Rubinow, S. I.: Flutter
and Oscillating Air-Force Calculations
for an Airfoil in a Two-Dimensional
Supersonic Flow. Rept. 846, 1946.
Theodorsen, Theodore: Extension of the
Chaplygin Proofs on the Existence of
Compressible- Flow Solutions to the
Supersonic Region. TN 1028, March
1946.

Jones, Robert T.: Wing Plan Forms for
High-Speed Flight. TN 1033, March
1946.
Kantrowitz, Arthur: The Supersonic Axial-
Flow Compressor. ACR L6D02, April
1946.





AERODYNAMICS
14 FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


Supersonic Flow Compressible (Cont.)
Brown, Clinton E.: Internal and External
Aerodynamics of Ducted Bodies at Su-
personic Speeds. CB L6B26 (WR
L-728), April 1946.

Tsien, Hsue-Shen and Kuo, Yung-Huai:
Two-Dimensional Irrotational Mixed
Subsonic and Supersonic Flow of a
Compressible Fluid and the Upper
Critical Mach Number. TN 995, May
1946.
Jones Robert T. and Margolis, Kenneth:
Flow over a Slender Body of Revolu-
tion at Supersonic Velocities. TN
1081, Aug. 1946.
Stamm, G.: Investigations of Pressure
Distribution on Fast Flying Bodies.
TM 1101, Sept. 1946.
Lees, Lester and Lin, Chia Chiao: In-
vestigation of the Stability of the Lami-
nar Boundary Layer in a Compressible
Fluid. TN 1115, Sept. 1946.

Bergman, Stefan: On Supersonic and Par-
tially Supersonic Flows. TN 1096, Dec.
1946.

Wood, George P.: Calculation of Surface
Temperatures in Steady Supersonic
Flight. TN 1114, Dec. 1946.

Sauer, R.: Method of Characteristics for
Three- Dimensional Axially Symmetri-
cal Supersonic Flows. TM 1133, Jan.
1947.
Busemann, Adolf: Infinitesimal Conical
Supersonic Flow. TM 1100, March
1947.

Walchner, 0.: Systematic Wind-Tunnel
Measurements on Missiles. TM 1122,
March 1947.

Kantrowitz, Arthur: The Formation and
Stability of Normal Shock Waves in
Channel Flows. TN 1225, March 1947.

Dryden, Hugh L.: Some Recent Contribu-
tions to the Study of Transition and
Turbulent Boundary Layers. TN 1168,
April 1947.

Ribner, Herbert S.: A Transonic Propel-
ler of Triangular Plan Form. TN 1303,
May 1947.

Harmon, Sidney M. and Swanson, Margaret
D.: Calculations of the Supersonic
Wave Drag of Nonlifting Wings with
Arbitrary Sweepback and Aspect Ratio
Wings Swept Behind the Mach Lines.
TN 1319, May 1947.


Laitone, Edmund V. and Pardee, Otway
O'M.: Location of Detached Shock
Wave in Front of a Body Moving at Su-
personic Speeds. RM A7B10, May
1947.
Moeckel, W. E.: Theoretical Aerodynamic
Coefficients of Two-Dimensional Su-
personic Biplanes. TN 1316, June
1947.

Perl, W.: Calculation of Compressible
Flows past Aerodynamic Shapes by
Use of the Streamline Curvature. TN
1328, June 1947.

Ivey H. Reese and Klunker, E. Bernard:
considerations of the Total Drag of
Supersonic Airfoil Sections. TN 1371,
July 1947.

Moeckel W. E. and Connors, J. F.: Charts
for the Determination of Supersonic
Air Flow Against Inclined Planes and
Axially Symmetric Cones. TN 1373,
July 1947.
Evvard, John C.: Distribution of Wave
Drag and Lift in the Vicinity of Wing
Tips at Supersonic Speeds. TN 1382,
July 1947.
Garrick, I. E. and Rubinow, S. I.: Theo-
retical Study of Air Forces on an Os-
cillating or Steady Thin Wing in a Su-
personic Main Stream. TN 1383, July
1947.

Weise, A.: The Separation of Flow Due to
Compressibility Shock. TM 1152, July
1947.
Heybey: Analytical Treatment of Normal
Condensation Shock. TM 1174, July
1947.

Heaslet, Max A.; Lomax, Harvard and
Jones, Arthur L.: Volterra's Solution
of the Wave Equation as Applied to
Three- Dimensional Supersonic Air-
foil Problems. TN 1412, Aug. 1947.

Hantzsche, W. and Wendt, H.: Cones in
Supersonic Flow. TM 1157, Aug. 1947.

Evvard, John C.: The Effects of Yawing
Thin Pointed Wings at Supersonic
Speeds. TN 1429, Sept. 1947.
Margolis, Kenneth: Supersonic Wave Drag
of Sweptback Tapered Wings at Zero
Lift. TN 1448, Oct. 1947.

Harmon, Sidney M.: Theoretical Super-
sonic Wave Drag of Untapered
Sweptback and Rectangular Wings at
Zero Lift. TN 1449, Oct. 1947.






AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 15


Subsonic Flow Compressible (Cont.)

Evvard, John C. and Turner, L. Richard:
Theoretical Lift Distribution and Up-
wash Velocities for Thin Wings at Su-
personic Speeds. TN 1484, Nov. 1947.
The Staff of the Ames 1- by 3-foot Super-
sonic Wind-Tunnel Section: Notes and
Tables for Use in the Analysis of Su-
personic Flow. TN 1428, Dec. 1947.

Heaslet, Max A. and Lomax, Harvard:
The Use of Source-Sink and Doublet
Distributions Extended to the Solution
of Arbitrary Boundary Value Problems
in Supersonic Flow. TN 1515, Jan.
1948.

Margolis, Kenneth: Effect of Chordwise
Location of Maximum Thickness on
the Supersonic Wave Drag of Sweptback
Wings. TN 1543, March 1948.
Moeckel, W. E.: Effect of Yaw at Super-
sonic Speeds on Theoretical Aerody-
namic Coefficients of Thin Pointed
Wings with Several Types of Trailing
Edge. TN 1549, March 1948.

Cohen, Doris: The Theoretical Lift of Flat
Swept-Back Wings at Supersonic
Speeds. TN 1555, March 1948.

Oswatitsch, K. and Wieghardt, K.: Theo-
retical Analysis of Stationary Potential
Flows and Boundary Layers at High
Speed. TM 1189, April 1948.
Ribner, Herbert S. and Malvestuto, Frank
S., Jr.: Stability Derivatives of Tri-
angular Wings at Supersonic Speeds.
TN 1572, May 1948.
Evvard, John C.: Theoretical Distribution
of Lift on Thin Wings at Supersonic
Speeds (An Extension). TN 1585, May
1948.

Heaslet, Max A. and Lomax, Harvard:
Two-Dimensional Unsteady Lift Prob-
lems in Supersonic Flight. TN 1621,
June 1948.

Crown, J. Conrad: Supersonic Nozzle De-
sign. TN 1651, June 1948.
Pinkel I. Irving: Equations for the Design
of T1wo-Dimensional Supersonic Noz-
zles. RM E8B02, June 1948.

Ivey, H. Reese; Klunker, E. Bernard and
Bowen, Edward N.: A Method for De-
termining the Aerodynamic Character-
istics of Two- and Three-Dimensional
Shapes at Hypersonic Speeds. TN 1613,
July 1948.


Maslen Stephen H.: Method for Calculation
of Pressure Distributions on Thin Con-
ical Bodies of Arbitrary Cross Section
in Supersonic Stream. TN 1659, July
1948.
Tucker Warren A.: Notes on Geared Tabs
at Supersonic Speeds. RM L7L04, July
1948.

Burcher, Marie A.: Compressible Flow
Tables for Air. TN 1592, Aug. 1948.

Neice, Mary M.: Tables and Charts of
Flow Parameters Across Oblique
Shocks. TN 1673, Aug. 1948.

Cohen, Clarence B. and Evvard, John C.:
Graphical Method of Obtaining Theo-
retical Lift Distributions on Thin Wings
at Supersonic Speeds. TN 1676, Aug.
1948.

Mirels Harold: Theoretical Wave Drag
and Lift of Thin Supersonic Ring Air-
foils. TN 1678, Aug. 1948.
Lagerstrom, P. A.: Linearized Super-
sonic Theory of Conical Wings. TN
1685, Aug. 1948.
Evvard, John C.: A Linearized Solution
for Time-Dependent Velocity Poten-
tials Near Three-Dimensional Wings
at Supersonic Speeds. TN 1699, Sept.
1948.

Cohen Clarence B.: Influence of Leading-
Edge Suction on Lift-Drag Ratios of
Wings at Supersonic Speeds. TN 1718,
Oct. 1948.
Ivey, H. Reese and Morrissette, Robert R.:
An Approximate Determination of the
Lift of Slender Cylindrical Bodies and
Wing-Body Combinations at Very High
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1740, Oct.
1948.
Mirels, Harold: Theoretical Method for
Solution of Aerodynamic Forces on
Thin Wings in Nonuniform Supersonic
Stream with an Application to Tail Sur-
faces. TN 1736, Nov. 1948.

Guderley, G.: Nonstationary Gas Flow in
Thin Pipes of Variable Cross Section.
TM 1196, Dec. 1948.
Nielsen, Jack N. and Perkins, Edward W.:
Charts for the Conical Part of the
Downwash Field of Swept Wings at Su-
personic Speeds. TN 1780, Dec. 1948.

Shames, Harold and Seashore, Ferris L.:
Design Data for Graphical Construction
of Two-Dimensional Sharp- Edge-Throat
Supersonic Nozzles. RM E8J12, Dec.
1948.


AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (I.I) 15






AERODYNAMICS
16 FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


5tinersonic Flov Com!re3sible (Cont.)

Thompson, Jim Rogers: A Rapid Graphical
Method for Computing the Pressure
Distribution at Supersonic Speeds on a
Slender Arbitrary Body of Revolution.
TN 1768, Jan. 1949.

Ferri, Antonio: Method for Evaluating
from Shadow or Schlieren Photographs
the Pressure Drag in Two-Dimensional
or Axially Symmetrical Flow Phenom-
ena with Detached Shock. TN 1808,
Feb. 1949.

Ferri, Antonio: The Method of Charac-
teristics for the Determination of
Supersonic Flow over Bodies of Revo-
lution at Small Angles of Attack. TN
1809, Feb. 1949.

Baldwin, Barrett S., Jr.: Triangular
Wings Cambered and Twisted to Sup-
port Specified Distributions of Lift at
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1816, Feb.
1949.

Busemann, A.: Compression Shocks in
Two-Dimensional Gas Flows. TM
1199, Feb. 1949.
Wiener, Bernard: Ambient Pressure De-
termination at High Altitudes by Use of
Free-Molecule Theory. TN 1821,
March 1949.

Pfeiffer, F. and Meyer-Kbnig, W.: The
Characteristics Method Applied to Sta-
tionary Two-Dimensional and Rotation-
ally Symmetrical Gas Flows. TM
1211, March 1949.
Oswatitsch, K1. and Rothstein, W.: Flow,
Pattern in a Converging-Diverging
Nozzle. TM 1215, March 1949.

Moeckel, W. E.: Use of Characteristic
Surfaces for Unsymmetrical Super-
sonic Flow Problems. TN 1849, March
1949.
Gooderum, Paul B.; Wood, George P. and
Brevoort, Maurice J.: Investigation
with an Interferometer of the Turbulent
Mixing of a Free Supersonic Jet. TN
1857, April 1949.

Frankl, F.I.: Effect of the Acceleration of
Elongated Bodies of Revolution upon the
Resistance in a Compressible Gas.
TM 1230, May 1949.
Bergman, Stefan: On Two-Dimensional
Supersonic Flows. TN 1875, May 1949.

Hess, Robert V.: Study of Unsteady Flow
Disturbances of Large and Small Am-
plitudes Moving Through Supersonic or
Subsonic Steady Flows. TN 1878, May
1949.


Busemann, Adolf: A Review of Analytical
Methods for the Treatment of Flows
with Detached Shocks. TN 1858, April
1949.

Htbnl, H.: Two-Dimensional Wing Theory
in the Supersonic Range. TM 1238,
June 1949.

Mirels, Harold and Haefeli, Rudolph C.:
Line-Vortex Theory for Calculation of
Supersonic Downwash. TN 1925, Aug.
1949.


VISCOUS FLOW

(1.1.3)

Marchis, L.: Experimental Researches on
the Resistance of Air. Rept. 12, 1916.

Caldwell, F. W. and Fales, E. N.: Wind-
Tunnel Studies in Aerodynamic Phe-
nomena at High Speed. Rept. 83, 1920.
Betz, A.: Vortices and the Related Prin-
ciples of Hydrodynamics. TN 68,
Nov. 1921
Zahm, A. F.: Influence of Model Surface
and Air Flow Texture on Resistance of
Aerodynamic Bodies. Rept. 139, 1922.

Wieselsberger, C.: New Data on the Laws
of Fluid Resistance. TN 84, March
1922.

Diehl, W. S.: Skin Frictional Resistance
of Plane Surfaces in Air. Abstract of
Recent German Tests, with Notes.
TN 102, July 1922.

Wieselsberger, C.: Further Information
on the Laws of Fluid Resistance. TN
121, Dec. 1922.

Tuckerman, L. B.: Notes on Aerodynamic
Forces on Airship Hulls. TN 129,
March 1923.
Betz, A.: The "Magnus Effect," The
Principle of the Flettner Rotor. TM
310, April 1925.
Ackeret, J.: Removing Boundary Layer by
Suction. TM 395, Jan. 1926.
Prandtl, L. and Tietjens, 0.: Kineto-
graphic Flow Pictures. TM 364,
May 1926.
Prandtl, L.: Application of the "Magnus
Effect" to the Wind Propulsion of
Ships. TM 367, June 1926.

Schrenk, Oskar: Experiments with a
Sphere from Which the Boundary
Layer Is Removed by Suction. TM
388, Nov. 1926.






AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 17


Viscous Flow (Cont.)
Dupont, M.: Multiplicity of Solution in
Aerodynamics. TM 413, May 1927.
Prandtl L.: Motion of Fluids with Very
Little Viscosity. TM 452, March 1928.
Burgers, J. M.: Note on Research Work
by Helmholtz and Wien Relating to the
Form of Waves Propagated Along the
Surface of Separation of Two Liquids.
TM 455, March 1928.
Wieland, K.: Experiments with a Wing
from Which the Boundary Layer Is
Removed by Pressure or Suction. TM
472, July 1928.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Sphere Drag Tests in
the Variable Density Wind Tunnel. TN
312, Aug. 1929.

Schrenk, Oskar: Experiments with a Wing
Model from Which the Boundary Is
Removed by Suction. TM 534, Oct.
1929.

Schrenk, Oskar: The Boundary Layer as a
Means of Controlling the Flow of
Liquids and Gases. TM 555, March
1930.

Ahlborn, F.: The Magnus Effect in Theory
and in Reality. TM 567, May 1930.
Hansen, M.: Velocity Distribution in the
Boundary Layer of a Submerged Plate.
TM 585, Oct. 1930.
Parsons, John F. and Wallen Jarvis A.:
An Investigation of the Phenomenon of
Separation in the Air Flow Around
Simple Quadric Cylinders. TN 354,
Nov. 1930.

Schiller L. and Hermann, R.: Resistance
of Plates and Pipes at High Reynolds
Numbers. TM 600, Jan. 1931.

Cuno, Otto: Experimental Determination
of the Thickness of the Boundary
Layer Along a Wing Section. TM 679,
Aug. 1932.

Stuper, J.: Investigation of Boundary
Layers on an Airplane Wing in Free
Flight. TM 751, Aug. 1934.

Schubauer, G. B.: Air Flow in a Sepa-
rating Laminar Boundary Layer.
Rept. 527, 1935.
Doenhoff, Albert E. von: An Application
of the Von Karman-Millikan Laminar
Boundary-Layer Theory and Compari-
son with Experiment. TN 544, Oct.
1935.


Dryden, Hugh L.: Air Flow in the Bound-
ary Layer near a Plate. Rept. 562,
1936.
Fediaevsky, K.: Turbulent Boundary
Layer of an Airfoil. TM 822, April
1937.

Clauser, Milton and Clauser, Francis:
The Effect of Curvature on the Transi-
tion from Laminar to Turbulent
Boundary Layer. TN 613, Sept. 1937.
Gurjienko, G.: Universal Logarithmic
Law of Velocity Distribution as Applied
to the Investigation of Boundary Layer
and Drag of Streamline Bodies at
Large Reynolds Number. TM 842,
Nov. 1937.

Goett, Harry J. and Bicknell, Joseph:
Comparison of Profile-Drag and
Boundary-Layer Measurements Ob-
tained in Flight and in the Full-Scale
Wind Tunnel. TN 693, March 1939.

Preiswerk, Ernst: Application of the
Methods of Gas Dynamics to Water
Flows with Free Surface. Part I.
Flows with Momentum Discontinuities
(Hydraulic jumps). TM 935, March
1940.

Anon.: Standards for Discharge Measure-
ment with Standardized Nozzles and
Orifices. German Industrial Standard
1952. TM 952, Sept. 1940.
Prandtl, L.: Note on the Calculation of
Boundary Layers. TM 959, Nov. 1940.

Katzoff, S.: The Design of Cooling Ducts
with Special Reference to the Boundary
Layer at the Inlet. ACR (WR L-322),
Dec. 1940.

Schrenk, 0.: Boundary Layer Removal by
Suction. TM 974, April 1941.
Wetmore, J. W.; Zalovcik, J. A. and Platt,
Robert C.: A Flight Investigation of
the Boundary-Layer Characteristics
and Profile Drag of the NACA 35-215
Laminar-Flow Airfoil at High Reynolds
Numbers. MR (WR L-532), May 1941.

Schultz-Grunow, F.: New Frictional Re-
sistance Law for Smooth Plates. TM
986, Sept. 1941.
Hartwig, G.: Observations of the Effect of
Wing Appendages and Flaps on the
Spread of Separation of Flow over the
Wing. TM 988, Sept. 1941.

Koppenfels, Werner V.: Two-Dimensional
Potential Flow Past a Smooth Wall
with Partly Constant Curvature. TM
996, Nov. 1941.


AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 17






AERODYNAMICS
18 FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


Viscous Flow (Cont.)
Eckert, E. and Weise, W.: The Tempera-
ture of Unheated Bodies in a High-
Speed Gas Stream. TM 1000, Dec.
1941.

Weller, R.; Middlehurst, D. J. and Steiner,
R.: The Photoviscous Properties of
Fluids. TN 841, Feb. 1942.

Pretsch J.: Theoretical Solution of Pro-
file brag. TM 1009, April 1942.

Mohr, Ernst: The Navier-Stokes Stress
Principle for Viscous Fluids. TM
1029, Sept. 1942.

Franld, F.: Heat Transfer in the Turbu-
lent Boundary Layer of a Compressible
Gas at High Speeds; and
Frankly F. and Voishel, V.: Friction
in the turbulent Boundary Layer of a
Compressible Gas at High Speeds.
TM 1032, Oct. 1942.
Mattioli, G. D.: Theory of Heat Transfer
in Smooth and Rough Pipes. TM 1037,
Dec. 1942.

Schwabe, M.: Pressure Distribution in
Nonuniform Two-Dimensional Flow.
TM 1039, Jan. 1943.

Charters, Alex C. Jr.: Transition Between
Laminar and Tlurbulent Flow by
Transverse Contamination. TN 891,
March 1943.
Seibert, Otto: Heat Transfer of Airfoils
and Plates. TM 1044, April 1943.

Schubauer, G. B. and Skramstad, H. K.:
Laminar-Boundary-Layer Oscillations
and Transition on a Flat Plate. ACR
(WR W-8), April 1943.

Liepmann, Hans W.: Investigations on
Laminar Boundary-Layer Stability and
Transition on Curved Boundaries.
ACR 3H30 (WR W-107), Aug. 1943.

Theodorsen, Theodore and Regier, Arthur:
Experiments on Drag of Revolving
Disks, Cylinders and Streamline Rods
at High Speeds. Rept. 793, 1944.

Tetervin, Neal: A Method for the Rapid
Estimation of Turbulent Boundary-
Layer Thicknesses for Calculating
Profile Drag. ACR L4G14 (WR L-16),
July 1944.
Loitsianskii, L. G.: Integral Methods in
the Theory of the Boundary Layer.
TM 1070, July 1944.

Liepmann, H. W.: Investigation of Bound-
ary Layer Transition on Concave
Walls. ACR 4J28 (WR W-87), Feb.
1945.


Wood, George P.: Calculation of Surface
Temperatures in Steady Supersonic
Flight. TN 1114, Dec. 1946.
Blenk, Hermann: The Monoplane as a
Lifting Vortex Surface. TM 1111,
Feb. 1947.
Allen, H. Julian; Heaslet, Max A. and
Nitzberg, Gerald E.: The Interaction
of Boundary-Layer and Compression-
Shock and its Effect upon Airfoil
Pressure Distributions. RM A7A02,
April 1947.

Ivey H. Reese and Klunker, E. Bernard:
Consider rations of the Total Drag of
Supersonic Airfoil Sections. TN 1371,
July 1947.
Sedov, L. I.: On the Theory of the Un-
steady Motion of an Airfoil. TM 1156,
July 1947.
Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
Some Fundamental Similarities Be-
tween Boundary-Layer Flow at Tran-
sonic and Low Speeds. TN 1623, June
1948.

LAMINAR FLOW
(1.1.3.1.)

Von Kirmin Th6odor and Millikan, C. B.:
On the Theory of Laminar Boundary
Layers Involving Separation. Rept.
504, 1934.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Recent Progress
Concerning the Aerodynamics of Wing
Sections. MP 41, Feb. 1936.
Tollmien, W.: General Instability Cri-
terion of Laminar Velocity Distribu-
tions. TM 792, April 1936.
Fr ssel, W.: Flow in Smooth Straight
Pipes at Velocities Above and Below
Sound Velocity. TM 844, Jan. 1938.

Schubauer, G. B.: Air Flow in the Bound-
ary Layer of an Elliptic Cylinder.
Rept. 652, 1939.

Von Doenhoff Albert E.: Investigation of
the Boundary Layer About a Symmet-
rical Airfoil in a Wind Tunnel of Low
Turbulence. ACR (WR L-507), Aug.
1940.

Jacobs, E. N. and von Doenhoff A. E.:
Formulas for Use in Boundary-Layer
Calculations on Low-Drag Wings.
ACR (WR L-319), Aug. 1941.
Pretsch, J.: The Stability of Laminar
Flow Past a Sphere. TM 1017, June
1942.







AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 19


Laminar Flow Viscous (Cont.)
Allen, H. J. and Frick, Charles W.: Ex-
perimental Investigation of a New Type
of Low-Drag Wing Nacelle Combina-
tion. ACR, July 1942.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Tetervin,
Neal: Investigation of the Variation of
Lift Coefficient with Reynolds Number
at a Moderate Angle of Attack on a
Low-Drag Airfoil. CB (WR L-661),
Nov. 1942.

Frick, Charles W. and McCullough, George
B.: Tests of a Heated Low-Drag Air-
foil. ACR (WR A-40), Dec. 1942.

Nitzberg, Gerald E.: A Concise Theoreti-
cal Method for Profile-Drag Calcula-
tion. ACR 4B05, Feb. 1944.
Zalovcik, John A.; Wetmore, J. W. and
von Doenhoff, Albert E.: Flight In-
vestigation of Boundary-Layer Control
by Suction Slots on an NACA 35-215
Low-Drag Airfoil at High Reynolds
Numbers. ACR 4B29 (WR L-521),
Feb. 1944.
Loitsianskii, L G.: Integral Methods in
the Theory of the Boundary Layer.
TM 1070, July 1944.

Loftin Laurence K., Jr.: Effects of Spe-
cific Types of Surface Roughness on
Boundary-Layer Transition. ACR
L5J29a (WR L-48), Feb. 1946.

Von Kirmfin, Th.: On Laminar and Turbu-
lent Friction. TM 1092, Sept. 1946.
Lees, Lester and Lin, Chia Chiao: In-
vestigation of the Stability of the Lam-
inar Boundary Layer in a Compressible
Fluid. TN 1115, Sept. 1946.

Jones, Robert T.: Effects of Sweepback on
Boundary Layer and Separation. Rept.
884, 1947.

Allen, H. Julian and Nitzberg, Gerald E.:
The Effect of Compressibility on the
Growth of the Laminar Boundary Layer
on Low-Drag Wings and Bodies. TN
1255, April 1947.

Dryden, Hugh L.: Some Recent Contribu-
tions to the Study of Transition and
Turbulent Boundary Layers. TN 1168,
April 1947.

Liepmann, Hans W. and Fila, Gertrude H.:
Investigations of Effects of Surface
Temperature and Single Roughness
Elements on Boundary-Layer Transi-
tion. TN 1196, April 1947.


Heaslet, Max A. and Nitzberg, Gerald E.:
The Calculation of Drag for Airfoil
Sections and Bodies of Revolution at
Subcritical Speeds. RM A7B06, April
1947.
Smith, Newell H.: Exploratory Investiga-
tion of Laminar-Boundary-Layer
Oscillations on a Rotating Disk. TN
1227, May 1947.
Lees, Lester: The Stability of the Lam-
inar Boundary Layer in a Compressible
Fluid. TN 1360, July 1947.
Hicks, Bruce L.; Montgomery, Donald J.
and Wasserman, Robert W.: The One-
Dimensional Theory of Steady Com-
pressible Fluid Flow in Ducts with
Friction and Heat Addition. TN 1336,
July 1947.

Tetervin, Neal: A Review of Boundary-
Layer Literature. TN 1384, July 1947.

Hall, Charles F. and Fitzgerald, Fred F.:
An Approximate Method for Calculating
the Effect of Surface Roughness on the
Drag of an Airplane. RM A7B24, July
1947.
Pfenninger, Werner: Investigations on
Reductions of Friction on Wings, in
Particular by Means of Boundary Layer
Suction. TM 1181, Aug. 1947.

Bussmann, K. and Ulrich A.: Systematic
Investigations of the Influence of the
Shape of the Profile upon the Position
of the Transition Point. TM 1185,
Oct. 1947.
Tetervin Neal: Boundary-Layer Momen-
tum Equations for Three-Dimensional
Flow. TN 1479, Oct. 1947.

Brennecke: Maintaining Laminar Flow in
the Boundary Layer Using a Swept-
Back Wing. TM 1180, Feb. 1948.

Oswatitsch K. and Wieghardt, K.: Theo-
retical Analysis of Stationary Potential
Flows and Boundary Layers at High
Speed. TM 1189, April 1948.
Braslow, Albert L.; Visconti, Fioravante
and Burrows, Dale L.: Preliminary
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the Effect
of Area Suction on the Laminar Bound-
ary Layer over an NACA 64A010
Airfoil. RM L7L15, April 1948.

Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:.
Some Fundamental Similarities Be-
tween Boundary-Layer Flow at Tran-
sonic and Low Speeds. TN 1623, June
1948.







AERODYNAMICS
20 FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


Lamin-ir Flow Viscous (Cont.)
Tetervin, Neal: Laminar Flow of a Slightly
Viscous Incompressible Fluid that
Issues from a Slit and Passes over a
Flat Plate. TN 1644, June 1948.
Boelter, L. M. K.; Grossman L. M.;
Martinelli, R. C. and Mor'rin, E. H.:
An Investigation of Aircraft Heaters.
XXIX Comparison of Several Methods
of Calculating Heat Losses from Air-
foils. TN 1453, Oct. 1948.

Braslow, Albert L. and Visconti, Fiora-
vante: Investigation of Boundary-
Layer Reynolds Number for Transition
on an NACA 65(215)-114 Airfoil in the
Langley Two-Dimensional Low-Turbu-
lence Pressure Tunnel. TN 1704,
Oct. 1948.
Tetervin, Neal: Remarks Concerning the
Behavior of the Laminar Boundary
Layer in Compressible Flows. TN
1805, Jan. 1949.

Chapman, Dean R.: Laminar Mixing of a
Compressible Fluid. TN 1800, Feb.
1949.

Schlichting, H.: An Approximate Method
for Calculation of the Laminar Bound-
ary Layer with Suction for Bodies of
Arbitrary Shape. TM 1216, March
1949.
Iglisch, Rudolf: Exact Calculation of
Laminar Boundary Layer in Longi-
tudinal Flow over a Flat Plate with
Homogeneous Suction. TM 1205,
April 1949.

Schlichting, H.: Lecture Series "Boundary
Layer Theory." Part I Laminar
Flows. TM 1217, April 1949.

Kalikhman, L. E.: Heat Transmission in
the Boundary Layer. TM 1229, April
1949.

Gault, Donald E.: Boundary-Layer and
Stalling Characteristics of the NACA
63-009 Airfoil Section. TN 1894,
June 1949.

Burrows, Dale L.; Braslow, Albert L. and
Tetervin, Neal: Experimental and
Theoretical Studies of Area Suction
for the Control of the Laminar Bound-
ary Layer on a Porous Bronze NACA
64A010 Airfoil. TN 1905, July 1949.
Lessen, Martin: On the Stability of the
Free Laminar Boundary Layer Be-
tween Parallel Streams. TN 1929,
Aug. 1949.


TURBULENT FLOW
(1.1.3.2)

Bateman, H.: The Decay of a Simple Eddy.
Rept. 144, 1922.
LePage, W. L. and Nichols J. T.: The
Effect of Wind Tunnel Turbulence upon
the Forces Measured on Models. TN
191, May 1924.

Dryden, H. L. and Heald, R. H.: Investi-
gation of Turbulence in Wind Tunnels
by a Study of the Flow About Cylinders.
Rept. 231, 1926.
Prandtl, L.: Turbulent Flow. TM 435,
Oct. 1927.
Dryden, H. L. and Kuethe A. M.: Effect
of Turbulence in Wind Tunnel Measure-
ments. Rept. 342, 1929.
Dryden Hugh L.: Reduction of Turbulence
in kind Tunnels. Rept. 392, 1931.
Tollmien, W.: The Production of Turbu-
lence. TM 609, March 1931.

Von Kdrmkn, Th.: Mechanical Similitude
and Turbulence. TM 611, March 1931.

Prandtl, L.: Effect of Stabilizing Forces
on Turbulence. TM 625, June 1931.
Taylor, C. Fayette: A Suggested Method
for Measuring Turbulence. TN 380,
June 1931.
Ahlborn, Fr.: Turbulence and Mechanism
of Resistance on Spheres and Cylinders.
TM 653, Jan. 1932.

Gruschwitz, E.: The Process of Separa-
tion in the Turbulent Friction Layer.
TM 699, Feb. 1933.
Prandtl, L.: Recent Results of Turbulence
Research. TM 720, Aug. 1933.

Schubauer, G. B. and Dryden, H. L.: The
Effect of Turbulence on the Drag of
Flat Plates. Rept. 546, 1935.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Recent Progress
Concerning the Aerodynamics of Wing
Sections. MP 41, Feb. 1936.

Schmidbauer, Hans: Behavior of Turbulent
Boundary Layers on Curved Convex
Walls. TM 791, April 1936.

Dryden, Hugh L.; Schubauer G. B.; Mock,
W. C., Jr. and Skramstad, H. K.:
Measurements of Intensity and Scale
of Wind-Tunnel Turbulence and Their
Relation to the Critical Reynolds Num-
ber of Spheres. Rept. 581, 1937.

Schlichting, H.: Experimental Investiga-
tion of the Problem of Surface Rough-
ness. TM 823, April 1937.







AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 21


Turbulent Flow Viscous (Cont.)
Frdssel, W.: Flow in Smooth Straight
Pipes at Velocities Above and Below
Sound Velocity. TM 844, Jan. 1938.
Von Doenhoff, Albert E.: A Method of
Rapidly Estimating the Position of the
Laminar Separation Point. TN 671,
Oct. 1938.

Schubauer, G. B.: Air Flow in the Bound-
ary Layer of an Elliptic Cylinder.
Rept. 652, 1939.
Mayer, Edwin: Effect of Transition in
Cross-Sectional Shape on the Develop-
ment of the Velocity and Pressure
Distribution of Turbulent Flow in
Pipes. TM 903, Aug. 1939.
Von Doenhoff Albert E.: Investigation of
the Boundary Layer About a Symmet-
rical Airfoil in a Wind Tunnel of Low
Turbulence. ACR (WR L-507), Aug.
1940.
Jacobs, W.: Variation in Velocity Profile
with Change in Surface Roughness of
Boundary. TM 951, Sept. 1940.

Jacobs, E. N. and von Doenhoff A. E.:
Formulas for Use in Boundary-Layer
Calculations on Low-Drag Wings.
ACR (WR L-319), Aug. 1941.
Wieghardt, K.: Correlation of Data on the
Statistical Theory of Turbulence. TM
1008, March 1942.

Shih-I, Pal: Turbulent Flow Between
Rotating Cylinders. TN 892, March
1943.
Reichardt, H.: Heat Transfer Through
Turbulent Friction Layers. TM 1047,
Sept. 1943.

Frankl, F. and Voishel, V.: Turbulent
Friction in the Boundary Layer of a
Flat Plate in a Two-Dimensional
Compressible Flow at High Speeds.
TM 1053, Dec. 1943.

Nitzberg, Gerald E.: A Concise Theoret-
ical Method for Profile Drag Calcu-
lation. ACR 4B05, Feb. 1944.
Keenan, Joseph H. and Neumann, Ernest P.:
Friction in Pipes at Supersonic and
Subsonic Velocities. TN 963, Jan. 1945.
Tollmien, Walter: Calculation of Turbu-
lent Expansion Processes. TM 1085,
Sept. 1945.
Loitsianskii, L. G.: Some Basic Laws of
Isotropic Turbulent Flow. TM 1079,
Oct. 1945.


Schubauer, G. B. and Klebanoff P. S.:
Theory and Application of ilot-Wire
Instruments in the Investigation of
Turbulent Boundary Layers. ACR
5K27 (WR W-86), March 1946.

Jones, Robert T. and Margolis, Kenneth:
Flow over a Slender Body of Revolu-
tion at Supersonic Velocities. TN
1081, Aug. 1946.
Von Kirmin, Th.: On Laminar and Tur-
bulent Friction. TM 1092, Sept. 1946.
Viktorin, K.: Investigation of Turbulent
Mixing Processes. TM 1096, Oct.
1946.
Shelkin, K. I.: On Combustion in a Turbu-
lent Flow. TM 1110, Feb. 1947.
Dryden, Hugh L.: Some Recent Contribu-
tions to the Study of Transition and
Turbulent Boundary Layers. TN 1168,
April 1947.

Heaslet, Max A. and Nitzberg, Gerald E.:
The Calculation of Drag for Airfoil
Sections and Bodies of Revolution at
Subcritical Speeds. RM A7B06,
April 1947.

Brown, W. Byron: Friction Coefficients
in aVaneless Diffuser. TN 1311,
May 1947.

Tetervin, Neal: A Review of Boundary-
Layer Literature. TN 1384, July 1947.

Hall, Charles F. and Fitzgerald, Fred F.:
An Approximate Method for Calculating
the Effect of Surface Roughness on the
Drag of an Airplane. RM A7B24, July
1947.
Liepmann, Hans Wolfgang and Laufer,
John: Investigations on Free Turbulent
Mixing. TN 1257, Sept. 1947.

Tetervin, Neal: Boundary-Layer Momen-
tum Equations for Three-Dimensional
Flow. TN 1479, Oct. 1947.

Gourzhienko, G. A.: The Turbulent Flow
in Diffusers of Small Divergence Angle.
TM 1137, Oct. 1947.
Bussmann, K. and Ulrich, A.: Systematic
Investigations of the Influence of the
Shape of the Profile upon the Position
of the Transition Point. TM 1185,
Oct. 1947.
Weske, John R.: Experimental Investiga-
tion of Velocity Distributions Down-
stream of Single Duct Bends. TN 1471,
Jan. 1948.

Brennecke: Maintaining Laminar Flow in
the Boundary Layer Using a Swept-
Back Wing. TM 1180, Feb. 1948.


AERODYNAMIC S
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 21







AERODYNAMICS
22 FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


Turbulent Flow Viscous (Cont.)
Oswatitsch, K. and Wieghardt, K.: Theo-
retical Analysis of Stationary Potential
Flows and Boundary Layers at High
Speed. TM 1189, April 1948.

Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
Some Fundamental Similarities Be-
tween Boundary-Layer Flow at Tran-
sonic and Low Speeds. TN 1623, June
1948.

Boelter, L. M. K.; Grossman, L. M.;
Martinelli, R. C. and Morrin E. H.:
An Investigation of Aircraft Aleaters.
XXIX Comparison of Several Methods
of Calculating Heat Losses from
Airfoils. TN 1453, Oct. 1948.
Braslow, Albert L. and Visconti, Fiora-
vante: Investigation of Boundary-
Layer Reynolds Number for Transition
on an NACA 65(215)-114 Airfoil in the
Langley Two-Dimensional Low-Turbu-
lence Pressure Tunnel. TN 1704,
Oct. 1948.
Schlichting, H.: Lecture Series 'Boundary
Layer Theory." Part H Turbulent
Flows. TM 1218, April 1949.
Gooderum, Paul B.; Wood, George P. and
Brevoort, Maurice J.: Investigation
with an Interferometer of the Turbu-
lent Mixing of a Free Supersonic Jet.
TN 1857, April 1949.

Kalikhman, L. E.: Heat Transmission in
the Boundary Layer. TM 1229, April
1949.

Gault, Donald E.: Boundary-Layer and
Stalling Characteristics of the NACA
63-009 Airfoil Section. TN 1894,
June 1949.

McCullough, George B. and Gault Donald
E.: Boundary-Layer and Stalling
Characteristics of the NACA 64A006
Airfoil Section. TN 1923, Aug. 1949.

JET MIXING
(1.1.3.3)

Betz, A. and Petersohn, E.: Application
of the Theory of Free Jets. TM 667,
April 1932.
Forthmann, E.: Turbulent Jet Expansion.
TM 789, March 1936.

Corrsin, Stanley: Investigation of Flow in
an Axially Symmetrical Heated Jet of
Air. ACR 3L23 (WR W-94), Dec. 1943.

Abramovich, G. N.: The Theory of a Free
Jet of a Compressible Gas. TM 1058,
March 1944.


Chaplygin, S.: Gas Jets. TM 1063, Aug.
1944.
Corrsin, Stanley: Investigation of the
Behavior of Parallel Two-Dimensional
Air Jets. ACR 4H24 (WR W-90), Nov.
1944.
Viktorin, K.: Investigation of Turbulent
Mixing Processes. TM 1096, Oct.
1946.
Sauer, R.: Method of Characteristics for
Three-Dimensional Axially Symmet-
rical Supersonic Flows. TM 1133,
Jan. 1947.
Frankl, F.: On the Problems of Chaplygin
for Mixed Sub- and Supersonic Flows.
TM 1155, June 1947.
Callaghan, Edmund E. and Ruggeri, Robert
S.: Investigation of the Penetration of
an Air Jet Directed Perpendicularly to
an Air Stream. TN 1615, June 1948.
Tetervin, Neal: Laminar Flow of a
Slightly Viscous Incompressible Fluid
that Issues from a Slit and Passes
Over a Flat Plate. TN 1644, June 1948.

Schlichting, H.: Lecture Series "Boundary
Layer Theory." Part I Laminar
Flows. TM 1217, April 1949.
Schlichting H.: Lecture Series "Boundary
Layer +heory.v Part 11 Turbulent
Flows. TM 1218, April 1949.
Gooderum, Paul B.; Wood, George P. and
Brevoort, Maurice J.: Investigation
with an Interferometer of the Turbulent
Mixing of a Free Supersonic Jet. TN
1857, April 1949.
Corrsin, Stanley and Uberoi, Mahinder S.:
Further Experiments on the Flow and
Heat Transfer in a Heated Turbulent
Air Jet. TN 1865, April 1949.
Kiichemann, D.: Jet Diffusion in Proximity
of a Wall. TM 1214, May 1949.

Lessen, Martin: On the Stability of the
Free Laminar Boundary Layer Be-
tween Parallel Streams. TN 1929,
Aug. 1949.

AERODYNAMICS WITH HEAT
(1.1.4)

Elis, Franz: The Transference of Heat
from a Hot Plate to an Air Stream.
TM 614, April 1931.
Ferrari, C.: The Transport of Vorticity
Through Fluids in Turbulent Motion
(In the Light of the Prandtl and Taylor
Theories). TM 799, July 1936.






AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 23


4erodynnmics with !eat (Cont.)
Brevoort, Maurice I.; Joyner, Upshur T.
and Wood, George P.: The Effect of
Altitude on Cooling. ARR (L-386),
March 1943.

Wood, George P.: Use of Stagnation Tem-
perature in Calculating Rate of Heat
Transfer in Aircraft Heat Exchangers.
RB 3130 (WR L-298), Oct. 1943.

Frankl, F. and Voishel, V.: Turbulent
Friction in the Boundary Layer of a
Flat Plate in a Two-Dimensional
Compressible Flow at High Speeds.
TM 1053, Dec. 1943.

Corrsin, Stanley: Investigation of Flow in
an Axially Symmetrical Heated Jet of
Air. ACR 3L23 (WR W-94), Dec. 1943.

Kantrowitz, Arthur: Effects of Heat-
Capacity Lag in Gas Dynamics. ARR
4A22 (WR L-457), Jan. 1944.
Corrsin, Stanley: Investigation of the
Behavior of Parallel Two-Dimensional
Air Jets. ACR 4H24 (WR W-90),
Nov. 1944.
Gray, V. H. and Campbell, R. G.: A
Method for Estimating Heat Require-
ments for Ice Prevention on Gas-
Heated Hollow Propeller Blades. TN
1494, Dec. 1947.
Turner, L. Richard; Addie, Albert N. and
Zimmerman, Richard H.: Charts for
the Analysis of One-Dimensional
Steady Compressible Flow. TN 1419,
Jan. 1948.

HEATING
(1.1.4.1)
Brun, Edmond: Distribution of Tempera-
tures over an Airplane Wing with
Reference to the Phenomena of Ice
Formation. TM 883, Dec. 1938.

Eckert, E. and Weise, W.: The Tempera-
ture of Unheated Bodies in a High-
Speed Gas Stream. TM 1000, Dec.
1941.
Frankly, F.: Heat Transfer in the Turbu-
lent Boundary Layer of a Compressi-
ble Gas at High Speeds; and
Frankl, F. and Voishel, V.: Friction
in the Turbulent Boundary Layer of a
Compressible Gas at High Speeds. TM
1032, Oct. 1942.
Hardy, 1. K.: Kinetic Temperature of
Wet Surfaces. A Method of Calculat-
ing the Amount of Alcohol Required To
Prevent Ice, and the Derivation of the
Psychrometric Equation. ARR 5G13
(WR A-8), Sept. 1945.


Wood, George P.: Calculation of Surface
Temperatures in Steady Supersonic
Flight. TN 1114, Dec. 1946.

Darsow, John F. and Selna, James: A
Flight Investigation of the Thermal
Performance of an Air-Heated Pro-
peller. TN 1178, April 1947.

Allen, H. Julian and Nitzberg, Gerald E.:
The Effect of Compressibility on the
Growth of the Laminar Boundary
Layer on Low-Drag Wings and Bodies.
TN 1255, April 1947.

Scherrer, Richard: The Effects of Aero-
dynamic Heating and Heat Transfer on
the Surface Temperature of a Body of
Revolution in Steady Supersonic Flight.
TN 1300, July 1947.

Neel, Carr B., Jr.; Bergrun, Norman R.;
Jukoff, David and Schlaff, Bernard A.:
The Calculation of the Heat Required
for Wing Thermal Ice Prevention in
Specified Icing Conditions. TN 1472,
Dec. 1947.
Tendeland, Thorval and Schlaff, Bernard
A.: Temperature Gradients in the Wing
of a High-Speed Airplane During Dives
From High Altitudes. TN 1675, July
1948.

Huston, Wilber B.; Warfield, Calvin N. and
Stone, Anna Z.: A Study of Skin Tem-
peratures of Conical Bodies in Super-
sonic Flight. TN 1724, Oct. 1948.
Lo, Hsu: Determination of Transient
Skin Temperature of Conical Bodies
During Short-Time, High-Speed Flight.
TN 1725, Oct. 1948.

HEAT TRANSFER
(1.1.4.2)
Theodorsen, Theodore and Clay, William
C.: Ice Prevention on Aircraft by
Means of Engine Exhaust Heat and a
Technical Study of Heat Transmission
From a Clark Y Airfoil. Rept. 403,
1931.
Crocco, Luigi: Transmission of Heat
From a Flat Plate to a Fluid Flowing
at High Velocity. TM 690, Oct. 1932.

Rodert, Lewis A.: The Effects of Aero-
dynamic Heating on Ice Formations on
Airplane Propellers. TN 799, March
1941.
Brevoort, M. I. and Tiffordt A. N.: An
Experimental Investigation of Flow
Across Tube Banks. ARR (WR L-232),
March 1942.






AERODYNAMICS
24 FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


4eat Trinsfer 4erodynamic (Cont.)

Frankly, F.: Heat Transfer in the Turbulent
Boundary Layer of a Compressible Gas
at High Speeds; and
Frankly, F. and Voishel, V.: Friction in
the Turbulent Boundary Layer of a
Compressible Gas at High Speeds.
TM 1032, Oct. 1942.
Mattioli, G. D.: Theory of Heat Transfer
in Smooth and Rough Pipes. TM 1037,
Dec. 1942.
Joyner, Upshur T. and Palmer, Carl B.:
An Experimental Survey of Flow
Across Banks of Elliptical and Pointed
Tubes. ARR (WR L-609), Jan. 1943.

Martinelli, R. C.; Guibert, A. G.; Morrin,
E. H. and Boelter, L. M. K.: An In-
vestigation of Aircraft Heaters. VIII -
A Simplified Method for the Calculation
of the Unit Thermal Conductance Over
Wings. ARR (WR W-14), March 1943.
Seibert, Otto: Heat Transfer of Airfoils
and Plates. TM 1044, April 1943.
Eckert, E. and Drewitz, 0.: The Heat
Transfer to a Plate ih Flow at High
Speed. TM 1045, May 1943.

Reichardt, H.: Heat Transfer Through
Turbulent Friction Layers. TM 1047,
Sept. 1943.
Lelchuk, V. L.: Heat Transfer and Hy-
draulic Flow Resistance for Streams
of High Velocity. TM 1054, Dec. 1943.

Allen, H. Julian and Look, Bonne C.: A
Method for Calculating Heat Transfer
in the Laminar Flow Region of Bodies.
Rept. 764, 1944.
Nielsen, Jack N.: Compressibility Effects
on Heat Transfer and Pressure Drop
in Smooth Cylindrical Tubes. ARR
L4C16 (WR L-179), March 1944.

Becker, John V. and Baals, Donald D.:
Simple Curves for Determining the
Effects of Compressibility on Pressure
Drop Through Radiators. ACR L4123
(WR L-6), Sept. 1944.
Frick, Charles W., Jr. and McCullough,
George B.: A Method for Determining
the Rate of Heat Transfer From a
Wing or Streamline Body. Rept. 830,
1945.
Hardy, J. K.: An Analysis of the Dissipa-
tion of Heat in Conditions of Icing
From a Section of the Wing of the
C-46 Airplane. Rept. 831, 1945.

Corson, Blake W., Jr. and Maynard, Julian
D.: Analysis of Propeller Efficiency
Losses Associated With Heated-Air
Thermal De-lcing. TN 1112, July 1946.


Wood, George P.: Calculation of Surface
Temperatures in Steady Supersonic
Flight. TN 1114, Dec. 1946.

Darsow, John F. and Selna, James: A
Flight Investigation of the Thermal
Performance of an Air-Heated Pro-
peller. TN 1178, April 1947.

Heybey: Analytical Treatment of Normal
Condensation Shock: TM 1174, July
1947.

Scherrer, Richard: The Effects of Aero-
dynamic Heating and Heat Transfer on
the Surface Temperature of a Body of
Revolution in Steady Supersonic Flight.
TN 1300, July 1947.

Pollmann, Erich: Temperatures and
Stresses on Hollow Blades for Gas
Turbines. TM 1183, Sept. 1947.

Neel, Carr B., Jr.; Bergrun, Norman R.;
Jukoff, David and Schlaff, Bernard A.:
The Calculation of the Heat Required
for Wing Thermal Ice Prevention in
Specified Icing Conditions. TN 1472,
Dec. 1947.

Gray, V. H. and Campbell, R. G.: A Method
for Estimating Heat Requirements for
Ice Prevention on Gas-Heated Hollow
Propeller Blades. TN 1494, Dec. 1947.

Ellerbrock, Herman H., Jr.; Wcislo,
Chester R. and Dexter, Howard E.:
Analysis, Verification, and Application
of Equations and Procedures for De-
sign of Exhaust-Pipe Shrouds. TN
1495, Dec. 1947.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E.: Note on Similar-
ity Conditions for Flows With Heat
Transfer. TN 1577, April 1948.

Boelter, L. M. K.; Young, G. and Iversen,
H. W.: An Investigation of Aircraft
Heaters. XXVII Distribution of Heat-
Transfer Rate in the Entrance Section
of a Circular Tube. TN 1451, July
1948.

Stalder, Jackson R. and Jukoff, David:
Heat Transfer to Bodies Traveling at
High Speed in the Upper Atmosphere.
TN 1682, Aug. 1948.

Boelter, L. M. K.; Grossman, L. M.;
Martinelli, R. C. and Morrin, E. H.:
An Investigation of Aircraft Heaters.
XXIX Comparison of Several Methods
of Calculating Heat Losses From Air-
foils. TN 1453, Oct. 1948.


Huston, Wilber B.; Warfield,
and Stone, Anna Z.: A St
Temperatures of Conical
Supersonic Flight. TN 1',


in
.1948.






AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTAL (1.1) 25


Veit Tr-?nsfer 4ero'fynimic (Cont.)

Lo, Hsu: Determination of Transient Skin
Temperature of Conical Bodies During
Short-Time, High-Speed Flight. TN
1725, Oct. 1948.

Schlichting, H.: Lecture Series 'Boundary
Layer Theory.7" Part II Turbulent
Flows. TM 1218, April 1949.
Kalikhman, L. E.: Heat Transmission in
the Boundary Layer. TM 1229, April
1949.
Sams, Eldon W. and Desmon, Leland G.:
Heat Transfer From High-Temperature
Surfaces to Fluids. I Correlation
of Heat-Transfer Data for Air Flowing
in Silicon Carbide Tube with Rounded
Entrance, Inside Diameter of 3/4 Inch,
and Effective Length of 12 Inches.
RM E9D12, June 1949.

ADDITIONS OF HEAT
(1.1.4.3)
Elias, Franz: The Transference of Heat
From a Hot Plate to an Air Stream.
TM 614, April 1931.
Rodert, Lewis A.: The Effects of Aero-
dynamic Heating on Ice Formations on
Airplane Propellers. TN 799, March
1941.
Frick, Charles W. and McCullough, George
B.: Tests of a Heated Low Drag Air-
foil. ACR (WR A-40), Dec. 1942.
Becker, John V. and Baals, Donald D.:
Simple Curves for Determining the Ef-
fects of Compressibility on Pressure
Drop Through Radiators. ACR L4123
(WR L-6), Sept. 1944.

Hardy, J. K.: An Analysis of the Dissipa-
tion of Heat in Conditions of Icing
from a Section of the Wing of the
C-46 Airplane. Rept. 831, 1945.
Hicks, Bruce L.: Addition of Heat to a
Compressible Fluid in Motion. ACR
E5A29 (WR E-88), Feb. 1945.

McAdams, William H.; Nicolai, Lloyd A.
and Keenan, Joseph H.: Measurements
of Recovery Factors and Coefficients
of Heat Transfer in a Tube for Subsonic
Flow of Air. TN 985, June 1945.

Shultz-Grunow, F.: Gas-Dynamic Investi-
gations of the Pulse-Jet Tube. TM
131, Feb. 1947.
Liepmann, Hans W. and Fila, Gertrude H.:
Investigations of Effects of Surface
Temperature and Single Roughness
Elements on Boundary-Layer Transi-
tion. TN 1196, April 1947.


Heybey: Analytical Treatment of Normal
Condensation Shock. TM 1174, July
1947.
Habel, Louis W. and Gallagher, James J.:
Tests to Determine the Effect of Heat
on the Pressure Drop Through Radia-
tor Tubes. TN 1362, July 1947.
Sanger, E. and Bredt, J.: A Ram-Jet
Engine for Fighters. TM 1106, Oct.
1947.
Neel, Carr B., Jr.; Bergrun, Norman R.;
Jukoff, David and Schlaff, Bernard A.:
The Calculation of the Heat Required
for Wing Thermal Ice Prevention in
Specified Icing Conditions. TN 1472,
Dec. 1947.

Turner, L. Richard; Addie, Albert N. and
Zimmerman, Richard H.: Charts for
the Analysis of One-Dimensional
Steady Compressible Flow. TN 1419,
Jan. 1948.
Von Doenhoff, Albert E.: Note on Similar-
ity Conditions for Flows with Heat
Transfer. TN 1577, April 1948.
Humble, Leroy V.; Lowdermilk, Warren H.
and Grele Milton: Heat Transfer
From High-Temperature Surfaces to
Fluids. I Prelimi:iary Investigation
with Air in Inconel rube with Rounded
Entrance, Inside Diameter of 0.4 Inch,
and Length of 24 Inches. RM E7L31,
May 1948.
Gallagher, Jam 3s J. and Habel, Louis W.:
Experiment.,I Data Concerning the
Effect of High Heat-Input Rates on the
Pressure Drop Through Radiator
Tubes. RM L8F18, Sept. 1948.
Lowdermilk, Warren H. and Grele, Milton
D.: Heat Transfer from High-Tem-
perature Surfaces to Fluids. H Cor-
relation of Heat-Transfer and Friction
Data for Air Flowing in Inconel Tube
with Rounded Entrance. RM E8L03,
March 1949.
Sams, Eldon W. and Desmon, Leland G.:
Heat Transfer From High-Temperature
Surfaces to Fluids. III Correlation
of Heat-Transfer Data for Air Flowing
in Silicon Carbide Tube with Rounded
Entrance, Inside Diameter of 3/4 Inch,
and Effective Length of 12 Inches.
RM E9D12, June 1949.


FLOW OF RAREFIED GASES
(1.1.5)
Williams Thomas W. and Benson, James
M.: preliminary Investigation of the
Use of Afterglow for Visualizing Low-
Density Compressible Flows. TN 1900,
June 1949.


906671 0--50----3







AERODYNAMICS
26 FUNDAMENTAL (1.1)


Flow of Rrefied Gises (Cont.)

SLIP FLOW
(1.1.5.1)

Donaldson, Coleman duP.: An Approximate
Method for Estimating the Incompressi-
ble Laminar Boundary-Layer Charac-
teristics on a Flat Plate in Slipping
Flow. RM L9C02, May 1949.


FREE MOLECULE FLOW
(1.1.5.2)

Stalder, Jackson R. and Jukoff, David: Heat
Transfer to Bodies Traveling at High
Speed in the Upper Atmosphere. TN
1682, Aug. 1948.

Wiener, Bernard: Ambient Pressure De-
termination at High Altitudes by Use of
Free-Molecule Theory. TN 1821,
March 1949.







AERODYNAMICS 27


Wings

(1.2)


Kiissner, Hans Georg: Stresses Produced
in Airplane Wings by Gusts. TM 654,
Jan. 1932.
Draley, Eugene C.: A Comparison at High
Speed of the Aerodynamic Merits of
Models of Medium Bombers Having
Thickened Wing Roots and Having
Wings with Nacelles. ACR 3L03 (WR
L390), Dec. 1943.
Evvard, John C. and Turner, L. Richard:
Theoretical Lift Distribution and Up-
wash Velocities for Thin Wings at
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1484, Nov.
1947.


WING SECTION

(1.2.1)
Ackeret, J.: Recent Experiments at the
Gottingen Aerodynamic Institute. TM
323, July 1925.
National Advisory Committee for Aero-
nautics: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of Airfoils IV. Rept. 244, 1928.

National Advisory Committee for Aero-
nautics: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of Airfoils V. Rept. 286, 1928.
Pinkerton, Robert M. and Greenberg,
Harry: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of a Large Number of Airfoils Tested
in the Variable-Density Wind Tunnel.
Rept. 628, 1938.
Ferri, Antonio: Investigations and Ex-
periments in the Guidonia Supersonic
Wind Tunnel. TM 901, July 1939.

Savelyev, V. V.: Determination of the
Mass Moments and Radii of Inertia of
the Sections of a Tapered Wing and the
Center-of-Gravity Line Along the Wing
Span. TM 1052, Dec. 1943.
Kuhl, R. and Raab, K.: A Photographic
Profile Recorder for Airscrews and
Wing Models. TM 1088, June 1946.
Serebrisky, Y. M. and Biachuev, S. A.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the Hori-
zontal Motion of a Wing Near the
Ground. TM 1095, Sept. 1946.

Ivey, H. Reese and Klunker, E. Bernard:
Considerations of the Total Drag of
Supersonic Airfoil Sections. TN 1371,
May 1947.


Pierce, Harold B. and Trauring, Mitchell:
Gust-Tunnel Tests to Determine In-
fluence of Airfoil Section Character-
istics on Gust-Load Factors. TN
1632, July 1948.
Nuber, Robert J. and Needham, James
R., Jr.: Exploratory Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of the Effectiveness of
Area Suction in Eliminating Leading-
Edge Separation over an NACA 641A212
Airfoil. TN 1741, Nov. 1948.

Rose, Leonard M. and Altman John M.:
Low-Speed Experimental Investigation
of a Thin, Faired, Double-Wedge Air-
foil Section with Nose and Trailing-
Edge Flaps. TN 1934, Aug. 1949.

SECTION THEORY
(1.2.1.1.)

De Bothezat, George: An Introduction to
the Study of the Laws of Air Resistance
of Aerofoils. Rept. 28, 1920.
Prandtl, L.: Theory of Lifting Surfaces.
Part I. TN 9, July 1920.

Prandtl, L.: Theory of Lifting Surfaces.
Part I1. TN 10, Aug. 1920.

Prandtl, L.: Applications of Modern Hydro-
dynamics to Aeronautics. Rept. 116,
1921.
Le Sueur: Analytical Methods for Com-
puting the Polar Curves of Airplanes.
TM 8, March 1921.

Translated by Paris Office, NACA: The
Law Relating to Air Currents. TM 10,
March 1921.

Warner, Edward P.: The Choice of Wing
Sections for Airplanes. TN 73, Nov.
1921.
Munk, Max M.: General Theory of Thin
Wing Sections. Rept. 142, 1922.
Delanghe, C.: Marcel Besson Wing Sec-
tions. TM 180, Jan. 1923.
Munk, Max M.: The Determination of the
Angles of Attack of Zero Lift and of
Zero Moment, Based on Munk's Inte-
grals. TN 122, Jan. 1923.

Munk, Max M.: Elements of the Wing
Section Theory and of the Wing Theory.
Rept. 191, 1924.








AERODYNAMICS
28 WINGS (1.2)


Section Theory Wing (Cont.)

Toussaint, A.: Effect of Changing the
Mean Camber of an Airfoil Section.
TM 252, March 1924.

Ames, Joseph S.: A Rsum6 of the Ad-
vances in Theoretical Aeronautics
Made by Max M. Munk. Rept. 213,
1925.

Ober, Shatswell: Note on the Katzmayr
Effect on Airfoil Drag. TN 214, Feb.
1925.
Ackeret, I.: Air Forces on Airfoils Mov-
ing Faster Than Sound. TM 317, June
1925.
Betz, A.: A Method for the Direct Deter-
mination of Wing-Section Drag. TM
337, Nov. 1925.
Dupont, M.: Multiplicity of Solution in
Aerodynamics. TM 413, May 1927.

Schrenk, 0.: Systematic Investigation of
Joukowsky Wing Sections. TM 422,
July 1927.
Toussaint, A. and Carafoli, E.: Choice of
Profile for the Wings of an Airplane.
TM 468, June 1928.
Toussaint, A. and Carafoli, E.: Choice of
Profile for the Wings of an Airplane.
Part II. TM 469, June 1928.

Toussaint, A. and Carafoli, E.: Aero-
dynamic Characteristics of Thin
Empirical Profiles and Their Applica-
tion to the Tail Surfaces and Ailerons
of Airplanes. TM 493, Dec. 1928.

Millikan, Clark B.: An Extended Theory
of Thin Airfoils and Its Application to
the Biplane Problem. Rept. 362, 1930.

Repenthin, Walter: Investigation of the
Variations in the Velocity of the Air
Flow About a Wing Profile. TM 575,
July 1930.

Theodorsen, Theodore: On the Theory of
Wing Sections with Particular Ref-
erence to the Lift Distribution. Rept.
383, 1931.
Theodorsen, Theodore: Theory of Wing
Sections of Arbitrary Shape. Rept.
411, 1931.
Rhode, Richard V. and Lundquist, Eugene
E.: The Pressure Distribution over a
Semicircular Wing Tip on a Biplane in
Flight. TN 379, May 1931.
Rhode, Richard V. and Lundquist, Eugene
E.: The Pressure Distribution over a
Modified Elliptical Wing Tip on a Bi-
plane in Flight. TN 387, Aug. 1931.


Cuno, Otto: Experimental Determination
of the Thickness of the Boundary Layer
Along a Wing Section. TM 679, Aug.
1932.

Betz, A. and Lotz, J.: Reduction of Wing
Lift .by the Drag. TM 681, Aug. 1932.

Rhode, Richard V.: The Pressure Distri-
bution over a Standard and a Modified
Navy Elliptical Wing Tip on a Biplane
in Flight. TN 433, Oct. 1932.

Rhode, Richard V.: The Pressure Distri-
bution over a Long Elliptical Wing Tip
on a Biplane in Flight. TN 437, Dec.
1932.
Theodorsen, T. and Garrick, I. E.: Gen-
eral Potential Theory of Arbitrary
Wing Sections. Rept. 452, 1933.
Garrick, I. E.: Determination of the
Theoretical Pressure Distribution for
Twenty Airfoils. Rept. 465, 1933.

Betz, A.: Behavior of Vortex Systems.
TM 713, June 1933.

Stuper, J.: An Airfoil Spanning an Open
Jet. TM 723, Sept. 193Z.
Anderson, Raymond F.: Charts for De-
termining the Pitching Moment of
Tapered Wings with Sweepback and
Twist. TN 483, Dec. 1933.

Betz, A.: Modification of Wing-Section
Shape to Assure a Predetermined
Change in Pressure Distribution. TM
767, March 1935.

Muttray, H.: The Interdependence of Pro-
file Drag and Lift with Joukowski Type
and Related Airfoils. TM 768, March
1935.
Stuper, J.: Contribution to the Problem of
Airfoils Spanning a Free Jet. TM 796,
June 1936.
Prandtl, L.: General Considerations on
the Flow of Compressible Fluids. TM
805, Oct. 1936.

Kiel, George: Pressure Distribution on a
Wing Section with Slotted Flap in Free
Flight Tests. TM 835, Aug. 1937.

Kaplan, Carl: Compressible Flow About
Symmetrical Joukowski Profiles. Rept.
621, 1938.

Kaplan, Carl: Two-Dimensional Subsonic
Compressible Flow Past Elliptic Cyl-
inders. Rept. 624, 1938.
Jacobs, Eastman N. and Rhode, R. V.:
Airfoil Section Characteristics as Ap-
plied to the Prediction of Air Forces
and Their Distribution on Wings. Rept.
631, 1938.








AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 29
Section Theory Ting (Cont.) Kussner, H. G.: General Airfoil Theory.
TM 979, June 1941.
Allen, H. Julian: Calculation of the Chord-
wise Load Distribution over Airfoil Jones, Robert T.: Correction of the Lift-
Sections with Plain, Split, or Serially- ing-Line Theory for the Effect of the
Hinged Trailing-Edge Flaps. Rept. Chord. TN 817, July 1941.
634, 1938.
Schrenk, 0.: Model Experiments on the Kaplan, Carl: On the use of Residue
Shres and MoEmentsing on the ETheory for Treating the Subsonic Flow
Forces and Moments Acting on an End of a Compressible Fluid. Rept. 728,
Plate Fitted to a Wing. TM 855, April 1942.
1938.
Jacobs, E. N. and Abbott, I. H.: Angles of
Mangler, W.: The Lift Distribution of Zero Lift for Some NACA Low-Drag
Wings with End Plates. TM 856, April Airfoils. CB, Feb. 1942.
1938.
Pretsch, J.: Theoretical Solution of Pro-
Kaplan, Carl: A Theoretical Study of the file Drag. TM 1009, April 1942.
Moment of a Body in a Compressible
Fluid. Rept. 671, 1939. Lamla, Ernst: On the Symmetrical Po-
tential Flow of Compressible Fluid
Silverstein, Abe and Joyner, Upshur T.: Past a Circular Cylinder in the Tunnel
Experimental Verification of'the The- in the Subcritical Zone. TM 1018,
ory of Oscillating Airfoils. Rept. 673, June 1942.
1939.
Keune, F.: Two-Dimensional Potential
Gebelein, H.: Theory of Two-Dimensional Flow Past an Ordinary Thick Wing
Potential Flow About Arbitrary Wing Profile. TM 1023, July 1942.
Sections. TM 886, Jan. 1939.
Hantzsche, W. and Wendt, H.: The Cofn-
Kuchemann, D.: Investigation of the Lift pressible Potential Flow Past Elliptic
Distribution over the Separate Wings Symmetrical Cylinders at Zero Angle
of a Biplane. TM 889, March 1939. of Attack and with No Circulation. TM

Allen, H. Julian: A Simplified Method for 1030, Oct. 1942.
the Calculation of Airfoil Pressure Stack, John: Tests of Airfoils Designed to
Distribution. TN 708, May 1939. Delay the Compressibility Burble.
Jacobs, Eastman N.: Preliminary Report Rept. 763, 1943.
on Laminar-Flow Airfoils and New Davis, Wallace F.: Comparison of Various
Methods Adopted for Airfoil and Methods for Computing Drag from
Boundary-Layer Investigations. ACR Wake Surveys. ARR (WR W-4), Jan.
(WR L-345), June 1939. 1943.

Robinson, Russell G. and Wright, Ray H.: Purser, Paul E. and Gillis, Clarence L.:
Estimation of Critical Speeds of Air- Preliminary Correlation of the Effects
foils and Streamline Bodies. ACR of Beveled Trailing Edges on the Hinge-
(WR L-781), March 1940. Moment Characteristics of Control
Surfaces. CB 3E14, May 1943.
Ferri, Antonio: Experimental Results
with Airfoils Tested in the High-Speed Allen, H. Julian and Vincenti, Walter G.:
Tunnel at Guidonia. TM 946, July 1940. Wall Interference in a Two-Dimensional-
Flow Wind Tunnel, with Consideration
Schmieden, C.: Flow Around Wings Ac- of the Effect of Compressibility. Rept.
companied by Separation of Vortices. 782, 1944.
TM 961, Dec. 1940.
Garrick, I. E.: On the Plane Potential
Prandtl, L.: Recent Work on Airfoil Flow Past a Lattice of Arbitrary
Theory. TM 962, Dec. 1940. Airfoils. Rept. 788, 1944.

Wieghardt, Karl: Chordwise Load Distri- Kaplan, Carl: The Flow of a Compressi-
bution of a Simple Rectangular Wing. ble Fluid Past a Circular Arc Profile.
TM 963, Dec. 1940. Rept. 794, 1944.

Jones, Robert T. and Cohen, Doris: A Hildebrand, Francis B.: A Least-Squares
Graphical Method of Determining Procedure for the Solution of the
Pressure Distribution in Two-Dimen- Lifting-Line Integral Equation. TN
sional Flow. Rept. 722, 1941. 925, Feb. 1944.

Pistolesi, E.: On the Calculation of Flow Nitzberg, Gerald E.: A Concise Theoret-
Past an Infinite Screen of Thin Air- ical Method for Profile-Drag Calcula-
foils. TM 968, Feb. 1941. tion. ACR 4B05, Feb. 1944.








AERODYNAMICS
30 WINGS (1.2)


Section Theory Wing (Cont.)
Naiman, Irven: Numerical Evaluation of
the E-Integral Occurring in the Theo-
dorsen Arbitrary Airfoil Potential
Theory. ARR L4D27a (WR L-136),
April 1944.

Emmons, Howard W.: The Numerical So-
lution of Compressible Fluid Flow
Problems. TN 932, May 1944.

Theodorsen, Theodore: Airfoil-Contour
Modifications Based on E-Curve
Method of Calculating Pressure Distri-
bution. ARR L4G05 (WR L-135), July
1944.
Reissner, Eric: On the General Theory of
Thin Airfoils for Nonuniform Motion.
TN 946, Aug. 1944.
Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Stivers, Louis
S., Jr.: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of the NACA 747A315 and 747A415
Airfoils from Tests in the NACA
Two-Dimensional Low-Turbulence
Pressure Tunnel. CB L4125 (WR
L-156), Sept. 1944.

Nitzberg, Gerald E.: The Theoretical
Calculation of Airfoil Section Coeffi-
cients at Large Reynolds Numbers.
ACR 4112, Oct. 1944.
Abbott, Ira H.; von Doenhoff, Albert E. and
Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary of
Airfoil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.

Allen, H. Julian: General Theory of Airfoil
Sections Having Arbitrary Shape or
Pressure Distribution. Rept. 833,
1945.

Bergman, Stefan: On Two-Dimensional
Flows of Compressible Fluids. TN
972, Aug. 1945.
Naiman, Irven: Numerical Evaluation by
Harmonic Analysis of the e-Function
of the Theodorsen Arbitrary-Airfoil
Potential Theory. ARR L5H18 (WR
L-153), Sept. 1945.

Kaplan, Carl: Effect of Compressibility
at High Subsonic Velocities on the
Lifting Force Acting on an Elliptic
Cylinder. Rept. 834, 1946.
Theodorsen, Theodore and Naiman, Irven:
Pressure Distributions for Represent-
ative Airfoils and Related Profiles.
TN 1016, Feb. 1946.
Bers, Lipman: Velocity Distribution on
Wing Sections of Arbitrary Shape in
Compressible Potential Flow. I Sym-
metric Flows Obeying the Simplified
Density-Speed Relation. TN 1006,
April 1946.


Theodorsen, Theodore: Note on the The-
orems of Bjerknes and Crocco. TN
1073, May 1946.
Bers, Lipman: Velocity Distribution on
Wing Sections of Arbitrary Shape in
Compressible Potential Flow. II Sub-
sonic Symmetric Adiabatic Flows.
TN 1012, June 1946.
Ivey, H. Reese; Stickle, George W. and
Schuettler, Alberta: Charts for De-
termining the Characteristics of Sharp-
Nose Airfoils in Two-Dimensional
Flow at Supersonic Speeds. TN 1143,
Jan. 1947.

Ivey, H. Reese: Notes on the Theoretical
Characteristics of Two-Dimensional
Supersonic Airfoils. TN 1179, Jan.
1947.

Schade, Th. and Krienes, K.: The Oscil-
lating Circular Airfoil on the Basis of
Potential Theory. TM 1098, Feb. 1947.

Blenk, Hermann: The Monoplane as a
Lifting Vortex Surface. TM 1111, Feb.
1947.

Ivey, H. Reese and Bowen, Edward N., Jr.:
Theoretical Supersonic Lift and Drag
Characteristics of Symmetrical Wedge-
Shape-Airfoil Sections as Affected by
Sweepback Outside the Mach Cone.
TN 1226, March 1947.

GZthert, B. and Kawalki, K. H.: The Cal-
culation of Compressible Flows with
Local Regions of Supersonic Velocity.
TM 1114, March 1947.

Lippisch, A. and Beuschausen, W.: Pres-
sure Distribution Measurements at
High Speed and Oblique Incidence of
Flow. TM 1115, March 1947.

Weissinger, J.: The Lift Distribution of
Swept-Back Wings. TM 1120, March
1947.

Frankl, F.: On the Problems of Chaplygin
for Mixed Sub- and Supersonic Flows.
TM 1155, June 1947.

Ringleb, F.: Some Aerodynamic Relations
for an Airfoil in Oblique Flow. TM
1158, June 1947.
Moeckel, W. E.: Theoretical Aerodynamic
Coefficients of Two-Dimensional Super-
sonic Biplanes. TN 1316, June 1947.

Greenberg, J. Mayo: Airfoil in Sinusoidal
Motion in a Pulsating Stream. TN
1326, June 1947.
Perl, W.: Calculation of Compressible
Flows Past Aerodynamic Shapes by
Use of the Streamline Curvature. TN
1328, June 1947.







AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 31

Section Theory Wing (Cont.) Moses, H. E.: Velocity Distributions on
Arbitrary Airfoils in Closed Tunnels
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr.: Theoretical and by Conformal Mapping. TN 1899,
Experimental Data for a Number of June 1949.
NACA 6A-Series Airfoil Sections. TN
1368, July 1947. Costello, George R.: Method of Designing
Airfoils with Prescribed Velocity
Jacobs, W.: Pressure-Distribution Distributions in Compressible Poten-
Measurements on Unyawed Swept-Back tial Flows. TN 1913, Aug. 1949.
Wings. TM 1164, July 1947.

Greenberg, J. Mayo: Some Considerations SECTION VARIABLES
on an Airfoil in an Oscillating Stream. (1.2.1.2)
TN 1372, Aug. 1947.
Norton, F. H.: The Aerodynamic Prop-
Perl, W. and Moses, H. E.: Velocity erties of Thick Aerofoils Suitable for
Distributions on Symmetrical Airfoils Internal Bracing. Rept. 75, 1920.
in Closed Tunnels by Conformal Map-
ping. TN 1642, June 1948. Parker, H. F.: The Parker Variable
Camber Wing. Rept. 77, 1920.
Heaslet, Max. A. and Lomax, Harvard:
Two-Dimensional Unsteady Lift Prob- Warner, Edward P.: The Fairing of Air-
lems in Supersonic Flight. TN 1621, foil Contours. TN 146, June 1923.
June 1948.
Aerodynamic Characteristics of Airfoils--
Perl, W. and Moses, H. E.: Velocity Dis- I. Rept. 182, 1924.
tributions on Symmetrical Airfoils in
Closed Tunnels by Conformal Mapping. LePage, W. L. and Nichols, J. T.: The
TN 1642, June 1948. Effect of Wind Tunnel Turbulence Upon
the Forces Measured on Models. TN
Murray, Harry E.: Comparison With Ex- 191, May 1924.
periment of Several Methods of Pre-
dicting the Lift of Wings in Subsonic Munk, Max M. and Miller, Elton W.: Model
Compressible Flow. TN 1739, Oct. Tests With a Systematic Series of 27
1948. Wing Sections at Full Reynolds Number.
Rept. 221, 1925.
Emmons, Howard W.: Flow of a Com-
pressible Fluid Past a Symmetrical Betz, A.: A Method for the Direct Deter-
Airfoil in a Wind Tunnel and in Free mination of Wing-Section Drag. TM
Air. TN 1746, Nov. 1948. 337, Nov. 1925.
Graham, Donald J.: The Development of Schrenk, 0.: Systematic Investigation of
Cambered Airfoil Sections Having Joukowsky Wing Sections. TM 422,
Favorable Lift Characteristics at July 1927.
Supercritical Mach Numbers. TN
1771, Dec. 1948. Ackeret, J.: Experiments on Airfoils with
Trailing Edge Cut Away. TM 431,
Ferri, Antonio: Method for Evaluating Sept. 1927.
From Shadow or Schlieren Photographs
the Pressure Drag in Two-Dimensional Zahm, A. F.; Smith, R. H. and Louden,
or Axially Symmetrical Flow Phenom- F. A.: Forces on Elliptic Cylinders in
ena With Detached Shock. TN 1808, Uniform Air Stream. Rept. 289, 1928.
Feb. 1949.
DeFoe, George L.: Resistance of Stream-
Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart: line Wires. TN 279, March 1928.
A Study of Flow Changes Associated
with Airfoil Section Drag Rise at Diehl, Walter S.: Joint Report on Stand-
Supercritical Speeds. TN 1813, Feb. ardization Tests on N.P.L. R.A.F. 15
1949. Airfoil Model. Rept. 309, 1929.
Schmieden, C. and Kawalki, K. H.: Contri- Defoe, George L.: A Comparison of the
bution to the Problem of Flow at High Aerodynamic Characteristics of Three
Speed. TM 1233, June 1949. Normal and Three Reflexed Airfoils in
the Variable Density Wind Tunnel.
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr.: Note of the Ac- TN 388, Aug. 1931.
curacy of a Method for Rapidly Calcu-
lating the Increments in Velocity Jacobs, Eastman N. and Anderson,
About an Airfoil Due to Angle of Raymond F.: Large-Scale Aerody-
Attack. TN 1884, June 1949. namic Characteristics of Airfoils as
Tested in the Variable Density Wind
Tunnel. Rept. 352, 1933.







AERODYNAMICS
32 WINGS (1.2)


Section Variables Wing (Cont.)
Jacobs, Eastman N.; Ward, Kenneth E. and
Pinkerton, Robert M.: The Character-
istics of 78 Related Airfoil Sections
From Tests in the Variable -Density
Wind Tunnel. Rept. 460, 1933.

Garrick, I. E.: Determination of the
Theoretical Pressure Distribution for
Twenty Airfoils. Rept. 465, 1933.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests in the Variable-Density
Wind Tunnel of Related Airfoils Having
the Maximum Camber Unusually Far
Forward. Rept. 537, 1935.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Sherman, Albert:
Airfoil Section Characteristics as Af-
fected by Variations of the Reynolds
Number. Rept. 586, 1937.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Rhode, R. V.: Air-
foil Section Characteristics as Applied
to the Prediction of Air Forces and
Their Distribution on Wings. Rept.
631, 1938.

Goett, Harry J. and Bullivant, W. Kenneth:
Tests of NACA 0009, 0012, and
0018 Airfoils in the Full-Scale Tunnel.
Rept. 647, 1938.

Naumann, A.: Pressure Distribution on
Wings in Reversed Flow. TM 1011,
April 1942.

Hoggard, H. Page, Jr.: Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of Control-Surface Charac-
teristics. X A 30-Percent-Chord
Plain Flap With Straight Contour on
the NACA 0015 Airfoil. ARR (WR
L-366), Sept. 1942.
Luoma, Arvo A.: Effect of Compressi-
bility on Pressure Distribution Over
an Airfoil With a Slotted Frise Aileron.
ACR L4G12 (WR L-266), July 1944.

Cleary, Harold E.: Variation of Peak
Pitching-Moment Coefficients for Six
Airfoils as Affected by Compressibil-
ity. ACR L4H17 (WR L-515), Oct.
1944.

Kaplan Carl: Effect of Compressibility
at Aigh Subsonic Velocities on the
Lifting Force Acting on an Elliptic
Cylinder. Rept. 834, 1946.

Jones, Robert T.: Thin Oblique Airfoils at
Supersonic Speed. Rept. 851, 1946.

Barlow William H.: Flight Investigation
at A gh Speeds of the Drag of Three
Airfoils and a Circular Cylinder Rep-
resenting Full-Scale Propeller Shanks.
Rept. 852, 1946.


Theodorsen, Theodore and Naiman, Irven:
Pressure Distributions for Representa-
tive Airfoils and Related Profiles. TN
1016, Feb. 1946.

Lindsey, W. F.; Daley, Bernard N. and
Humphreys, Milton D.: The Flow and
Force Characteristics of Supersonic
Airfoils at High Subsonic Speeds. TN
1211, March 1947.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Cohen,
Kenneth S.: Aerodynamic Character-
istics of a Number of Modified NACA
Four-Digit-Series Airfoil Sections.
TN 1591, June 1948.

Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
A Study of Flow Changes Associated
with Airfoil Section Drag Rise at Su-
percritical Speeds. TN 1813, Feb.
1949.

Camber
(1 .2.1.2.1)

Translated by Paris Office, NACA: The
Law Relating to Air Currents. TM 10,
March 1921.
Munk, Max M.: General Theory of Thin
Wing Sections. Rept. 142, 1922.

Toussaint, A.: Effect of Changing the Mean
Camber of an Airfoil Section. TM 252,
March 1924.

Toussaint, A.: New Application of Princi-
ple of Variable-Camber Airfoil-
(Lachassagne system). TM 258, April
1924.
Weick, Fred E.: Navy Propeller Section
Characteristics as Used in Propeller
Design. TN 244, Aug. 1926.

Loew, Gottfried: Contribution to the Sys-
tematic Investigation on Joukowsky
Profiles. TM 461, April 1928.

Toussaint, A. and Carafoli, E.: Choice of
Profile for the Wings of an Airplane.
TM 468, June 1928.

Toussaint, A. and Carafoli, E.: Choice of
Profile for the Wings of an Airplane.
Part II. TM 469, June 1928.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Series
43 and 63. TN 391, Sept. 1931.
Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Series
45 and 65. TN 392, Sept. 1931.







AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 33


Cibr- T~ing Sections (Cont.)
Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Series
44 and 64. TN 401, Dec. 1931.
Stack, John: The NACA High-Speed
Wind Tunnel and Tests of Six Propeller
Sections. Rept. 463, 1933.

Lacaine J.: Wings with Variable Camber
andSlots. MP 37, Aug. 1933.

Flight, Vol. XXV, No. 40, October 5, 1933:
The Ugo Antoni Wing. MP 38, Nov.
1933.
Wenzinger, Carl J.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Ordinary and Split Flaps on
Airfoils of Different Profile. Rept.
554, 1936.

Jacobs Eastman N.; Pinkerton, Robert M.
and Greenberg, Harry: Tests of Re-
lated Forward-Camber Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Rept.
610, 1937.

Soul6. H. A. and Anderson, R. F.: Design
Charts Relating to the Stalling of
Tapered Wings. Rept. 703, 1940.

Ames, Milton B., Jr. and Sears, Richard
I.: Pressure-Distribution Investigation
of an NACA 0009 Airfoil with a 30-
Percent-Chord Plain Flap and Three
Tabs. TN 759, May 1940.

Ferri, Antonio: Experimental Results with
Airfoils Tested in the High-Speed Tun-
nel at Guidonia. TM 946, July 1940.

Jacobs, E. N. and Abbott, I. H.: Angles of
Zero Lift for Some NACA Low-Drag
Airfoils. CB, Feb. 1942.
Stack, John: Tests of Airfoils Designed to
Delay the Compressibility Burble.
Rept. 763, 1943.
Stack, John; Fedziuk, Henry A. and Cleary,
Harold E.: Preliminary Investigation
of the Effect of Compressibility on the
Maximum Lift Coefficient. ACR, Feb.
1943.

Davidson, Milton and Turner, Harold R.,
Jr.: Effects of Mean-Line Loading on
the Aerodynamic Characteristics of
Some Low-Drag Airfoils. ACR 3127
(WR L-699), Sept. 1943.
Tetervin, Neal: Tests in the NACA Two-
Dimensional Low-Turbulence Tunnel of
Airfoil Sections Designed to Have Small
Pitching Moments and High Lift-Drag
Ratios. CB 3113 (WR L-452), Sept.
1943.


Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Stivers, Louis
S., Jr.: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of the NACA 747A315 and 747A415 Air-
foils from Tests in the NACA Two-
Dimensional Low-Turbulence Pressure
Tunnel. CB L4125 (WR L-156), Sept.
1944.

Abbott, Ira H.; Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and
Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary of
Airfoil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.

Cohen, Doris: A Method for Determining
the Camber and Twist of a Surface to
Support a Given Distribution of Lift.
Rept. 826, 1945.
Graham, Donald J.; Nitzberg, Gerald E. and
Olsen, Robert N.: A Systematic Inves-
tigation of Pressure Distributions at
High Speeds over Five Representative
NACA Low-Drag and Conventional Air-
foil Sections. Rept. 832, 1945.

Allen, H. Julian: General Theory of Airfoil
Sections Having Arbitrary Shape or
Pressure Distribution. Rept. 833,
1945.

Fullmer, Felicien F., Jr.: Two-Dimen-
sional Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Six
Airfoil Sections for the Wing of the
Vega XP2V-1 Airplane TED NO.
NACA 231,. MR L5121 (WR L-681),
Oct. 1945.

Stivers, Louis S., Jr. and Rice, Fred J.,
Jr.: Aerodynamic Characteristics of
Four NACA Airfoil Sections Designed
for Helicopter Rotor Blades. RB
L5K02 (WR L-29), Feb. 1946.

Von Doenhoff. Albert E.; Stivers, Louis S.,
Jr. and 0 Connor, James M.: Low-
Speed Tests of Five NACA 66-Series
Airfoils Having Mean Lines Designed
to Give High Critical Mach Numbers.
TN 1276, May 1947.
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr.: Theoretical and
Experimental Data for a Number of
NACA 6A-Series Airfoil Sections. TN
1368, July 1947.
Graham, Donald J.: High-Speed Tests of an
Airfoil Section Cambered to Have C rit-
ical Mach Numbers Higher than Those
Attainable with a Uniform-Load Mean
Line. TN 1396, July 1947.

Bussmann, K. and Ulrich, A.: Systematic
Investigations of the Influence of the
Shape of the Profile upon the Position
of the Transition Point. TM 1185, Oct.
1947.
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Poteat, M.
Irene: Aerodynamic Characteristics of
Several NACA Airfoil Sections at Seven
Reynolda Numbers from 0.7 x 106 to
9.0 x 10 RM L8B02, May 1948.







AERODYNAMICS
34 WINGS (1.2)


Camber Wing Sections (Cont.)
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Cohen,
Kenneth S.: An Evaluation of the Char-
acteristics of a 10-Percent-Thick
NACA 66-Series Airfoil Section with a
Special Mean-Camber Line Designed
to Produce a High Critical Mach Num-
ber. TN 1633, July 1948.

Lindsey, W. F.; Stevenson, D. B. and Daley,
Bernard N.: Aerodynamic Character-
istics of 24 NACA 16-Series Airfoils
at Mach Numbers Between 0.3 and 0.8.
TN 1546, Sept. 1948.

Graham, Donald J.: The Development of
Cambered Airfoil Sections Having
Favorable Lift Characteristics at Su-
percritical Mach Numbers. TN 1771,
Dec. 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Bursnall,
William J.: The Effects of Variations
in Reynolds Number Between 3.0 x 106
and 25.0 x 106 upon the Aerodynamic
Characteristics of a Number of NACA
6-Series Airfoil Sections. TN 1773,
Dec. 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Smith,
Hamilton A.: Two-Dimensional Aero-
dynamic Characteristics of 34 Miscel-
laneous Airfoil Sections. RM L8L08,
Jan. 1949.

G6thert, B.: Airfoil Measurements in the
DVL High-Speed Wind Tunnel (2.7-
Meter Diameter). TM 1240, June 1949.

Schaefer, Raymond F.; Loftin, Laurence
K., Jr. and Horton, Elmer A.: Two-
Dimensional Investigation of Five Re-
lated NACA Airfoil Sections Designed
for Rotating-Wing Aircraft. TN 1922,
July 1949.

Thickness
(1.2.1.2.2)

Munk, Max M.: General Theory of Thin
Wing Sections. Rept. 142, 1922.

Point, Mr.: Commercial Airplanes and
Seaplanes. Thick Wings or Thin Wings.
All Metal or Mixed Construction. TM
174, Dec. 1922.

Munk, Max M. and Miller, Elton W.: Model
Tests with a Systematic Series of 27
Wing Sections at Full Reynolds Num-
ber. Rept. 221, 1925.

Weick, Fred E.: Navy Propeller Section
Characteristics as Used in Propeller
Design. TN 244, Aug. 1926.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Characteristics of
Propeller Sections Tested in the Var-
iable Density Wind Tunnel. Rept. 259,
1927.


Loew, Gottfried: Contribution to the Sys-
tematic Investigation on Joukowsky
Profiles. TM 461, April 1928.

Toussaint, A. and Carafoli, E.: Choice of
Profile for the Wings of an Airplane.
TM 468, June 1928.

Toussaint, A. and Carafoli, E.: Choice of
Profile for the Wings of an Airplane.
Part II. TM 469, June 1928.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Tests of Six Symmet-
rical Airfoils in the Variable Density
Wind Tunnel. TN 385, July 1931.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Series
43 and 63. TN 391, Sept. 1931.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Series
45 and 65. TN 392, Sept. 1931.
Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Series
44 and 64. TN 401, Dec. 1931.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Ward, Kenneth E.:
Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Series
24. TN 404, Jan. 1932.
Anderson, Raymond F.: The Aerodynamic
Characteristics of Airfoils at Negative
Angles of Attack. TN 412, March 1932.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Anderson, Raymond
F.: Large-Scale Aerodynamic Charac-
teristics of Airfoils as Tested in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Rept.
352, 1933.
Stack, John: The NACA High-Speed Wind
Tunnel and Tests of Six Propeller Sec-
tions. Rept. 463, 1933.

Wenzinger, Carl J.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Ordinary and Split Flaps on
Airfoils of Different Profile. Rept.
554, 1936.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Series
230. TN 567, May 1936.
Jacobs, Eastman N.; Pinkerton, Robert M.
and Greenberg, Harry: Tests of Re-
lated Forward-Camber Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Rept.
610, 1937.
Lindsey W. F.: Drag of Cylinders of Sim-
ple Shapes. Rept. 619, 1938.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 35


Thickness Wing Sections (Cont.)
Doetsch, H. and Kramer, M.: Systematic
Airfoil Tests in the Large Wind Tunnel
of the DVL. TM 852, March 1938.

Silverstein, Abe and Becker, John V.: De-
termination of Boundary-Layer Transi-
tion on Three Symmetrical Airfoils in
the NACA Full-Scale Wind Tunnel.
Rept. 637, 1939.
Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas A.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of NACA
23012, 23021, and 23030 Airfoils with
Various Sizes of Split Flap. Rept. 668,
1939.
Sherman, Albert: Preliminary Report on
the Characteristics of the NACA 4400R
Series Airfoils. ACR (WR L-451),
March 1939.

Soul6 H. A. and Anderson, R. F.: Design
Charts Relating to the Stalling of
Tapered Wings. Rept. 703, 1940.

Ferri, Antonio: Experimental Results with
Airfoils Tested in the High-Speed Tun-
nel at Guidonia. TM 946, July 1940.
Bullivant, W. Kenneth: Tests of the NACA
0025 and 0035 Airfoils in the Full-
Scale Wind Tunnel. Rept. 708, 1941.
Harris, Thomas A. and Recant, Isidore G.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of NACA
23012, 23021 and 23030 Airfoils
Equipped with 40-Percent-Chord
Double Slotted Flaps. Rept. 723, 1941.

Greenberg, Harry: Characteristics of
NACA 4400R Series Rectangular and
Tapered Airfoils, Including the Effect
of Split Flaps. ACR (WR L-493), Jan.
1941.
Jacobs, Eastman N.; Abbott, Ira H. and
Davidson, Milton: Investigation of Ex-
treme Leading-Edge Roughness on
Thick Low-Drag Airfoils to Indicate
Those Critical to Separation. CB (WR
L-659), June 1942.

Stack, John; Fedziuk, Henry A. and Cleary,
Harold E.: Preliminary Investigation
of the Effect of Compressibility on the
Maximum Lift Coefficient. ACR, Feb.
1943.
Fullmer, Felicien F., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel
Investigation of NACA 66(215)-216, 66,
1-212, and 651-212 Airfoils with 0.20-
Airfoil-Chord Split Flaps. CB L4G10
(WR L-140), July 1944.
Braslow, Albert L.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Aileron Effectiveness of 0.20-
Airfoil-Chord Plain Ailerons of True
Airfoil Contour on NACA 652-415,
653-418 and 654-421 Airfoil Sections.
CB L4H12 (WR L-178), Aug. 1944.


Byrne, Robert W.: Experimental Con-
striction Effects in High-Speed Wind
Tunnels. ACR L4L07a (WR L-74),
Dec. 1944.

Abbott, Ira H.; von Doenhoff, Albert E. and
Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary of Air-
foil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.

Allen, H. Julian: General Theory of Air-
foil Sections Having Arbitrary Shape
or Pressure Distribution. Rept. 833,
1945.

White, Roland J. and Klampe, Dean G.:
Force and Moment Coefficients for a
Thin Airfoil with Flap and Tab in a
Form Useful for Stability and Control
Calculations. TN 960, Jan. 1945.

Ferri, Antonio: Completed Tabulation in
the United States of Tests of 24 Airfoils
at High Mach Numbers (Derived from
Interrupted Work at Guidonia, Italy in
the 1.31- by 1.74-Foot High-Speed
Tunnel). ACR L5E21 (WR L-143),
June 1945.
Fullmer, Felicien F., Jr.: Two-Dimen-
sional Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Six
Airfoil Sections for the Wing of the
Vega XP2V-1 Airplane TED NO. NACA
231. MR L5121 (WR L-681), Oct.
1945.

Perl, W. and Moses, H. E.: Velocity Dis-
tributions on Symmetrical Airfoils in
Closed Tunnels by Conformal Mapping.
ARR E6H23, Sept. 1946.
Daley, Bernard N. and Humphreys, Milton
D.: Effects of Compressibility on the
Flow Past Thick Airfoil Sections. RM
L6J17a, Jan. 1947.

Ivey, H. Roese and Bowen, Edward N., Jr.:
TheortLical Supersonic Lift and Drag
Characteristics of Symmetrical Wedge-
Shape-Airfoil Sections as Affected by
Sweepback Outside the Mach Cone.
TN 1226, March 1947.

Bussman, K. and Ulrich, A.: Systematic
Investigations of the Influence of the
Shape of the Profile upon the Position
of the Transition Point. TM 1185,
Oct. 1947.

Margolis, Kenneth: Effect of Chordwise
Location of Maximum Thickness on
the Supersonic Wave Drag of Swept-
back Wings. TN 1543, March 1948.
Cahill, Jones F. and Racisz, Stanley F.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Seven
Thin NACA Airfoil Sections to Deter-
mine Optimum Double-Slotted- Flap
Configurations. TN 1545, April 1948.






AERODYNAMICS
36 WINGS (1.2)


Thickness Wing Sections (Cont.)
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Poteat, M.
Irene: Aeordynamic Characteristics
of Several NACA Airfoil Sections at
Seven Reynolds Numbers from 0.7 x
106 to 9.0 x 106. RM L8B02, May
1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Cohen,
Kenneth S.: Aerodynamic Character-
istics of a Number of Modified NACA
Four-Digit-Series Airfoil Sections.
TN 1591, June 1948.
Daley, Bernard N. and Humphreys, Milton
D.: Effects of Compressibility on the
Flow Past Thick Airfoil Sections. TN
1657, July 1948.

Lindsey, W. F.; Stevenson, D. B. and
Daley, Bernard N.: Aerodynamic Char-
acteristics of 24 NACA 16-Series Air-
foils at Mach Numbers Between 0.3
and 0.8. TN 1546, Sept. 1948.
Graham, Donald J.: The Development of
Cambered Airfoil Sections Having
Favorable Lift Characteristics at Su-
percritical Mach Numbers. TN 1771,
Dec. 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Bursnall,
William J.: The Effects of Variations
in Reynolds Number Between 3.0 x 106
and 25.0 x 106 upon the Aerodynamic
Characteristics of a Number of NACA
6-Series Airfoil Sections. TN 1773,
Dec. 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Smith,
Hamilton A.: Two-Dimensional Aero-
dynamic Characteristics of 34 Miscel-
laneous Airfoil Sections. RM L8L08,
Jan. 1949.
Margolis, Kenneth: Effect of Thickness on
the Lateral Force and Yawing Moment
of a Sideslipping Delta Wing at Super-
sonic Speeds. TN 1798, Jan. 1949.
G6thert, B.: Airfoil Measurements in the
DVL High-Speed Wind Tunnel (2.7-Me-
ter Diameter). TM 1240, June 1949.
Schaefer, Raymond F.; Loftin, Laurence K.,
Jr. and Horton, Elmer A.: Two-Dimen-
sional Investigation of Five Related
NACA Airfoil Sections Designed for
Rotating-Wing Aircraft. TN 1922, July
1949.

Thickness Distribution
(1.2.1.2.3)
Toussaint, A. and Carafoli, E.: Choice of
Profile for the Wings of an Airplane.
TM 468, June 1928.


Toussaint, A. and Carafoli, E.: Choice of
Profile for the Wings of an Airplane.
Part II. TM 469, June 1928.

Ward, Kenneth E.: The Effect of Small
Variations in Profile of Airfoils. TN
361, Jan. 1931.

Pinkerton, Robert M.: Effect of Nose
Shape on the Characteristics of Sym-
metrical Airfoils. TN 386, Aug. 1931.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable Density Wind Tunnel. Series
44 and 64. TN 401, Dec. 1931.

Lindsey, W. F.: Drag of Cylinders of Sim-
ple Shapes. Rept. 619, 1938.
Jacobs, Eastman N.: Preliminary Report
on Laminar-Flow Airfoils and New
Methods Adopted for Airfoil and Bound-
ary-Layer Investigations. ACR (WR
L-345), June 1939.

Ferri, Antonio: Experimental Results
with Airfoils Tested in the High-Speed
Tunnel at Guidonia. TM 946, July 1940.

Jones, Robert T. and Cohen, Doris: A
Graphical Method of Determining Pres-
sure DistribLtion in Two-Dimensional
Flow. Rept. 722, 1941.

Abbott Ira H. and Turner Harold R., Jr.:
Lift and Drag Tests of Three Airfoil
Models with Fowler Flaps Submitted by
Consolidated Aircraft Corporation.
MR (WR L-677), Dec. 1941.

Underwood, W. J.: Notes on the Effect of
Trailing-Edge Shapes of Low-Drag
Airfoils on Profile Drag and the Trim
and Balance of Control Surfaces. CB
(WR L-450), March 1942.
Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Horton, Elmer
A.: Preliminary Investigation in the
NACA Low-Turbulence Tunnel of Low-
Drag Airfoil Sections Suitable for Ad-
mitting Air at the Leading Edge. ACR
(WR L-694), July 1942.

Stack, John: Tests of Airfoils Designed to
Delay the Compressibility Burble.
Rept. 763, 1943.

Tetervin, Neal: Tests in the NACA Two-
Dimensional Low-Turbulence Tunnel
of Airfoil Sections Designed to Have
Small Pitching Moments and High Lift-
Drag Ratios. CB 3113 (WR L-452),
Sept. 1943.

Crane, Robert M. and Holtzclaw Ralph W.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the Effects
of Profile Modifications and Tabs on
the Characteristics of Ailerons on a
Low-Drag Airfoil. Rept. 803, 1944.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 37


Thickness Distribution Wing Sections (Cant.)
Jones, R. T. and Underwood, W. J.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of a Beveled
Aileron Shape Designed to Increase
the Useful Deflection Range. MR (WR
L-651), April 1944.

Fullmer, Felicien F., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel
Investigation of NACA 66(215)-216, 66,
1-212, and 651-212 Airfoils with 0.20-
Airfoil-Chord Split Flaps. CB L4G10
(WR L-140), July 1944.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Stivers, Louis
S., Jr.: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of the NACA 747A315 and 747A415
Airfoils from Tests in the NACA Two-
Dimensional Low-Turbulence Pressure
Tunnel. CB L4125 (WR L-156), Sept.
1944.

Purser, Paul E. and Johnson, Harold S.:
Effects of Trailing-Edge Modifications
on Pitching-Moment Characteristics of
Airfoils. CB L4130 (WR L-664), Sept.
1944.
Abbott, Ira H.; von Doenhoff, Albert E. and
Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary of
Airfoil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.

Graham, Donald J.; Nitzberg, Gerald E.
and Olsen, Robert N.: A Systematic
Investigation of Pressure Distributions
at High Speeds over Five Representa-
tive NACA Low-Drag and Conventional
Airfoil Sections. Rept. 832, 1945.

Allen, H. Julian: General Theory of Airfoil
Sections Having Arbitrary Shape or
Pressure Distribution. Rept. 833,
1945.

Bailey, F. J., Jr.; Mathews, Charles W.
and Thompson, Jim Rogers: Drag
Measurements at Transonic Speeds on
a Freely Falling Body. ACR L5E03,
June 1945.
Stivers, Louis S., Jr. and Rice, Fred J.,
Jr.: Aerodynamic Characteristics of
Four NACA Airfoil Sections Designed
for Helicopter Rotor Blades. RB
L5K02 (WR L-29), Feb. 1946.
Goranson, R. Fabian: Flight Tests of Ex-
perimental Beveled-Trailing-Edge
Frise Ailerons on a Fighter Airplane.
TN 1085, July 1946.
Adams, Richard E. and Silsby, Norman S.:
Flight Investigation of the Effect of a
Local Change in Wing Contour on
Chordwise Pressure Distribution at
High Speeds. TN 1152, Sept. 1946.


Loftin, Laurence K., Jr.: Theoretical and
Experimental Data for a Number of
NACA 6A-Series Airfoil Sections. TN
1368, July 1947.

Graham, Donald J.: High-Speed Tests of an
Airfoil Section Cambered to Have Crit-
ical Mach Numbers Higher than Those
Attainable with a Uniform-Load Mean
Line. TN 1396, July 1947.
Perl, W. and Moses, H. E.: Velocity Dis-
tributions on Symmetrical Airfoils in
Closed Tunnels by Conformal Mapping.
TN 1642, June 1948.
Margolis, Kenneth: Effect of Chordwise
Location of Maximum Thickness on the
Supersonic Wave Drag of Sweptback
Wings. TN 1543, March 1948.

Cahill, Jones F. and Racisz, Stanley F.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Seven
Thin NACA Airfoil Sections to Deter-
mine Optimum Double-Slotted-Flap
Configurations. TN 1545, April 1948.
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Poteat, M.
Irene: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of Several NACA Airfoil Sections at
Seven Reynolds Numbers from 0.7 x
106 to 9.0 x 106. RM L8B02, May
1948.
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Cohen,
Kenneth S.: Aerodynamic Character-
istics of a Number of Modified NACA
Four-Digit-Series Airfoil Sections.
TN 1591, June 1948.

Daley, Bernard N. and Humphreys, Milton
D.: Effects of Compressibility on the
Flow Past Thick Airfoil Sections. TN
1657, July 1948.

Graham, Donald J.: The Development of
Cambered Airfoil Sections Having
Favorable Lift Characteristics at Su-
percritical Mach Numbers. TN 1771,
Dec. 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Bursnall,
William J.: The Effects of Variations
in Reynolds Number Between 3.0 x 106
and 25.0 x 106 upon the Aerodynamic
Characteristics of a Number of NACA
6-Series Airfoil Sections. TN 1773,
Dec. 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Smith,
Hamilton A.: Two-Dimensional Aero-
dynamic Characteristics of 34 Miscel-
laneous Airfoil Sections. RM L8L08,
Jan. 1949.
Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
A Study of Flow Changes Associated
with Airfoil Section Drag Rise at Su-
percritical Speeds. TN 1813, Feb.
1949.






AERODYNAMIC S
38 WINGS (1.2)


Wing Sections (Cont.)
Inlets and Exits
(1.2.1.2.4)
Harris, Thomas A. and Recant, Isidore G.:
Investigation in the 7- by 10-Foot Wind
Tunnel of Ducts for Cooling Radiators
Within an Airplane Wing. Rept. 743,
1942.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Horton, Elmer
A.: Preliminary Investigation in the
NACA Low-Turbulence Tunnel of Low-
Drag Airfoil Sections Suitable for Ad-
mitting Air at the Leading Edge. ACR
(WR L-694), July 1942.

Horton, Elmer A. and Woolard, Henry W.:
Investigation of a Low-Drag Gun Port
in the NACA Two-Dimensional Low-
Turbulence Tunnel. CB, Sept. 1942.
Nelson, W. J. and Czarnecki, K. R.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of Wing Ducts on
a Single-Engine Pursuit Airplane. ARR
3J13 (WR L-407), Oct. 1943.
McCullough, George B. and Hughes,
Kenneth M.: Tests of Gun Ports in a
Low-Drag Wing Section for the Consol-
idated Vultee XA-41 Airplane. CMR,
March 1944.
Abbott, Ira H.; von Doenhoff, Albert E. and
Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary of
Airfoil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.

Racisz, Stanley F.: Development of Wing
Inlets. ACR L6B18 (WR L-727),
March 1946.

Surface Conditions
(-1.2.1.2.5)

Wieselsberger, G.: The Effect of the Na-
ture of Surfaces on Resistance, as
Tested on Struts. TN 33, Feb. 1921.

Zahm, A. F.: Influence of Model Surface
and Air Flow Texture on Resistance of
Aerodynamic Bodies. Rept. 139, 1922.

Weidinger, Hanns: Drag Measurements on
a Junkers Wing Section-Application of
the Betz Method to the Results of Com-
parative Tests Made on a Model and on
an Airplane in Flight. TM 428, Sept.
1927.
Schrenk, 0.: Effects of Roughness on
Airfoils. TM 430, Sept. 1927.

Ward, Kenneth E.: The Interference Ef-
fects on an Airfoil of a Flat Plate at
Mid-span Position. TN 403, Dec. 1931.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Airfoil Section Char-
acteristics as Affected by Protuber-
ances. Rept. 446, 1932.


Ward, Kenneth E.: Characteristics of an
Airfoil as Affected by Fabric Sag. TN
428, Aug. 1932.

Hooker, Ray W.: The Aerodynamic Char-
acteristics of Airfoils as Affected by
Surface Roughness. TN 457, April
1933.

Dearborn, Clinton H.: The Effect of Rivet
Heads on the Characteristics of a 6 by
36 Foot Clark Y Metal Airfoil. TN
461, May 1933.

Schlichting, H.: Experimental Investiga-
tion of the Problem of Surface Rough-
ness. TM 823, April 1937.
Clauser, Milton and Clauser, Francis:
The Effect of Curvature on the Transi-
tion from Laminar to Turbulent Bound-
ary Layer. TN 613, Sept. 1937.

Gulick, Beverly G.: Effects of a Simulated
Ice Formation on the Aerodynamic
Characteristics of an Airfoil. ACR
(WR L-292), May 1938.

Hood, Manley J.: The Effects of Some
Common Surface Irregularities on
Wing Drag. TN 695, March 1939.

Rodert, Lewis A. and Jones, Alun R.: Pro-
file-Drag Investigation of an Airplane
Wing Equipped with Rubber Inflatable
De-Icer. ACR, Dec. 1939.

Becker, John V.: Boundary-Layer Transi-
tion on the NACA 0012 and 23012 Air-
foils in the 8-Foot High-Speed Wind
Tunnel. ACR (WR L-682), Jan. 1940.
Wetmore, J. W.; Zalovcik, J. A. and Platt,
Robert C.: A Flight Investigation of
the Boundary-Layer Characteristics
and Profile Drag of the NACA 35-215
Laminar- Flow Airfoil at High Reynolds
Numbers. MR (WR L-532), May 1941.

Jacobs, E. N. and von Doenhoff, A. E.:
Formulas for Use in Boundary-Layer
Calculations on Low-Drag Wings.
ACR (WR L-319), Aug. 1941.
Jacobs, Eastman N.; Abbott, Ira H. and
Davidson, Milton: Investigation of Ex-
treme Leading-Edge Roughness on
Thick Low-Drag Airfoils to Indicate
Those Critical to Separation. CB (WR
L-659), June 1942.

Abbott, Ira H. and Miller, Ralph B.: Sup-
plement to Advance Confidential Report
Tests of a Highly Cambered Low-Drag-
Airfoil Section with a Lift-Control Flap.
ACR 3D30, April 1943.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 39


Surface Conditions Wing Sections (Cont.)
Tetervin, Neal: Tests in the NACA Two-
Dimensional Low-Turbulence Tunnel
of Airfoil Sections Designed to Have
Small Pitching Moments and High Lift-
Drag Ratios. CB 3113 (WR L-452),
Sept. 1943.

Allen, H. Julian: Notes on the Effect of
Surface Distortions on the Drag and
Critical Mach Number of Airfoils.
ACR 3129, Sept. 1943.
Braslow, Albert L.: Investigation of Sur-
face Irregularities on an NACA
63(420)-416, a = 1.0 Airfoil Section for
the Glenn L. Martin Company Design
195. MR (WR L-534), Oct. 1943.

Davidson, Milton; Houbolt, John C.; Rafel,
Norman and Rossman, Carl A.: Pre-
liminary Aerodynamic and Structural
Tests Showing the Effect of Compres-
sive Load on the Fairness of a Low-
Drag Wing Specimen with Chordwise
Hat-Section Stiffeners. ACR 3L02 (WR
L-389), Dec. 1943.

Purser, Paul E. and Riebe, John M.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Control-
Surface Characteristics. XV Various
Contour Modifications of a 0.30-Airfoil-
Chord Plain Flap on an NACA
66(215)-014 Airfoil. ACR 3L20 (WR
L-668), Dec. 1943.
Zalovcik, John A.; Wetmore, J. W. and von
Doenhoff, Albert E.: Flight Investiga-
tion of Boundary-Layer Control by Suc-
tion Slots on an NACA 35-215 Low-
Drag Airfoil at High Reynolds
Numbers. ACR 4B29 (WR L-521),
Feb. 1944.

Anderson Joseph L.: Tests of NACA
65(219)-420 and 66(218)-420 Airfoils
at High Speeds. CMR (WR A-87),
April 1944.

Zalovcik, John A.: Profile-Drag Coeffi-
cients of Conventional and Low-Drag
Airfoils as Obtained in Flight. ACR
L4E31 (WR L-139), May 1944.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Nuber, Robert
J.: Drag Measurements at High
Reynolds Numbers of a 100-Inch-Chord
NACA 23016 Practical Construction
Wing Section Submitted by Chance
Vought Aircraft Company. MR (WR
L-752), June 1944.
Braslow, Albert L.: Investigation of Ef-
fects of Various Camouflage Paints and
Painting Procedures on the Drag Char-
acteristics of an NACA 65(421 )-420
a = 1.0 Airfoil Section. CB L4G17 (WR
L-141), July 1944.


Abbott, Frank T. Jr. and Turner, Harold
R., Jr.: The Effects of Roughness at
High Reynolds Numbers on the Lift and
Drag Characteristics of Three Thick
Airfoils. ACR L4H21 (WR L-46), Aug.
1944.
Zalovcik, John A. and Wood, Clotaire: A
Flight Investigation of the Effect of
Surface Roughness on Wing Profile
Drag with Transition Fixed. ARR
L4125 (WR L-159), Sept. 1944.
Turner, Philip S.; Doran, Jewel and Rein-
hart, Frank W.: Fairing Compositions
for Aircraft Surfaces. TN 958, Nov.
1944.
Abbott, Ira H.; von Doenhoff, Albert E. and
Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary of
Airfoil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.
Graham, Donald J.; Nitzberg, Gerald E.
and Olsen, Robert N.: A Systematic
Investigation of Pressure Distributions
at High Speeds over Five Representa-
tive NACA Low-Drag and Conventional
Airfoil Sections. Rept. 832, 1945.
Perl, W. and Green, L. J.: The Two-Di-
mensional Incompressible Potential
Flow over Corrugated and Distorted
Infinite Surfaces. ARR E5A05 (WR
E-38), Jan. 1945.

Nuber, Robert J. and Rice, Fred J., Jr.:
Lift Tests of a 0.1536c Thick Douglas
Airfoil Section of NACA 7-Series Type
Equipped with a Lateral-Control De-
vice for Use with a Full-Span Double-
Slotted Flap on the C-74 Airplane. MR
L5C24a (WR L-641), March 1945.

Zalovcik, John A. and Skoog, Richard B.:
Flight Investigation of Boundary-Layer
Transition and Profile Drag of an Ex-
perimental Low-Drag Wing Installed
on a Fighter-Type Airplane. ACR
L5CO8a (WR L-94), April 1945.
Wood Clotaire and Zalovcik, John A.:
Flight Investigation at High Speeds of
Flow Conditions over an Airplane Wing
as Indicated by Surface Tufts. CB
L5E22 (WR L-91), June 1945.
Zalovcik, John A.: Flight Investigation of
Boundary-Layer and Profile-Drag
Characteristics of Smooth Wing Sec-
tions of a P-47D Airplane. ACR
L5H1la (WR L-86), Oct. 1945.

Quinn, John H., Jr.: Effects of Reynolds
Number and Leading-Edge Roughness
on Lift and Drag Characteristics of the
NACA 653-418, a = 1.0 Airfoil Section.
CB L5J04 (WR L-82), Nov. 1945.






AERODYNAMICS
40 WINGS (1.2)


SurfaceConditions- Wing Sections (Cont.)

Underwood, William J.; Braslow, Albert L.
and Cahill, Jones F.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of 0.20-Air-
foil-Chord Plain Ailerons of Different
Contour on an NACA 651-210 Airfoil
Section. ACR L5F27 (WR L-151),
Dec. 1945.
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr.: Effects of Spe-
cific Types of Surface Roughness on
Boundary-Layer Transition. ACR
L5J29a (WR L-48), Feb. 1946.

Zalovcik, John A. and Daum, Fred L.:
Flight Investigation at High Speeds of
Profile Drag of Wing of a P-47D Air-
plane Having Production Surfaces Cov-
ered with Camouflage Paint. ACR
L6B21 (WR L-98), March 1946.

Robinson, Harold L.: High-Speed Investi-
gation of Skin Wrinkles on Two NACA
Airfoils. TN 1121, Aug. 1946.
Adams, Richard E. and Silsby, Norman S.:
Flight Investigation of the Effect of a
Local Change in Wing Contour on
Chordwise Pressure Distribution at
High Speeds. TN 1152, Sept. 1946.
Quinn, John H., Jr.: Summary of Drag
Characteristics of Practical-Construc-
tion Wing Sections. TN 1151, Jan. 1947.

Racisz, Stanley F.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Modified
NACA 65(112)-111 Airfoil with 35-Per-
cent-Chord Slotted Flap to Determine
Pitching-Moment Characteristics and
Effects of Roughness. RM L7B18,
Feb. 1947.

Quinn, John H., Jr.: Drag Tests of an NACA
65(215)-114, a = 1.0 Practical-Con-
struction Airfoil Section Equipped with
a 0.295-Airfoil-Chord Slotted Flap.
TN 1236, April 1947.
Toll, Thomas A.; Queijo, M. J. and Brewer,
Jack D.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of
the Effects of Surface-Covering Distor-
tion on the Characteristics of a Flap
Having Undistorted Contour Maintained
for Various Distances Ahead of the
Trailing Edge. TN 1296, May 1947.
Tetervin, Neal: A Review of Boundary-
Layer Literature. TN 1384, July 1947.

Stevenson, David B. and Adler, Alfred A.:
High-Speed Wind-Tunnel Tests of an
NACA 0009-64 Airfoil Having a 33.4-
Percent-Chord Flap with an Overhang
20.1 Percent of the Flap Chord. TN
1417, Sept. 1947.
Riegels, F.: Russian Laminar Flow Air-
foils, 3rd Part: Measurements on the
Profile No. 2315 BIS with Ava-Nose
Flap. TM 1127, Sept. 1947.


Racisz, Stanley F. and Cahill, Jones F.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Effects of
Forward Movements of Transition on
Section Characteristics of a Low-Drag
Airfoil with a 0.24-Chord Sealed Plain
Aileron. TN 1582, May 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Poteat, M.
Irene: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of Several NACA Airfoil Sections at
Seven Reynolds Numbers from 0.7 x
106 to 9.0 x 106. RM L8B02, May
1948.
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Cohen,
Kenneth S.: Aerodynamic Character-
istics of a Number of Modified NACA
Four-Digit-Series Airfoil Sections.
TN 1591, June 1948.

Racisz, Stanley F. and Quinn, John H., Jr.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Boundary-
Layer Control by Suction on NACA
655-424 Airfoil with Double Slotted
Flap. TN 1631, June 1948.

Dods, Jules B., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Horizontal Tails. IV Un-
swept Plan Form of Aspect Ratio 2 and
a Two-Dimensional Model. RM A8J21,
Dec. 1948.
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Bursnall,
William J.: The Effects of Variations
in Reynolds Number Between 3.0 x 106
and 25.0 x 106 upon the Aerodynamic
Characteristics of a Number of NACA
6-Series Airfoil Sections. TN 1773,
Dec. 1948.
Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Horton, Elmer
A.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of NACA
65,3-418 Airfoil Section with Boundary-
Layer Control Through a Single Suction
Slot Applied to a Plain Flap. RM
L9A20, Feb. 1949.
Schaefer, Raymond F.; Loftin, Laurence
K., Jr. and Horton, Elmer A.: Two-
Dimensional Investigation of Five Re-
lated NACA Airfoil Sections Designed
for Rotating-Wing Aircraft. TN 1922,
July 1949.

DESIGNATED PROFILES
(1.2.1.3)
Warner, Edward P.: The Choice of Wing
Sections for Airplanes. TN 73, Nov.
1921.

Toussaint, A.: New Application of Princi-
le of Variable-Camber Airfoil-
Lachassagne system). TM 258, April
1924.
Higgins, George J.: The Comparison of
Well-Known and New Wing Sections
Tested in the Variable Density Wind
Tunnel. TN 219, May 1925.







AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 41


Designated Profiles Wing Sections (Cont.)

Higgins, George J.: The NACA CYH Air-
foil Section. TN 240, June 1926.

Higgins, George J.: The Characteristics
of the NACA M-12 Airfoil Section. TN
243, June 1926.

Briggs, L. J. and Dryden, H. L.: Pressure
Distribution over Airfoils at High
Speeds. Rept. 255, 1927.

Crowley, J. W., Jr.: Pressure Distribution
over a Wing and Tail Rib of a VE-7 and
of a TS Airplane in Flight. Rept. 257,
1927.

Smith, R. H.: Air Force and Moment for
N-20 Wing with Certain Cut-Outs.
Rept. 266, 1927.
Sabatier, J.: Researches on Ailerons and
Especially on the Test Loads to Which
They Should Be Subjected. TM 398,
Feb. 1927.

Weidinger, Hanns: Drag Measurements on
a Junkers Wing Section Application of
the Betz Method to the Results of Com-
parative Tests Made on a Model and on
an Airplane in Flight. TM 428, Sept.
1927.

Higgins, George J.: The Characteristics
of the NACA 97, Clark Y, and NACA-
M6 Airfoils with Particular Reference
to the Angle of Attack. TN 270, Dec.
1927.

Diehl, Walter S.: Joint Report on Standard-
ization Tests on N.P.L. R.A.F. 15
Airfoil Model. Rept. 309, 1929.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Pressure Distribu-
tion on a Slotted R.A.F. 31 Airfoil in
the Variable Density Wind Tunnel.
TN 308, June 1929.
Knight, Montgomery and Noyes, Richard
W.: Wind Tunnel Pressure Distribution
Tests on a Series of Biplane Wing
Models. PART I. Effects of Changes
in Stagger and Gap. TN 310, July 1929.
Weick, Fred E.: Tests of Four Racing
Type Airfoils in the Twenty-Foot Pro-
peller Research Tunnel. TN 317, Sept.
1929.

Knight, Montgomery and Noyes, Richard
W.: Wind Tunnel Pressure Distribution
Tests on a Series of Biplane Wing
Models. PART II. Effects of Changes
in Decalage, Dihedral, Sweepback and
Overhang. TN 325, Oct. 1929.
Wenzinger, Carl J. and Loeser, Oscar, Jr.:
Wind Tunnel Pressure Distribution
Tests on an Airfoil with Trailing Edge
Flap. TN 326, Oct. 1929.


Knight, Montgomery and Noyes, Richard
W.: Wind Tunnel Pressure Distribution
Tests on a Series of Biplane Wing
Models. PART I. Effects of Changes
in Various Combinations of Stagger,
Gap, Sweepback, and Decalage. TN
330, Dec. 1929.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Anderson, Ray-
mond F.: Large-Scale Aerodynamic
Characteristics of Airfoils as Tested
in the Variable Density Wind Tunnel.
Rept. 352, 1930.

Rhode, Richard V. and Lundquist, Eugene
E.: The Pressure Distribution over a
Douglas Wing Tip on a Biplane in
Flight. TN 347, Aug. 1930.

Defoe, George L.: A Comparison of the
Aerodynamic Characteristics of Three
Normal and Three Reflexed Airfoils in
the Variable Density Wind Tunnel. TN
388, Aug. 1931.
Anderson, Raymond F.: The Aerodynamic
Characteristics of Six Commonly Used
Airfoils over a Large Range of Positive
and Negative Angles of Attack. TN 397,
Nov. 1931.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable Density Wind Tunnel. Series
44 and 64. TN 401, Dec. 1931.

Weick, Fred E. and Wenzinger, Carl J.:
The Characteristics of a Clark Y Wing
Model Equipped with Several Forms of
Low-Drag Fixed Slots. Rept. 407,
1932.

Theodorsen, Theodore: Theory of Wing
Sections of Arbitrary Shape. Rept.
411, 1932.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Ward, Kenneth E.:
Tests of NACA Airfoils in the Varia-
ble-Density Wind Tunnel. Series 24.
TN 404, Jan. 1932.
Jacobs, Eastman N.; Ward, Kenneth E. and
Pinkerton, Robert M.: The Character-
istics of 78 Related Airfoil Sections
from Tests in the Variable-Density
Wind Tunnel. Rept. 460, 1933.

Stack, John: The NACA High-Speed Wind
Tunnel and Tests of Six Propeller Sec-
tions. Rept. 463, 1933.
Garrick, I. E.: Determination of the
Theoretical Pressure Distribution for
Twenty Airfoils. Rept. 465, 1933.
Hooker, Ray W.: The Aerodynamic Char-
acteristics of Airfoils as Affected by
Surface Roughness. TN 457, April
1933.


906671 0-50----4






AERODYNAMICS
42 WINGS (1.2)


Designated Profiles Wing Sections (Cont.)

Stack, John and von Doenhoff, Albert E.:
Tests of 16 Related Airfoils at High
Speeds. Rept. 492, 1934.

Anderson, Raymond F.: Tests of Three
Tapered Airfoils Based on the NACA
2200, the NACA-M6, and the Clark Y
Sections. TN 487, Jan. 1934.

Sherman, Albert and Harris, Thomas A.:
The Effects of Equal-Pressure Fixed
Slots on the Characteristics of a Clark
Y Airfoil. TN 507, Oct. 1934.
Jacobs, Eastman N. and Clay, William C.:
Characteristics of the NACA 23012
Airfoil from Tests in the Full-Scale
and Variable-Density Tunnels. Rept.
530, 1935.
Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests in the Variable-Density
Wind Tunnel of Related Airfoils Having
the Maximum Camber Unusually Far
Forward. Rept. 537, 1935.

Platt, Robert C.: Aerodynamic Character-
istics of Wings with Cambered Exter-
nal-Airfoil Flaps, Including Lateral
Control with a Full-Span Flap. Rept.
541, 1935.
Parsons, John F.: Full-Scale Force and
Pressure-Distribution Tests on a Ta-
pered U.S.A. 45 Airfoil. TN 521,
March 1935.
Pinkerton, Robert M.: Calculated and
Measured Pressure Distributions over
the Midspan Section of the NACA 4412
Airfoil. Rept. 563, 1936.

Platt, Robert C. and Abbott, Ira H.: Aero-
dynamic Characteristics of NACA
23012 and 23021 Airfoils with 20-Per-
cent-Chord External-Airfoil Flaps of
NACA 23012 Section. Rept. 573, 1936.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Series
230. TN 567, May 1936.

Pearson, H. A.: A Method of Estimating
the Aerodynamic Effects of Ordinary
and Split Flaps of Airfoils Similar to
the Clark Y. TN 571, June 1936.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Sherman, Albert:
Airfoil Section Characteristics as Af-
fected by Variations of the Reynolds
Number. Rept. 586, 1937.

Pearson, H. A.: Pressure-Distribution
Measurements on an 0-2H Airplane in
Flight. Rept. 590, 1937.


Parsons, John F. and Silverstein, Abe:
Full-Scale Span Load Distribution on a
Tapered Wing with Split Flaps of
Various Spans. TN 591, Feb. 1937.
Kiel, George: Pressure Distribution on a
Wing Section with Slotted Flap in Free
Flight Tests. TM 835, Aug. 1937.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Rhode, R. V.:
Airfoil Section Characteristics as
Applied to the Prediction of Air Forces
and Their Distribution on Wings. Rept.
631, 1938.

Doetsch, H. and Kramer, M.: Systematic
Airfoil Tests in the Large Wind Tunnel
of the DVL. TM 852, March 1938.

Donely, Philip and Pearson, Henry A.:
Flight and Wind-Tunnel Tests of an
XBM-1 Dive Bomber. TN 644, April
1938.
Wenzinger, Carl J.: Wind-Tunnel Tests of
a Clark Y Wing Having Split Flaps with
Gaps. TN 650, May 1938.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Ames, Milton B.,
Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Rec-
tangular and Tapered NACA 23012
Wings with Plain Ailerons and Full-
Span Split Flaps. TN 661, Aug. 1938.
House, R. 0.: The Effects of Partial-Span
Plain Flaps on the Aerodynamic Char-
acteristics of a Rectangular and a Ta-
pered Clark Y Wing. TN 663, Sept.
1938.

Abbott, Ira H. and Sherman, Albert: Flow
Observations with Tufts and Lampblack
of the Stalling of Four Typical Airfoil
Sections in the NACA Variable-Density
Tunnel. TN 672, Oct. 1938.

Kuethe, Arnold M.: Circulation Measure-
ments About the Tip of an Airfoil Dur-
ing Flight Through a Gust. TN 685,
Feb. 1939.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Rogallo, Francis
M.: Resume of Air-Load Data on Slats
and Flaps. TN 690, March 1939.

Sherman, Albert: Preliminary Report on
the Characteristics of the NACA 4400R
Series Airfoils. ACR (WR L-451),
March 1939.

Donely, Philip: An Experimental Investi-
gation of the Normal Acceleration of
an Airplane Model in a Gust. TN 706,
May 1939.

Troller, Th. and Rokus, F.: Pressure-
Distribution Measurements on a
Tapered Wing with a Partial-Span Split
Flap in Curved Flight. TN 735, Nov.
1939.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 43


Designated Profiles Wing Sections (Cont.)

Delano, James B.: Wind-Tunnel Tests of
the NACA 45-125 Airfoil. A Thick
Airfoil for High-Speed Airplanes.
ACR, Feb. 1940.

Ames, Milton B., Jr. and Sears, Richard I.:
Pressure-Distribution Investigation of
an NACA 0009 Airfoil with a 30-Per-
cent-Chord Plain Flap and Three Tabs.
TN 759, May 1940.
Swanson, Robert S. and Schuldenfrei,
Marvin J.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation
of the Lift Characteristics of an NACA
27-212 Airfoil Equipped with Two Types
of Flap. ACR, Sept. 1940.

Harris, Thomas A. and Purser, Paul E.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
23012 Airfoil with Two Sizes of Bal-
anced Split Flap. ACR (WR L-441),
Nov. 1940.
Harris, Thomas A. and Lowry, John G.:
Pressure Distribution over an NACA
23021 Airfoil with a Slotted and a Split
Flap. Rept. 718, 1941.
Harris, T.,omas A. and Recant, Isidore G.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of NACA
23012, 23021 and 23030 Airfoils
Equipped with 40-Percent-Chord Dou-
ble Slotted Flaps. Rept. 723, 1941.
Wetmore, j. W.; Zalovcik, J. A. and Platt,
Robert C.: A Flight Investigation of
the Boundary-Layer Characteristics
and Profile Drag of the NACA 35-215
Laminar-Flow Airfoil at High Reynolds
Numbers. MR (WR L-532), May 1941.

Sears, Richard I.: Wind-Tunnel Investiga-
tion of Control-Surface Characteristics.
I Effect of Gap on the Aerodynamic
Characteristics of an NACA 0009 Air-
foil with a 30-Percent-Chord Plain
Flap. ARR (WR L-377), June 1941.
Sears, Richard I. and Hoggard, H. Page,
Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Con-
trol-Surface Characteristics. II A
Large Aerodynamic Balance of Various
Nose Shapes with a 30-Percent-Chord
Flap on an NACA 0009 Airfoil. ARR
(WR L-380), Aug. 1941.
Jacobs, Eastman N.: Preliminary Drag
Tests in Flight of Low-Drag Wing on
the Curtiss XP-60 Airplane. MR (WR
L-745), Dec. 1941.
Abbott, I. H.: Lift and Drag Characteris-
tics of a Low-Drag Airfoil Model with
Slotted Flap Submitted by Curtiss-
Wright Corporation. MR (WR L-703),
Dec. 1941.


Harris, Thomas A. and Lowry, John G.:
Pressure Distribution over an NACA
23012 Airfoil with a Fixed Slot and a
Slotted Flap. Rept. 732, 1942.
Rogallo, F. M. and Spano, Bartholomew S.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
23012 Airfoil with 30-Percent-Chord
Venetian-Blind Flaps. Rept. 742, 1942.

Abbott, Ira H.: Pressure-Distribution
Measurements of a Model of a Davis
Wing Section with Fowler Flap Submit-
ted by Consolidated Aircraft Corpora-
tion. MR (WR L-678), Jan. 1942.
Abbott, Ira H.: Pressure-Distribution
Measurements of Two Airfoil Models
with Fowler Flaps Submitted by Con-
solidated Aircraft Corporation as Al-
ternative Wing Sections of the XB-32
Airplane. MR (WR L-700), Jan. 1942.
Naumann, A.: Pressure Distribution on
Wings in Reversed Flow. TM 1011,
April 1942.

Underwood, William J. and Abbott, Frank
T., Jr.: Test of NACA 66, 2-116 a = 0.6
Airfoil Section Fitted with Pressure
Balanced and Slotted Flaps for the
Wing of the XP-63 Airplane. MR (WR
L-701), May 1942.
Abbott, Ira H.: Tests of Four Models Rep-
resenting Intermediate Sections of the
XB-33 Airplane Including Sections with
Slotted Flap and Ailerons. MR (WR
L-704), June 1942.

Rogallo, F. M. and Lowry, John G.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of an NACA Full-
Span High-Lift Lateral-Control Combi-
nation. I Section Characteristics,
NACA 23012 Airfoil. ARR (WR L-288),
July 1942.
Sears, Richard I.: Wind-Tunnel Investiga-
tion of Control-Surface Characteristics.
IX Some Analytical Considerations
and Experimental Test Results for an
Internally Balanced Flap. ARR (WR
L-339), July 1942.

,Sears, Richard I. and Gillis, Clarence L.:
Wind- Tunnel Investigation of Control-
Surface Characteristics. VII A
Large Aerodynamic Balance of Two
Nose Shapes Used with a 30-Percent-
Chord Flap on an NACA 0015 Airfoil.
ARR (WR L-378), July 1942.
Sears, Richard I. and Hoggard, H. Page,
Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Con-
trol-Surface Characteristics. VIH A
Medium Aerodynamic Balance of Two
Nose Shapes Used with a 30-Percent-
Chord Flap on an NACA 0015 Airfoil.
ARR (WR L-448), July 1942.


m





AERODYNAMIC S
44 WINGS (1.2)


Designated Profiles Wing Sections (Cont.)

Hoggard, H. Page, Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Inves-
tigation of Control-Surface Character-
istics. X A 30-Percent-Chord Plain
Flap with Straight Contour on the NACA
0015 Airfoil. ARR (WR L-366), Sept.
1942.
Underwood, William J.: Aerodynamic
Characteristics for Internal-Balance
and Frise Type Ailerons on an NACA 6
Series Low-Drag Tip Section of the
Wing for the XP-63 Airplane. MR (WR
L-645), Oct. 1942.

Purser, Paul E. and Liddell, Robert B.:
Aerodynamic Characteristics and Flap
Loads of the Brake-Flap Installation
on the 0.40-Scale Model of the F4F-3
Left Wing Panel. MR (WR L-549),
Oct. 1942.
Braslow, Albert L.: Investigation of Sur-
face Irregularities on an NACA
63(420)-416, a = 1.0 Airfoil Section for
the Glenn L. Martin Company Design
195. MR (WR L-534), Oct. 1943.
Davidson, Milton and Turner Harold R.,
Jr.: Tests of an NACA 66 2-216 a=
0.6 Airfoil Section with a Slotted 'and
Plain Flap. ACR 3J05, Oct. 1943.
Purser, Paul E.; Fischel, Jack and Reibe,
John M.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of
an NACA 23012 Airfoil with a 0.30-Air-
foil-Chord Double Slotted Flap. ARR
3L10 (WR L-469), Dec. 1943.

Purser, Paul E. and Reibe, John M.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of Control-Surface
Characteristics. XV Various Con-
tour Modifications of a 0.30-Airfoil-
Chord Plain Flap on an NACA
66(215)-014 Airfoil. ACR 3L20 (WR
L-668), Dec. 1943.
Boshar, John: The Determination of Span
Load Distribution at High Speeds by
Use of High-Speed Wind-Tunnel Section
Data. ACR 4B22 (WR L-436), Feb.
1944.
Anderson, Joseph L.: Tests of NACA
65(216)-420 and 66(218)-420 Airfoils
at High Speeds. CMR (WR A-87),
April 1944.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Nuber, Robert
J.: Drag Measurements at High
Reynolds Numbers of a 100-Inch-Chord
NACA 23016 Practical Construction
Wing Section Submitted by Chance
Vought Aircraft Company. MR (WR
L-752), June 1944.
Fullmer, Felicien F., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel
Investigation of NACA 66(215)-216,
66 1-212, and 651-212 Airfoils with
0.20-Airfoil-Chord Split Flaps. CB
L4G10 (WR L-140), July 1944.


Luoma, Arvo A.: Effect of Compressi-
bility on Pressure Distribution over an
Airfoil with a Slotted Frise Aileron.
ACR L4G12 (WR L-266), July 1944.

Braslow, Albert L.: Investigation of Ef-
fects of Various Camouflage Paints and
Painting Procedures on the Drag Char-
acteristics of an NACA 65(421 )-420
a = 1.0 Airfoil Section. CB L4G17 (WR
L-141), July 1944.
Quinn, John H., Jr. and Tucker, Warren A.:
Scale and Turbulence Effects on the
Lift and Drag Characteristics of the
NACA 653-418, a = 1.0 Airfoil Section.
ACR L4H11 (WR L-138), Aug. 1944.
Braslow, Albert L.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Aileron Effectiveness of 0.20-
Airfoil-Chord Plain Ailerons of True
Airfoil Contour on NACA 652-415,
653-418 and 654-421 Airfoil Sections.
CB L4H12 (WR L-178), Aug. 1944.

Quinn, John H., Jr.: Tests of the NACA
653-018 Airfoil Section with Boundary-
Layer Control by Suction. CB L4H10
(WR L-209), Aug. 1944.

Tucker, Warren A. and Wallace, Arthur
R.: Scale-Effect Tests in a Turbulent
Tunnel of the NACA 653-418, a = 1.0
Airfoil Section with 0.20-Airfoil-Chord
Split Flap. ACR L4122 (WR L-128),
Sept. 1944.
Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Stivers, Louis
S., Jr.: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of the NACA 747A315 and 747A415
Airfoils from Tests in the NACA Two-
Dimensional Low-Turbulence Pressure
Tunnel. CB L4125 (WR L-156), Sept.
1944.
Cleary, Harold E.: Variation of Peak
Pitching-Moment Coefficients for Six
Airfoils as Affected by Compressibil-
ity. ACR L4H17 (WR L-515), Oct.
1944.
Cahill, Jones F.: Aerodynamic Tests of an
NACA 66(215)-116, a = 0.6 Airfoil with
a 0.25c Slotted Flap for the Fleetwings
XA-39 Airplane. MR L4K21 (WR
L-629), Nov. 1944.
Abbott, Ira H.; von Doenhoff, Albert E. and
Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary of
Airfoil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.

Cleary, Harold E.: Effects of Compressi-
bility on Maximum Lift Coefficients for
Six Propeller Airfoils. ACR L4L21a
(WR L-514), Jan. 1945.
Spearman, M. Leroy: Wind-Tunnel Inves-
tigation of Control-Surface Character-
istics. XXIII A 0.25-Airfoil-Chord
Flap with Tab Having a Chord Twice
the Flap Chord on an NACA 0009 Air-
foil. ARR L5G25 (WR L-47), Sept.
1945.





AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 45


Designated Profiles Tfin4 Sections (Cont.)

Zimmey, Charles M. and Lappi, Viola M.:
Data for Design of Entrance Vanes
from Two-Dimensional Tests of Air-
foils in Cascade. ACR L5G18 (WR
L-188), Oct. 1945.

Quinn, John H., Jr.: Effects of Reynolds
Number and Leading-Edge Roughness
on Lift and Drag Characteristics of the
NACA 653-418, a = 1.0 Airfoil Section.
CB L5J04 (WR L-82), Nov. 1945.

Loftin, Lawrence K., Jr. and Rice, Fred J.,
Jr.: Two-Dimensional Wind-Tunnel
Investigation of Two NACA Low-Drag
Airfoil Sections Equipped with Slotted
Flaps and a Plain NACA Low-Drag
Airfoil Section for XF6U-1 Airplane -
TED No. NACA 2367. MR L5L11 (WR
L-746), Jan. 1946.

Lindsey, W. F.: Effect of Compressibility
on the Pressures and Forces Acting on
a Modified NACA 65,3-019 Airfoil Hav-
ing a 0.20-Chord Flap. ACR L5G31a
(WR L-76), Jan. 1946.
Lipson, Stanley: Static-Thrust Investiga-
tion of Full-Scale PV-2 Helicopter
Rotors Having NACA 0012.6 and
23012.6 Airfoil Sections. TED No.
NACA 239. MR L6D24 (WR L-749),
May 1946.

Quinn, John H., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Boundary-Layer Control by
Suction on the NACA 653-418, a = 1.0
Airfoil Section with a 0.29-Airfoil-
Chord Double Slotted Flap. TN 1071,
June 1946.
Braslow, Albert L.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Sealed
0.22-Airfoil-Chord Internally Balanced
Ailerons of Different Contour on an
NACA 65(112)-213 Airfoil. TN 1099,
July 1946.

Serebrisky, Y. M. and Biachuev, S. A.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the Hori-
zontal Motion of a Wing Near the
Ground. TM 1095, Sept. 1946.

Perl, W. and Moses, H. E.: Velocity Dis-
tributions on Symmetrical Airfoils in
Closed Tunnels by Conformal Mapping.
ARR E6H23, Sept. 1946.
Klein, Milton M.: Pressure Distributions
and Force Tests of an NACA 65-210
Airfoil Section with a 50-Percent-
Chord Flap. TN 1167, Jan. 1947.

Quinn, John H., Jr.: Drag Tests of an
NACA 65(215)-114, a = 1.0 Practical-
Construction Airfoil Section Equipped
with a 0.295-Airfoil-Chord Slotted
Flap. TN 1236, April 1947.


Visconti, Fioravante: Wind-Tunnel Inves-
tigation of Air Loads over a Double
Slotted Flap on the NACA 65(216)-215,
a = 0.8 Airfoil Section. RM L7A30,
April 1947.

Fullmer, Felicien F., Jr.: Two-Dimen-
sional Wind-Tunnel Investigation of
the NACA 641-012 Airfoil Equipped
with Two Types of Leading-Edge Flap.
TN 1277, May 1947.

Stevenson, David B. and Byrne, Robert W.:
High-Speed Wind-Tunnel Tests of an
NACA 16-009 Airfoil Having a 32.9-
Percent-Chord Flap with an Overhang
20.7 Percent of the Flap Chord. TN
1406, Aug. 1947.

Stevenson, David B. and Adler, Alfred A.:
High-Speed Wind-Tunnel Tests of an
NACA 0009-64 Airfoil Having a 33.4-
Percent-Chord Flap with an Overhang
20.1 Percent of the Flap Chord. TN
1417, Sept. 1947.

Riegels, F.: Russian Laminar Flow Air-
foils, 3rd Part: Measurements on the
Profile No. 2315 BIS with Ava-Nose
Flap. TM 1127, Sept. 1947.

Racisz, Stanley F.: Investigation of NACA
65(112)Alll (Approx.) Airfoil with
0.35-Chord Slotted Flap at Reynolds
Numbers up to 25 Million. TN 1463,
Oct. 1947.

Cahill, Jones F. and Racisz, Stanley F.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Seven
Thin NACA Airfoil Sections to Deter-
mine Optimum Double-Slotted- Flap
Configurations. TN 1545, April 1948.

Brewer, Jack D. and Polhamus, Josephine
F.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the
Boundary Layer on an NACA 0009 Air-
foil Having 0.25- and 0.50-Airfoil
Chord Plain Sealed Flaps. TN 1574,
April 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Cohen,
Kenneth S.: Aerodynamic Characteris-
tics of a Number of Modified NACA
Four-Digit-Series Airfoil Sections. TN
1591, June 1948.

Fullmer, Felicien F., Jr.: Two-Dimen-
sional Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an
NACA 64-009 Airfoil Equipped with
Two Types of Leading-Edge Flap. TN
1624, June 1948.

Racisz, Stanley F. and Quinn, John H., Jr.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Boundary-
Layer Control by Suction on NACA
655-424 Airfoil with Double Slotted
Flap. TN 1631, June 1948.





AERODYNAMICS
46 WINGS (1.2)


Designated Profiles Wing Sections (Cont.)

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Cohen,
Kenneth S.: An Evaluation of the Char-
acteristics of a 10-Percent-Thick
NACA 66-Series Airfoil Section with a
Special Mean-Camber Line Designed
to Produce a High Critical Mach Num-
ber. TN 1633, July 1948.

Nuber, Robert J. and Needham, James R.,
Jr.: Exploratory Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of the Effectiveness of Area
Suction in Eliminating Leading-Edge
Separation over an NACA 641A212 Air-
foil. TN 1741, Nov. 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Smith,
Hamilton A.: Two-Dimensional Aero-
dynamic Characteristics of 34 Miscel-
laneous Airfoil Sections. RM L8L08,
Jan. 1949.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Horton, Elmer
A.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of NACA
65,3-418 Airfoil Section with Boundary-
Layer Control Through a Single Suction
Slot Applied to a Plain Flap. RM
L9A20, Feb. 1949.

Dupleich, Paul: Rotation in Free Fall of
Rectangular Wings of Elongated Shape.
TM 1201, April 1949.

Nuber, Robert J. and Fullmer, Felicien F.,
Jr.: Two-Dimensional Wind-Tunnel
Investigation of a Symmetrical Airfoil
Section with a Sealed Internally Bal-
anced Control Surface and a Leading
Tab. RM L9E27, July 1949.


HIGH LIFT DEVICES
(1.2.1.4)
Wolff, E. B.: Preliminary Investigation of
the Effect of a Rotating Cylinder in a
Wing. TM 307, March 1925.

Van der Hegge Zijnen, B. G.: Determining
the Velocity Distribution in the Bound-
ary Layer of an Airfoil Fitted with a
Rotary Cylinder. TM 411, May 1927.
Wolff, E. B. and Koning, C.: Discussion of
the Results of the Boundary-Layer
Tests of an Airfoil Fitted with a Rotary
Cylinder. TM 424, Aug. 1927.

Platt, Robert C.: Aerodynamic Character-
istics of Wings with Cambered Exter-
nal-Airfoil Flaps, Including Lateral
Control with a Full-Span Flap. Rept.
541, 1935.
Platt, Robert C. and Abbott, Ira H.: Aero-
dynamic Characteristics of NACA
23012 and 23021 Airfoils with 20-Per-
cent-Chord External-Airfoil Flaps of
NACA 23012 Section. Rept. 573, 1936.


Wenzinger, Carl J.: Pressure Distribution
over an NACA 23012 Airfoil with an
NACA 23012 External-Airfoil Flap.
Rept. 614, 1938.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Anderson, Walter
B.: Pressure Distribution over Air-
foils with Fowler Flaps. Rept. 620,
1938.

Ames, Milton B., Jr.: Preliminary Data of
a Wind- Tunnel Investigation of an
NACA 0009 Airfoil with a 0.30c Flap
Having a Systematic Variation of Flap
Nose Shape and Aerodynamic Overhang.
ARR (WR L-301), Aug. 1941.

Schuldenfrei, Marvin J.: Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of an NACA 23012 Airfoil
with a Handley Page Slat and Two Flap
Arrangements. ARR (WR L-261), Feb.
1942.

Cahill, Jones F.: Two-Dimensional Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of Four Types of
High-Lift Flaps on an NACA 65-210
Airfoil Section. TN 1191, Feb. 1947.

Mendelsohn, Robert A.: Wind-Tunnel
Investigation of the Boundary Layer and
Wake and Their Relation to Airfoil
Characteristics NACA 651 -012 Air-
foil with a True Contour Flap and a
Beveled-Trailing-Edge Flap. TN 1304,
June 1947.
McCullough, George B. and Gault, Donald
E.: An Experimental Investigation of
an NACA 631-012 Airfoil Section with
Leading-Edge Suction Slots. TN 1683,
Aug. 1948.

Schlichting, H.: Lecture Series "Boundary
Layer Theory." Part I Laminar
Flows. TM 1217, April 1949.

Plain Flaps
(1.2.1.4.1)
Higgins, George J. and Jacobs, Eastman N.:
The Effect of a Flap and Ailerons on
the NACA-M-6 Airfoil Section. Rept.
260, 1927.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Loeser, Oscar Jr.:
Wind Tunnel Pressure Distribution
Tests on an Airfoil with Trailing Edge
Flap. TN 326, October 1929.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Pressure Distribution over a
Symmetrical Airfoil Section with
Trailing Edge Fla.-p. Rept. 360, 1930.
Wenzinger, Carl J.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Ordinary and Split Flaps on
Airfoils of Different Profile. Rept. 554,
1936.







AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2)


Plain Flaps Wing Sections (Con t.)

Platt, Robert C. and Shortal, Joseph A.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Wings
with Ordinary Ailerons and Full-Span
External -A irfoil Flaps. Rept. 603,
1937.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Delano, James B.:
Pressure Distribu ion over an NACA
23012 Airfoil wit'i a Slotted and a Plain
Flap. Rept. 63?, 1938.

Allen, H. Julian: Calculation of the Chord-
wise Load Distribution over Airfoil
Sections with Plain, Split, or Serially-
Hinged Trailing-Edge Flaps. Rept.
634, 19-8.

Abbott, Tra H. and Greenberg, Harry:
Te ,cs in the Variable -Density Wind-
Tunnel of the NACA 23012 Airfoil with
Plain and Split Flaps. Rept. 661, 1939.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas A.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
23012 Airfoil with Various Arrange-
ments of Slotted Flaps. Rept. 664,
1939.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Gauvain, William
E.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an
NACA 23012 Airfoil with a Slotted Flap
and Three Types of Auxiliary Flap.
Rept. 679, 1939.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Rogallo, Francis
M.: Rsumn of Air-Load Data on Slats
and Flaps. TN 690, March 1939.

Street, William G. and Ames, Milton B.,
Jr.: Pressure -Distribution Investiga-
tion of an NACA 0009 Airfoil with a
50-Percent -Chord Plain Flap and
Three Tabs. TN 734, Nov. 1939.

Ames, Milton B., Jr. and Sears, Richard I.:
Pressure -Distribution Investigation of
an NACA 0009 Airfoil with a 30-Per-
cent-Chord Plain Flap and Three Tabs.
TN 759, May 1940.

Ames, Milton B., Jr. and Sears, Richard I.:
Pressure -Distribution Investigation of
an NACA 0009 Airfoil with an 80-
Percent-Chord Plain Flap and Three
Tabs. TN 761, May 1940.
Ames, Milton B., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of Two Airfoils with 25-
Percent-Chord Gwinn and Plain Flaps.
TN 763, May 1940.

Sears, Richard I.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Control-Surface Character-
istics. I Effect of Gap on the Aero-
dynamic Characteristics of an NACA
0009 Airfoil with a 30-Percent-Chord
Plain Flap. ARR (WR L-377), June
1941.


A mes, M ilt on B., Jr.: Pri inary I)ia
of a Wind-Tunnme Inw vti at i, A -
NACA 0009 Airf o1 with a 0.30
Having -a Systeniatic Variatio f F
Nose Shape and Aerodyina1ic () r
hang. ARR (WR L-301), Aug, 141.

Sears, Richard I. and Hot ird, H P
Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Invc tgat a o C ,-
trol-Surface CharacterL, tic iI -
Large Aerodynamic Balance V i
Nose Shapes with a 30-Perce -C'h r
on an NACA 0009 Airfoil. APR (WI
L-380), Aug. 1941.

Abbott, Ira H.: Tests of Four M d I
Representing Intermediate Section
the XB-33 Airplane Including Secti ln
with Slotted Flap and Aileron,.. MR
(WR L-704), June 1942.
H guard, H. Page, Jr.: Wind-Tunnel In-
'etigation of Control-Surface Char-
acteristics. X A 30-Percent-Ch )r
Plain Flap with Straight Contour on
NACA 0015 Airfoil. ARR (WR L-3
Sept. 1942.

Abbott, Ira H. and Miller, Ralph B.: Test
of a Highly Cambered Low-Drag-Air-
foil Section with a Lift-Control Flap.
ACR, Dec. 1942.

Davidson, Milton and Turner, Harold R.,
Jr.: Tests of an NACA 66, 2-216,
a = 0.6 Airfoil Section with a Slotted
and Plain Flap. ACR 3J05, Oct. 1943.

Piirs-er, Paul E. and Rie e, John M.:
Wind-Tunnel Inve tigation of Control-
Surface Chairacteristics. XV Variuzi
Contour Modifications of a 0.30-Air-
foil -Chord Plain Flap on an NACA
66(215)-014 Airfoil. ACR 3L20 (WR
L-668), Dec. 1943.

The )dor sen, Theodore and Stickle, Geor.p
W.: Effect of a Trailing-Edge Exten-
sion on the Characteristics of a Pro-
peller Section. ACR L4121 (WR L-
637), Sept. 1944.

Abbott, Ira H.; von Doenhoff, Albert E. and
Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary of
Airfoil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.

White, Roland J. and Kanipe, Dean G.:
Force and Moment Coefficients for a
Thin Airfoil with Flap and Tab in a
Form Useful for Stability and Control
Calculations. TN 960, Jan. 1945.

Heaslet, Max A. and Pardee, Otway O'M.:
Critical Mach Numbers of Thin Airfoil
Sections with Plain Flaps. ACR A6A30
(WR W-2), April 1946.






AERODYNAMICS
48 WINGS (1.2)


Plain Flaps Wing Sections (Cont.)

Braslow, Albert L.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Sealed
0.22 -Airfoil-Chord Internally Bal-
anced Ailerons of Different Contour on
an NACA 65(112)-213 Airfoil. TN
1099, July 1946.

Klein, Milton M.: Pressure Distributions
and Force Tests of an NACA 65-210
Airfoil Section with a 50-Percent-
Chord Flap. TN 1167, Jan. 1947.

McCullough, George B. and Gault, Donald
E.: Boundary Layer and Stalling Char-
acteristics of Two Symmetrical NACA
Low Drag Airfoil Sections. RM A6L13,
Jan. 1947.

Toll, Thomas A.; Queijo, M. J. and
Brewer, Jack D.: Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of the Effects of Surface-
Covering Distortion on the Charac-
teristics of a Flap Having Undistorted
Contour Maintained for Various Dis-
tances Ahead of the Trailing Edge.
TN 1296, May 1947.

Spearman, M. Leroy: Wind-Tunnel Inves-
tigation of an NACA 0009 Airfoil with
0.25- and 0.50-Airfoil -Chord Plain
Flaps Tested Independently and in
Combination. TN 1517, March 1948.

Brewer, Jack D. and Polhamus, Josephine
F.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the
Boundary Layer on an NACA 0009 Air-
foil Having 0.25- and 0.50-Airfoil
Chord Plain Sealed Flaps. TN 1574,
April 1948.
Gale, Lawrence J.: Effect of Landing
Flaps and Landing Gear on the Spin
and Recovery Characteristics of
Airplanes. TN 1643, June 1948.

Cahill, Jones F.: Summary of Section Data
on Trailing-Edge High-Lift Devices.
RM L8D09, Aug. 1948.

Dods, Jules B., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Horizontal Tails. IV Un-
swept Plan Form of Aspect Ratio 2 and
a Two-Dimensional Model. RM A8J21,
Dec. 1948.

Graham, Donald J.: The Development of
Cambered Airfoil Sections Having
Favorable Lift Characteristics at
Supercritical Mach Numbers. TN 1771,
Dec. 1948.

Von Doenhoff,Albert E. and Horton,
Elmer A.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation
of NACA 65, 3-418 Airfoil Section with
Boundary-Layer Control Through a
Single Suction Slot Applied to a Plain
Flap. RM L9A20, Feb. 1949.


Rose, Leonard M. and Altman, John M.:
Low-Speed Experimental Investigation
of a Thin, Faired, Double -Wedge Air-
foil Section with Nose and Trailing-
Edge Flaps. TN 1934, Aug. 1949.
Split Flaps
(1.2.1.4.2)

Bamber, Millard J.: Wind-Tunnel Tests
on an Airfoil Equipped with a Split
Flap and a Slot. TN 324, Oct. 1929.

Weick, Fred E. and Thompson, Floyd L.:
Preliminary Wind-Tunnel and Flight
Tests of a Balanced Split Flap. ACR,
Aug. 1934.

Wenzinger, Carl J.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Ordinary and Split Flaps on
Airfoils of Different Profile. Rept.
554, 1936.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Sherman, Albert:
Airfoil Section Characteristics as Af-
fected by Variations of the Reynolds
Number. Rept. 586, 1937.

Jacobs, Eastman N.; Pinkerton, Robert
M. and Greenberg, Harry: Tests of
Related Forward-Camber Airfoils in
the Variable -Density Wind-Tunnel.
Rept. 610, 1937.

Wenzinger, Carl J.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Tapered Wings with Ordinary
Ailerons and Partial-Span Split Flaps.
Rept. 611, 1937.

Gauvain, William E.: Wind-Tunnel Tests
of a Clark Y Wing with 'Maxwell"
Leading-Edge Slots. TN 598, April
1937.

Wenzinger, Carl J.: Pressure Distribution
over a Clark Y-H Airfoil Section with
a Split Flap. TN 627, Dec. 1937.

Allen, H. Julian: Calculation of the Chord-
wise Load Distribution over Airfoil
Sections with Plain, Split, or Serially-
Hinged Trailing-Edge Flaps. Rept.
634, 1938.

Doetsch, H. and Kramer, M.: Systematic
Airfoil Tests in the Large Wind-Tunnel
of the DVL. TM 852, March 1938.
Abbott, Ira H. and Greenberg, Harry:
Tests in the Variable-Density Wind-
Tunnel of the NACA 23012 Airfoil with
Plain and Split Flaps. Rept. 661, 1939.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas A.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
23012 Airfoil with Various Arrange-
ments of Slotted Flaps. Rept. 664,
1939.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 49


Split flaps Wing Sections (Cont.)

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas A.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of NACA
23012, 23021, and 23030 Airfoils with
Various Sizes of Split Flap. Rept. 668,
1939.
Wenzinger, Carl J. and Gauvain, William
E.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an
NACA 23012 Airfoil with a Slotted Flap
and Three Types of Auxiliary Flap.
Rept. 679, 1939.
Wenzinger, Carl J. and Rogallo, Francis
M.: Resume of Air-Load Data on Slats
and Flaps. TN 690, March 1939.

Troller, Th. and Rokus, F.: Pressure-
Distribution Measurements on a
Tapered Wing with a Partial-Span
Split Flap in Curved Flight. TN 735,
Nov. 1939.
Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas A.:
Preliminary Wind-Tunnel Investigation
of an NACA 23012 Airfoil with Various
Arrangements of Venetian-Blind Flaps.
Rept. 689, 1940.
Swanson, Robert S. and Schuldenfrei,
Marvin J.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation
of the Lift Characteristics of an NACA
27-212 Airfoil Equipped with Two
Types of Flap. ACR, Sept. 1940.

Harris, Thomas A. and Purser, Paul E.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
23012 Airfoil with Two Sizes of Bal-
anced Split Flap. ACR (WR L-441),
Nov. 1940.
Harris, Thomas A. and Lowry, John G.:
Pressure Distribution over an NACA
23021 Airfoil with a Slotted and a Split
Flap. Rept. 718, 1941.
Greenberg, Harry: Characteristics of
NACA 4400R Series Rectangular and
Tapered Airfoils, Including the Effect
of Split Flaps. ACR (WR L-493),
Jan. 1941.

Swanson, Robert S. and Schuldenfrei,
Marvin J.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation
of an NACA 23021 Airfoil with Two
Sizes of Balanced Split Flaps. ACR
(WR L-449), Feb. 1941.

Underwood, W. J.: Tests of Bell XP-63
Low-Drag Wing Model with Split Flap.
MR (WR L-769), Sept. 1941.
Purser, Paul E. and Turner, Thomas R.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Perforated
Split Flaps for Use as Dive Brakes on
a Tapered NACA 23012 Airfoil. ARR
(WR L-373), Nov. 1941.

Ames, Milton B., Jr. and Lowry, John G.:
Pressure Distribution over an Airfoil
with a Balanced Split Flap. ARR (WR
L-264), Dec. 1941.


Rogallo, F. M. and Spano, Bartholomew S.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
23012 Airfoil with 30-Percent -Chord
Venetian-Blind Flaps. Rept. 742, 1942.
Pearson, H. A. and Anderson, R. F.: A
Brief Study of the Speed Reduction of
Overtaking Airplanes by Means of Air
Brakes. ACR, May 1942.

Purser, Paul E. and Liddell, Robert B.:
Aerodynamic Characteristics and Flap
Loads of the Brake-Flap Installation
on the 0.40-Scale Model of the F4F-3
Left Wing Panel. MR (WR L-549),
Oct. 1942.

Purser, Paul E. and Turner, Thomas R.:
Aerodynamic Characteristics and Flap
Loads of Perforated Double Split Flaps
on a Rectangular NACA 23012 Airfoil.
ARR (WR L-415), Jan. 1943.
Abbott, Ira H. and Miller, Ralph B.:
Supplement to Advance Confidential
Report Tests of a Highly Cambered
Low-Drag-Airfoil Section with a Lift-
Control Flap. ACR 3D30, April 1943.

Fullmer, Felicien F., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel
Investigation of NACA 66(215)-216, 66,
1-212, and 651-212 Airfoils with 0.20-
Airfoil-Chord Split Flaps. CB L4G10
(WR L-140), July 1944.

Tucker, Warren A. and Wallace, Arthur
R.: Scale-Effect Tests in a Turbulent
Tunnel of the NACA 653-418, a = 1.0
Airfoil Section with 0.20-Airfoil-
Chord Split Flap. ACR L4122 (WR
L-128), Sept. 1944.
Abbott, Ira H.; von Doenhoff, Albert E. and
Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary of
Airfoil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.

Serebrisky, Y. M. and Biachuev, S. A.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the Hori-
zontal Motion of a Wing Near the
Ground. TM 1095, Sept. 1946.

McCullough, George B. and Gault, Donald
E.: Boundary Layer and Stalling Char -
acteristics of Two Symmetrical NACA
Low-Drag Airfoil Sections. RM A6L13,
Jan. 1947.
Letko, William and Feigenbaum, David:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Split
Trailing-Edge Lift and Trim Flaps on
a Tapered Wing with 230 Sweepback.
TN 1352, July 1947.

Kruger, W.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation on
a Changed Mustang Profile with Nose
Flap Force and Pressure Distribution
Measurements. TM 1177, Sept. 1947.






AERODYNAMICS
50 WINGS (1.2)


Split Flaps Wing Sections (Cont.)

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Poteat, M.
Irene: Aerodynamic Characteristics of
Several NACA Airfoil Sections at Seven
Reynolds Numbers from 0.7 x 106 to
9.0 x 106. RM L8B02, May 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Cohen, Ken-
neth S.: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of a Number of Modified NACA Four-
Digit-Series Airfoil Sections. TN 1591,
June 1948.
Gale, Lawrence J.: Effect of Landing
Flaps and Landing Gear on the Spin
and Recovery Characteristics of Air-
planes. TN 1643, June 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Cohen,
Kenneth S.: An Evaluation of the Char-
acteristics of a 10-Percent-Thick
NACA 66-Series Airfoil Section with a
Special Mean-Camber Line Designed
to Produce a High Critical Mach
Number. TN 1633, July 1948.

Cahill, Jones F.: Summary of Section Data
on Trailing-Edge High-Lift Devices.
RM L8D09, Aug. 1948.
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Bursnall,
William J.: The Effects of Variations
in eeynolds Number Between 3.0 x
10 and 25.0 x 106 upon the Aerody-
namic Characteristics of a Number of
NACA 6-Series Airfoil Sections.
TN 1773, Dec. 1948.

Gottlieb, Stanley M.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Two
NACA 6-Series Airfoils with Leading-
Edge Slats. RM L8K22, Jan. 1949.

Slotted Flaps
(1.2.1.4.3)
Translated by Paris Office, NACA: The
Law Relating to Air Currents. TM 10,
March 1921.

Lacaine, J.: Wings with Variable Camber
and Slots. MP 37, Aug. 1933.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Delano, James B.:
Pressure Distribution over an NACA
23012 Airfoil with a Slotted and a Plain
Flap. Rept. 633, 1938.
Wenzinger, Carl J. and Bamber, Millard J.:
Wind-Tunnel Tests of Three Lateral-
Control Devices in Combination with a
Full-Span Slotted Flap on an NACA
23012 Airfoil. TN 659, Aug. 1938.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas
A.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an
NACA 23012 Airfoil with Various Ar-
rangements of Slotted Flaps. Rept.
664, 1939.


Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas A.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
23021 Airfoil with Various Arrange-
ments of Slotted Flaps. Rept. 677,
1939.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Gauvain, William
E.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an
NACA 23012 Airfoil with a Slotted Flap
and Three Types of Auxiliary Flap.
Rept. 679, 1939.
Ruden, P.: Experiments on a Slotted
Wing. TM 890, March 1939.

House, R. 0.: Tests of an NACA 23012
Airfoil with a Slotted Deflector Flap.
TN 699, April 1939.

Bamber, M. J.: Wind-Tunnel Tests of
Several Forms of Fixed Wing Slot in
Combination with a Slotted Flap on an
NACA 23012 Airfoil. TN 702, April
1939.

Harris, Thomas A.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of an NACA 23012 Airfoil with
Two Arrangements of a Wide-Chord
Slotted Flap. TN 715, June 1939.

Duschik, Frank: Wind-Tunnel Investiga-
tion of an NACA 23021 Airfoil with
Two Arrangements of a 40-Percent-
Chord Slotted Flap. TN 728, Sept.
1939.
Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas A.:
Preliminary Wind-Tunnel Investigation
of an NACA 23012 Airfoil with Various
Arrangements of Venetian-Blind Flaps.
Rept. 689, 1940.

Recant, I. G.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation
of an NACA 23030 Airfoil with Various
Arrangements of Slotted Flaps. TN
755, March 1940.

Swanson, Robert S. and Schuldenfrei,
Marvin J.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation
of the Lift Characteristics of an NACA
27 -212 Airfoil Equipped with Two
Types of Flap. ACR, Sept. 1940.

Harris, Thomas A. and Purser, Paul E.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
23012 Airfoil with Two Sizes of Bal-
anced Split Flap. ACR (WR L-441),
Nov. 1940.

Harris, Thomas A. and Lowry, John G.:
Pressure Distribution over an NACA
23021 Airfoil with a Slotted and a Split
Flap. Rept. 718, 1941.
Harris, Thomas A. and Recant, Isidore G.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of NACA
23012, 23021, and 23030 Airfoils
Equipped with 40-Percent-Chord
Double Slotted Flaps. Rept. 723, 1941.







AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 51


Slotted Flaps Wing Sections (Cont.)

Rogallo, F. M.: Aerodynamic Character-
istics of a Slot-Lip Aileron and Slotted
Flap for Dive Brakes. ACR (WR L-
337), April 1941.

Ames, Milton B., Jr. and Lowry, John G.:
Pressure Distribution over an Airfoil
with a Balanced Split Flap. ARR (WR
L-264), Dec. 1941.
Abbott, I. H.: Pressure-Distribution
Measurements of a Low-Drag Airfoil
with Slotted Flap Submitted by Curtiss-
Wright Corporation. MR (WR L-676),
Dec. 1941.

Abbott, Ira H. and Turner, Harold R., Jr.:
Lift and Drag Tests of Three Airfoil
Models with Fowler Flaps Submitted
by Consolidated Aircraft Corporation.
MR (WR L-677), Dec. 1941.
Harris, Thomas A. and Lowry, John G.:
Pressure Distribution over an NACA
23012 Airfoil with a Fixed Slot and a
Slotted Flap. Rept. 732, 1942.
Rogallo, F. M. and Spano, Bartholomew S.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
23012 Airfoil with 30-Percent-Chord
Venetian-Blind Flaps. Rept. 742, 1942.
Abbott, Ira H.: Pressure-Distribution
Measurements of a Model of a Davis
Wing Section with Fowler Flap Sub-
mitted by Consolidated Aircraft Cor-
poration. MR (WR L-678), Jan. 1942.
Underwood, William J. and Abbott, Frank
T., Jr.: Test of NACA 66, 2-116 a = 0.6
Airfoil Section Fitted with Pressure
Balanced and Slotted Flaps for the
Wing of the XP-63 Airplane. MR (WR
L-701), May 1942.

Abbott, Ira H.: Tests of Four Models
Representing Intermediate Sections of
the XB-33 Airplane Including Sections
with Slotted Flap and Ailerons. MR
(WR L-704), June, 1942.
Rogallo, F. M. and Lowry, John G.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of an NACA Full -
Span High-Lift Lateral-Control Com-
bination. I Section Characteristics,
NACA 23012 Airfoil. ARR (WR L-288),
July 1942.

Holtzclaw, Ralph W. and Erickson, Myles
D.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Flap,
Aileron, and Exterior Bomb Installa-
tions on a 24-Inch Constant-Chord
North American XB-28 Wing Model.
ARR, July 1942.


Purser, Paul E. and Liddell, Robert B.:
Aerodynamic Characteristics and Flap
Loads of the Brake-Flap Installation
on the 0.40-Scale Model of the F4F-3
Left Wing Panel. MR (WR L-549),
Oct. 1942.

Bogdonoff, Seymour M.: Tests of Two
Models Representing Intermediate In-
board and Outboard Wing Sections of
the XB-36 Airplane. MR (WR L-662),
Jan. 1943.

Bogdonoff, Seymour M.: Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of a Low -Drag Airfoil Sec -
tion with a Double Slotted Flap. ACR
3120 (WR L-697), Sept. 1943.

Abbott, Ira H. and Fullmer, Felicien F.,
Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of
NACA 63, 4-420 Airfoil with 25-Per-
cent-Chord Slotted Flap. ACR 3121,
Sept. 1943.
Davidson, Milton and Turner, Harold R.,
Jr.: Tests of an NACA 66,2-216, a =
0.6 Airfoil Section with a Slotted and
Plain Flap. ACR 3J05, Oct. 1943.

Purser, Paul E.; Fischel, Jack and Reibe,
John M.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation
of an NACA 23012 Airfoil with A 0.30-
Airfoil-Chord Double Slotted Flap.
ARR 3L10 (WR L-469), Dec. 1943.

Luoma, Arvo A.: Effect of Compressi-
bility on Pressure Distribution over
an Airfoil with a Slotted Frise Aileron.
ACR L4G12 (WR L-266), July 1944.
Fischel, Jack and Riebe, John M.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of an NACA 23021
Airfoil with a 0.32-Airfoil-Chord
Double Slotted Flap. ARR L4J05 (WR
L-7), Oct. 1944.

Cahill, Jones F.: Aerodynamic Tests of an
NACA 66(215)-116, a = 0.6 Airfoil with
a 0.25c Slotted Flap for the Fleetwings
XA-39 Airplane. MR L4K21 (WR L-
629), Nov. 1944.

Holtzclaw, Ralph W. and Weisman, Yale:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the Ef-
fects of Slot Shape and Flap Location
on the Characteristics of a Low-Drag
Airfoil Equipped with a 0.25-Chord
Slotted Flap. MR A4L28 (WR A-80),
Dec. 1944.
Abbott, Ira H.; von Doenhoff, Albert E. and
Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary of
Airfoil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.

Holtzclaw, Ralph W.: Wind-Tunnel Inves-
tigation of the Effects of Spoilers on
the Characteristics of a Low-Drag
Airfoil Equipped with a 0.25-Chord
Slotted Flap. MR A5G23 (WR A-92),
July 1945.







AERODYNAMICS
52 WINGS (1.2)


Slotted Flaps Wing Sections (Cont.)

Boxer, Emanuel: Wind-Tunnel Investiga-
tion of Alternative Propellers Operat-
ig Behind Deflected Wing Flaps for
the XB-36 Airplane. MR L5K12a (WR
L-533), Dec. 1945.

Loftin, Lawrence K., Jr. and Rice, Fred J.,
Jr.: Two-Dimensional Wind-Tunnel
Investigation of Two NACA Low-Drag
Airfoil Sections Equipped with Slotted
Flaps and a Plain NACA Low-Drag
Airfoil Section for XF6U-1 Airplane -
TED No. NACA 2367. MR L5L1l (WR
L-746), Jan. 1946.

Cahill, Jones F.: Aerodynamic Data for a
Wing Section of the Republic XF-12
Airplane Equipped with a Double Slotted
Flap. MR L6AO8a (WR L-544), Jan.
1946.
Racisz, Stanley F.: Development of Wing
Inlets. ACR L6B18 (WR L-727),
March 1946.
Quinn, John H., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Boundary-Layer Control by
Suction on the NACA 653-418, a = 1.0
Airfoil Section with a 0.29-Airfoil-
Chord Double Slotted Flap. TN 1071,
June 1946.
Braslow, Albert L. and Loftin, Laurence
K., Jr.: Two-Dimensional Wind-Tunnel
Investigation of an Approximately 14-
Percent-Thick NACA 66-Series-Type
Airfoil Section with a Double Slotted
Flap. TN 1110, Aug. 1946.

Racisz, Stanley F.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Modified
NACA 65(112)-111 Airfoil with 35-
Percent-Chord Slotted Flap at Reynolds
Numbers up to 25 Million. TN 1463,
1947.

Cahill, Jones F.: Two-Dimensional Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of Four Types of
High-Lift Flap on an NACA 65-210
Airfoil Section. TN 1191, Feb. 1947.

Racisz, Stanley F.: Two Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Modified
NACA 65(112)-ill Airfoil with 35-
Percent-Chord Slotted Flap to Deter-
mine Pitching-Moment Characteristics
and Effects of Roughness. RM L7B18,
Feb. 1947.

Visconti, Fioravante: Wind-Tunnel Inves-
tigation of Air Loads over a Double
Slotted Flap on the NACA (65(216)-215,
a = 0.8 Airfoil Section. RM L7A30,
April 1947.

Quinn, John H., Jr.: Tests of the NACA
641A212 Airfoil Section with a Slat, a
Double Slotted Flap, and Boundary-
Layer Control by Suction. TN 1293,
May 1947.


Schwier, W.: Lift Increase by Blowing Out
Air, Tests on Airfoil of 12 Percent
Thickness, Using Various Types of
Flap. TM 1148, June 1947.

Racisz, Stanley F.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Modified
NACA 65(112)-ill Airfoil with 35-
Percent-Chord Slotted Flap to Deter-
mine Optimum Flap Configuration at
Reynolds Number of 2.4 Million.
RM L7A02, June 1947.
Quinn, John H., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of the NACA 654-421 Airfoil
Section with a Double Slotted Flap and
Boundary-Layer Control by Suction.
TN 1395, July 1947.
Holtzclaw, Ralph W. and Dods, Jules B.,
Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of
Drooped Ailerons on a 16-Percent
Thick Low-Drag Airfoil. TN 1386,
Aug. 1947.

Racisz, Stanley F.: Investigation of NACA
65(112)A 111 (Approx.) Airfoil with
0.35-Chord Slotted Flap at Reynolds
Numbers up to 25 Million. TN 1463,
Oct. 1947.

Cahill, Jones F. and Racisz, Stanley F.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Seven
Thin NACA Airfoil Sections to Deter-
mine Optimum Double-Slotted-Flap
Configurations. TN 1545, April 1948.

Racisz, Stanley F. and Quinn, John H., Jr.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Boun-
dary-Layer Control by Suction on
NACA 655-424 Airfoil with Double
Slotted Flap. TN 1631, June 1948.

Gale, Lawrence J.: Effect of Landing
Flaps and Landing Gear on the Spin
and Recovery Characteristics of Air-
planes. TN 1643, June 1948.

Cahill, Jones F.: Summary of Section Data
on Trailing-Edge High-Lift Devices.
RM L8D09, Aug. 1948.

Braslow, Albert L. and Visconti,
Fioravante: Two-Dimensional Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of Two NACA 7-
Series Type Airfoils Equipped with a
Slot-Lip Aileron, Trailing-Edge Frise
Aileron, and a Double Slotted Flap.
RM L9B23, March 1949.

Leading Edge Flaps
(1.2.1.4.4)

McCullough, George B. and Gault, Donald
E.: Boundary Layer and Stalling Char-
acteristics of Two Symmetrical NACA
Low-Drag Airfoil Sections. RM A6LI3,
Jan. 1947.







AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 53


Leading Edge Flaps Wing Sections (Cont.)
Fullmer, Felicien F., Jr.: Two-Dimen-
sional Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the
NACA 641-012 Airfoil Equipped with
Two Types of Leading-Edge Flap.
TN 1277, May 1947.

Riegels, F.: Russian Laminar Flow Air-
foils, 3rd Part: Measurements on the
Profile No. 2315 BIS with Ava-Nose
Flap. TM 1127, Sept. 1947.

Kruger W.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation on
a Changed Mustang Profile with Nose
Flap Force and Pressure Distribution
Measurements. TM 1177, Sept. 1947.

Fullmer, Felicien F., Jr.: Two-Dimen-
sional Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an
NACA 64-009 Airfoil Equipped with
Two Types of Leading-Edge Flap.
TN 1624, June 1948.
Rose, Leonard M. and Altman, John M.:
Low-Speed Experimental Investigation
of a Thin, Faired, Double -Wedge Air -
foil Section with Nose and Trailing-
Edge Flaps. TN 1934, Aug. 1949.
Slots and Slats
(1.2.1.4.5.)
Editorial from "The Aeroplane" March 8,
1922: Flight Test of the Handley Page
Torpedo-Carrying Airplane. TM 82,
April 1922.

Betz, A.: Theory of the Slotted Wing.
TN 100, June 1922.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Pressure Distribu-
tion on a Slotted R.A.F. 31 Airfoil in
the Variable Density Wind-Tunnel.
TN 308, June 1929.

Bamber, Millard J.: Wind-Tunnel Tests
on an Airfoil Equipped with a Split
Flap and a Slot. TN 324, Oct. 1929.

Weick, Fred E. and Wenzinger, Carl J.:
The Characteristics of a Clark Y Wing
Model Equipped with Several Forms of
Low-Drag Fixed Slots. Rept. 407, 1932.

Lacaine, J.: Wings with Variable Camber
and Slots. MP 37, Aug. 1933.

Sherman, Albert and Harris, Thomas A.:
The Effects of Equal-Pressure Fixed
Slots on the Characteristics of a
Clark Y Airfoil. TN 507, Oct. 1934.
Gauvain, William E.: Wind-Tunnel Tests
of a Clark Y Wing with "Maxwell"
Leading-Edge Slots. TN 598, April
1937.


Wenzinger, Carl J. and Bamber, Millard
J.: Wind-Tunnel Tests of Three Lat-
eral-Control Devices in Combination
with a Full-Span Slotted Flap on an
NACA 23012 Airfoil. TN 659, Aug.
1938.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Rogallo, Francis
M.: Rsum of Air-Load Data on Slats
and Flaps. TN 690, March 1939.

Bamber, M. J.: Wind-Tunnel Tests of
Several Forms of Fixed Wing Slot in
Combination with a Slotted Flap on an
NACA 23012 Airfoil. TN 702, April
1939.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas A.:
Preliminary Wind-Tunnel Investiga-
tion of an NACA 23012 Airfoil with
Various Arrangements of Venetian-
Blind Flaps. Rept. 689, 1940.

Harris, Thomas A. and Lowry, John G.:
Pressure Distribution over an NACA
23012 Airfoil with a Fixed Slot and a
Slotted Flap. Rept. 732, 1942.
Rogallo, F. M. and Spano, Bartholomew S.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
23012 Airfoil with 30-Percent-Chord
Venetian-Blind Flaps. Rept. 742, 1942.

Schuldenfrei, Marvin J.: Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of an NACA 23012 Airfoil
with a Handley Page Slat and Two Flap
Arrangements. ARR (WR L-261),
Feb. 1942.

Holtzclaw, Ralph W. and Erickson, Myles
D.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Flap,
Aileron, and Exterior Bomb Installa-
tions on a 24-Inch Constant-Chord
North American XB-28 Wing Model.
ARR, July 1942.

Holtzclaw, Ralph W. and Weisman Yale:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the Ef-
fects of Slot Shape and Flap Location
on the Characteristics of a Low-Drag
Airfoil Equipped with a 0.25-Chord
Slotted Flap. CMR A4L28 (WR A -80),
Dec. 1944.
Quinn, John H., Jr.: Tests of the NACA
641A212 Airfoil Section with a Slat, a
Double Slotted Flap, and Boundary-
Layer Control by Suction. TN 1293,
May 1947.
Hunter, Paul A.: Flight Measurements of
the Flying Qualities of Five Light Air-
planes. TN 1573, May 1948.

Gottlieb, Stanley M.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Two
NACA 6-Series Airfoils with Leading-
Edge Slats. RM L8K22, Jan. 1949.







AERODYNAMIC S
54 WINGS (1.2)


Wing Sections (Cont.)
CONTROLS
(1.2.1.5)

Wenzinger, Carl J.: Pressure Distribution
over an Airfoil Section with a Flap and
Tab. Rept. 574, 1936.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Bamber, Millard J.:
Wind-Tunnel Tests of Three Lateral-
Control Devices in Combination with a
Full-Span Slotted Flap on an NACA
23012 Airfoil. TN 659, Aug. 1938.

Abbott, Ira H.: Tests of Four Models
Representing Intermediate Sections of
the XB-33 Airplane Including Sections
with Slotted Flap and Ailerons. MR
(WR L-704), June 1942.

White, Roland J. and Klampe, Dean G.:
Force and Moment Coefficients for a
Thin Airfoil with Flap and Tab in a
Form Useful for Stability and Control
Calculations. TN 960, Jan. 1945.

Underwood, William J.; Braslow, Albert L.
and Cahill, Jones F.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of 0.20-Air-
foil-Chord Plain Ailerons of Different
Contour on an NACA 65 -210 Airfoil
Section. ACR L5F27 (x R L-151), Dec.
1945.

Braslow, Albert L.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Low-
Drag Vertical-Tail, Horizontal -Tail,
and Wing Sections Equipped with Sealed
Internally Balanced Control Surfaces.
TN 1048, April 1946.

Phillips, William H.: Appreciation and
Prediction of Flying Qualities. TN
1670, Aug. 1948.
Flap Type
(1.2.1.5.1.)

Munk, Max M.: On the Distribution of Lift
Along the Span of an Airfoil with Dis-
placed Ailerons. TN 195, June 1924.
Naatz, H.: Recent Researches in Airship
Construction I. Forces of Flow on a
Moving Airship and the Effect of the
Control Surfaces. TM 275, Aug. 1924.

Fairbanks, A. J.: Distribution of Pressure
over Model of the Upper Wing and
Aileron of a Fokker D-VII Airplane.
Rept. 254, 1927.

Higgins, George J. and Jacobs, Eastman N.:
The Effect of a Flap and Ailerons on
the NACA M-6 Airfoil Section. Rept.
260, 1927.

Sabatier, J.: Researches on Ailerons and
Especially on the Test Loads to Which
They Should Be Subjected. TM 398,
Feb. 1927.


Wieselsberger, C. and Asano, T.: Deter-
mination of the Air Forces and Mo-
ments Produced by the Ailerons of an
Airplane. TM 488, Nov. 1928.
Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Pressure Distribution over a
Symmetrical Airfoil Section with
Trailing Edge Flap. Rept 360, 1930.

Platt, Robert C.: Aerodynamic Charac-
teristics of Wings with Cambered Ex-
ternal-Airfoil Flaps, Including Lateral
Control with a Full-Span Flap. Rept.
541, 1935.

Wenzinger, Carl J.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of the Aerodynamic Balancing
of Upper-Surface Ailerons and Split
Flaps. Rept. 549, 1935.
Platt, Robert C. and Shortal, Joseph A.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Wings
with Ordinary Ailerons and Full-Span
External-Airfoil Flaps. Rept 603,
1937.
Wenzinger, Carl J.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Tapered Wings with Ordinary
Ailerons and Partial-Span Split Flaps.
Rept. 611, 1937.

Pearson, H. A.: Theoretical Span Loading
and Moments of Tapered Wings Pro-
duced by Aileron Deflection. TN 589,
Jan. 1937.
Street, William G. and Ames, Milton B.,
Jr.: Pressure-Distribution Investiga-
tion of an NACA 0009 Airfoil with a
50-Percent-Chord Plain Flap and
Three Tabs. TN 734, Nov. 1939.

Donely, Philip and Shufflebarger, C. C.:
Tests of a Gust-Alleviating Flap in the
Gust Tunnel. TN 745, Jan. 1940.

Pearson, Henry A.: A Study of Unsym-
metrical-Loading Conditions. TN 757,
April 1940.

Ames, Milton B., Jr. and Sears, Richard I.:
Pressure -Distribution Investigation of
an NACA 000-Airfoil with a 30-Per-
cent-Chord Plain Flap and Three Tabs.
TN 759, May 1940.
Ames, Milton B., Jr. and Sears, Richard I.:
Pressure -Distribution Investigation of
an NACA 0009 Airfoil with an 80-Per-
cent-Chord Plain Flap and Three Tabs.
TN 761, May 1940.

Sears, Richard I.: Wind-Tunnel Investiga-
tion of Control-Surface Characteris-
tics. I Effect of Gap on the Aerody-
namic Characteristics of an NACA
0009 Airfoil with a 30-Percent-Chord
Plain Flap. ARR (WR L-377), June
1941.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 55


Flap Type Controls Wing Sections (Cont.)
Ames, Milton B., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of Control-Surface Char-
acteristics. III A Small Aerodynamic
Balance of Various Nose Shapes Used
with a 30-Percent-Chord Flap on an
NACA 0009 Airfoil. ARR (WR L-301),
Aug. 1941.

Sears, Richard I. and Hoggard, H. Page,
Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Con-
trol-Surface Characteristics. II A
Large Aerodynamic Balance of Various
Nose Shapes with a 30-Percent-Chord
Flap on an NACA 0009 Airfoil. ARR
(WR L-380), Aug. 1941.

Ames, Milton B., Jr. and Eastman, Donald
R., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of
Control-Surface Characteristics. IV -
A Medium Aerodynamic Balance of
Various Nose Shapes Used with a 30-
Percent-Chord Flap on an NACA 0009
Airfoil. ARR (WR L-355), Sept. 1941.

Underwood, W. J.: Notes on the Effect of
Trailing-Edge Shapes of Low-Drag
Airfoils on Profile Drag and the Trim
and Balance of Control Surfaces. CB
(WR L-450), March 1942.

Sears, Richard I. and Liddell, Robert B.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Control-
Surface Characteristics. VI A 30-
Percent-Chord Plain Flap on the
NACA 0015 Airfoil. ARR (WR L-454),
June 1942.

Jones, Robert T. and Ames, Milton B., Jr.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Control-
Surface Characteristics. V The Use
of a Beveled Trailing Edge to Reduce
the Hinge Moment of a Control Surface.
ARR (WR L-464), March 1942.

Holtzclaw, Ralph W. and Erickson, Myles
D.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Flap,
Aileron, and Exterior Bomb Installa-
tions on a 24-Inch Constant-Chord
North American XB-28 Wing Model.
ARR, July 1942.

Rogallo, F. M. and Lowry, John G.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
Full-Span High -Lift Lateral-Control
Combination. I Section Character-
istics, NACA 23012 Airfoil. ARR (WR
L-288), July 1942.

Sears, Richard I.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Control-Surface Character-
istics. IX Some Analytical Con-
siderations and Experimental Test
Results for an Internally Balanced
Flap. ARR (WR L-339), July 1942.


Sears, Richard I. and Gillis, Clarence L.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Control-
Surface Characteristics. VIII A
Large Aerodynamic Balance of Two
Nose Shapes Used with a 30-Percent-
Chord Flap on an NACA 0015 Airfoil.
ARR (WR L-378), July 1942.
Sears, Richard I. and Hoggard, H. Page,
Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Con-
trol -Surface Characteristics. VII A
Medium Aerodynamic Balance of Two
Nose Shapes Used with a 30-Percent-
Chord Flap on an NACA 0015 Airfoil.
ARR (WR L-448), July 1942.
Purser, Paul E. and Liddell, Robert B.:
Aerodynamic Characteristics and Flap
Loads of the Brake -Flap Installation
on the 0.40-Scale Model of the F4F-3
Left Wing Panel. MR (WR L-549),
Oct. 1942.

Underwood, William J.: Aerodynamic
Characteristics for Internal -Balance
and Frise Type Ailerons on an NACA
6-Series Low-Drag Tip Section of the
Wing for the XP-63 Airplane. MR (WR
L-645), Oct. 1942.

Pearson, Henry A. and Smull, Leland K.:
Control-Motion Studies of the PBM-3
Flying Boat in Abrupt Pull-Ups. MR
(WR L-577), Nov. 1942.
Abbott, Ira H. and Miller, Ralph B.: Tests
of a Highly Cambered Low-Drag-Air-
foil Section with a Lift-Control Flap.
ACR, Dec. 1942.

Sears, Richard I. and Hoggard, H. Page,
Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Con-
trol-Surface Characteristics. XI -
Various Large Overhang and Internal-
Type Aerodynamic Balances for a
Straight-Contour Flap on the NACA
0015 Airfoil. ARR (WR L-447),
Jan. 1943.

Hoggard, H. Page, Jr.: Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of Control-Surface Char-
acteristics. XII Various Cover-Plate
Alinements on the NACA 0015 Airfoil
with a 30-Percent-Chord Flap and
Large Sealed Internal Balance. ARR
(WR L-511), Jan 1943.

Abbott, Frank T., Jr. and Underwood, William
J.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Pro-
file Drag and Lift of an Intermediate
Wing Section of the XP-51 Airplane
with Beveled Trailing-Edge and Con-
tour Ailerons. MR (WR L-615),
Jan. 1943.

Bogdonoff, Seymour M.: Tests of Two
Models Representing Intermediate In-
board and Outboard Wing Sections of
the XB-36 Airplane. MR (WR L-662),
Jan. 1943.






AERODYNAMICS
56 WINGS (1.2)


Flap Type Controls -*Wing Sections (Cont.)

Purser, Paul E. and Gillis, Clarence L.:
Preliminary Correlation of the Effects
of Beveled Trailing Edges on the
Hinge -Moment Characteristics of
Control Surfaces. CB 3E14, May 1943.

Sears, Richard I. and Purser, Paul E.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Control -
Surface Characteristics. XIV NACA
0009 Airfoil with a 20-Percent-Chord
Double Plain Flap. ARR 3F29 (WR
L-290), June 1943.
Letko, W.; Denaci, H. G. and Freed, C.:
Wind-Tunnel Tests of Ailerons at
Various Speeds. I Ailerons of 0.20
Airfoil Chord and True Contour with
0.35 Aileron-Chord Extreme Blunt
Nose Balance on the NACA 66,2-216
Airfoil. ACR 3Fll (WR L-431), June
1943.

Denaci, H. G. and Bird, J. D.: Wind-Tunnel
Tests of Ailerons at Various Speeds.
II Ailerons of 0.20 Airfoil Chord and
True Contour with 0.60 Aileron-Chord
Sealed Internal Balance on the NACA
66,2-216 Airfoil. ACR 3F18 (WR
L-432), June 1943.

Gillis, Clarence L. and Lockwood, Vernard
E.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of
Control-Surface Characteristics.
XIII Various Flap Overhangs Used
with a 30-Percent-Chord Flap on an
NACA 66-009 Airfoil. ACR 3G20
(WR L-314), July 4943.
Letko, W.; Hollingworth, T. A. and Ander-
son, R. A.: Wind-Tunnel Tests of
Ailerons at Various Speeds. IV Ai-
lerons of 0.20 Airfoil Chord and True
Contour with 0.35 Aileron-Chord Ex-
treme Blunt-Nose Balance on the
NACA 23012 Airfoil. ACR 3H28
(WR L-433), Aug. 1943.

Letko, W. and Kemp, W. B.: Wind-Tunnel
Tests of Ailerons at Various Speeds.
III Ailerons of 0.20 Airfoil Chord
and True Contour with 0*35-Aileron-
Chord Frise Balance on the NACA
23012 Airfoil. ACR 3114 (WR L-325),
Sept. 1943.

Davidson, Milton and Turner, Harold R.,
Jr.: Tests of an NACA 66, 2-216,
a = 0.6 Airfoil Section with a Slotted
and Plain Flap. ACR 3J05, Oct. 1943.

Letko, W. and Denaci, H. G.: Wind Tunnel
Tests of Ailerons at Various Speeds.
V Pressure Distributions over the
NACA 66,2-216 and NACA 23012 Air-
foils with Various Balances on 0.20-
Chord Ailerons. ACR 3K05 (WR L-434),
Nov. 1943.


Bird, J.D. and Mendelsohn, Robert A.:
Wind-Tunnel Tests of a Piston-Type
Control Booster on an Airfoil and
Aileron Model. RB 3K15 (WR L-494),
Nov. 1943.

Sears, Richard I.: Wind-Tunnel Data on
the Aerodynamic Characteristics of
Airplane Control Surfaces. ACR 3L08
(WR L-663), Dec. 1943.

Purser, Paul E. and Riebe, John M.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of Control-Surface
Characteristics. XV Various Contour
Modifications of a 0.30-Airfoil-Chord
Plain Flap on an NACA 66(215)-014
Airfoil. ACR 3L20 (WR L-668), Dec.
1943.

Crane, Robert M. and Holtzclaw, Ralph W.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the Ef-
fects of Profile Modifications and Tabs
on the Characteristics of Ailerons on
a Low-Drag Airfoil. Rept. 803, 1944.

Rogallo, F. M.: Collection of Balanced-
Aileron Test Data. ACR 4All (WR 419),
Jan. 1944.

Sears, Richard I. and Liddell, Robert B.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Control-
Surface Characteristics. XVIII A
Linked Overhang Aerodynamic Balance.
ACR 4B28 (WR L-350), Feb. 1944.

Hoggard, H. Page, Jr. and Bulloch,
Marjorie E.: Wind-Tunnel Investiga-
tion of Control-Surface Characteristics.
XVI Pressure Distribution over an
NACA 0009 Airfoil with 0.30-Airfoil-
Chord Beveled-Trailing -Edge Flaps.
ARR L4D03 (WR L-205), April 1944.

Jones, R. T. and Underwood, W. J.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of a Beveled
Aileron Shape Designed to Increase
the Useful Deflection Range. MR
(WR L-651), April 1944.

Lockwood, Vernard E.: Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of Control-Surface Char-
acteristics. XVII Beveled-Trailing-
Edge Flaps of 0.20, 0.30, and 0.40
Airfoil Chord on an NACA 0009 Air-
foil. ACR L4D12 (WR L-666), April
1944.
Purser, Paul E. and Toll, Thomas A.:
Analysis of Available Data on Control
Surfaces Having Plain-Overhang and
Frise Balances. ACR L4E13 (WR
L-665), May 1944.

Liddell, Robert B.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Control-Surface Character-
istics. XIX A Double Flap with an
Overhang and an Internal Aerodynamic
Balance. ACR L4F23 (WR L-215),
June 1944.







AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 57


Flap Type Controls Wing Sections (Cont.)

Luoma, Arvo A.: Effect of Compressibil-
ity on Pressure Distribution over an
Airfoil with a Slotted Frise Aileron.
ACR L4G12 (WR L-266), July 1944.

Braslow, Albert L.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Aileron Effectiveness of
0.20-Airfoil-Chord Plain Ailerons of
True Airfoil Contour on NACA 652-415,
653-418 and 654-421 Airfoil Sections.
CB L4H12 (WR L-178), Aug. 1944.

Purser, Paul E. and Johnson, Harold S.:
Effects of Trailing-Edge Modifications
on Pitching-Moment Characteristics
of Airfoils. CB L4130 (WR L-664),
Sept. 1944.

Abbott, Ira H.; von Doenhoff, Albert E. and
Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary of
Airfoil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.

Bird, J. D.: Wind-Tunnel Tests of a Blunt-
Nose Aileron with Beveled Trailing
Edge on an NACA 66(215)-216 Airfoil
with Several Modifications of Aileron
Nose and Adjacent Airfoil Contour.
ACR L5B10 (WR L-105), Feb. 1945.

Riebe, John M. and Church, Oleta: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of Control-Surface
Characteristics. XXI Medium and
Large Aerodynamic Balances of Two
Nose Shapes and a Plain Overhang
Used with a 0.40-Airfoil-Chord Flap
on an NACA 0009 Airfoil. ARR L5C01
(WR L-175), March 1945.

Nuber, Robert J. and Rice, Fred J., Jr.:
Lift Tests of a 0.1536c Thick Douglas
Airfoil Section of NACA 7-Series Type
Equipped with a Lateral-Control Device
for use with a Full-Span Double-Slotted
Flap on the C-74 Airplane. MR L5C24a
(WR L-641), March 1945.
Crane, Robert M.: Computation of Hinge-
Moment Characteristics of Horizontal
Tails from Section Data. CB 5B05
(WR A-11), April 1945.

Purser, Paul E. and McKinney, Elizabeth
G.: Comparison of Pitching Moments
Produced by Plain Flaps and by
Spoilers and Some Aerodynamic
Characteristics of an NACA 23012
Airfoil with Various Types of Aileron.
ACR LSC24a (WR L-124), April 1945.

Riebe, John M. and McKinney, Elizabeth
G.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of
Control-Surface Characteristics.
XXII Medium and Large Aerodynamic
Balances of Two Nose Shapes and a
Plain Overhang Used with a 0.20-
Airfoil-Chord Flap on an NACA 0009
Airfoil. ARR L5F06 (WR L-196),
June 1945.


Bird, J. D.: Effect of Leakage Past Aileron
Nose on Aerodynamic Characteristics
of Plain and Internally Balanced Ai-
lerons on NACA 66(215)-216, a = 1.0
Airfoil. ACR L5F13a (WR L-172),
July 1945.

Fischel, Jack: Hinge Moments of Sealed-
Internal-Balance Arrangements for
Control Surfaces. II Experimental
Investigation of Fabric Seals in the
Presence of a Thin-Plate Overhang.
ARR L5F30a (WR L-52), Aug. 1945.
Spearman, M. Leroy: Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of Control-Surface Char-
acteristics. XXHI A 0.25-Airfoil-
Chord Flap with Tab Having a Chord
Twice the Flap Chord on an NACA
0009 Airfoil. ARR L5G25 (WR L-47),
Sept. 1945.

Crandall, Stewart M. and Murray, Harry
E.: Analysis of Available Data on the
Effects of Tabs on Control-Surface
Hinge Moments. TN 1049, May 1946.

Luoma, Arvo A.: Effect of Compressibility
on Section Characteristics of an Airfoil
with a Round-Nose Slotted Frise Ai-
leron. TN 1075, May 1946.
Braslow, Albert L.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Sealed
0.22-Airfoil-Chord Internally Balanced
Ailerons of Different Contour on an
NACA 65(112)-213 Airfoil. TN 1099,
July 1946.

Klein, Milton M.: Pressure Distributions
and Force Tests of an NACA 65-210
Airfoil Section with a 50-Percent-
Chord Flap. TN 1167, Jan. 1947.

Purser, Paul E. and Cook, Charles B.:
Collection and Analysis of Hinge-
Moment Data on Control-Surface Tabs.
TN 1113, April 1947.
Letko, William and Feigenbaum, David:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Split
Trailing-Edge Lift and Trim Flaps on
a Tapered Wing with 230 Sweepback.
TN 1352, July 1947.

Holtzclaw, Ralph W. and Dods, Jules B.,
Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of
Drooped Ailerons on a 16-Percent-
Thick Low-Drag Airfoil. TN 1386,
Aug. 1947.

Brewer, Jack D. and Queijo, M. J.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of the Effect of
Tab Balance on Tab and Control-
Surface Characteristics. TN 1403,
Aug. 1947.


9066710-50-5







AERODYNAMICS
58 WINGS (1.2)


Flap Type Controls Wing Sections (Cont.)

Stevenson, David B. and Byrne, Robert
W.: High-Speed Wind-Tunnel Tests of
an NACA 16-009 Airfoil Having a 32.9-
Percent Chord Flap with an Overhang
20.7 Percent of the Flap Chord. TN
1406, Aug. 1947.

Stevenson, David B. and Adler, Alfred A.:
High-Speed Wind-Tunnel Tests of an
NACA 0009-64 Airfoil Having a 33.4-
Percent-Chord Flap with an Overhang
20.1 Percent of the Flap Chord. TN
1417, Sept. 1947.
Spearman, M. Leroy: Wind-Tunnel Inves-
tigation of an NACA 0009 Airfoil with
0.25- and 0.50-Airfoil-Chord Plain
Flaps Tested Independently and in
Combination. TN 1517, March 1948.

Brewer, Jack D. and Polhamus, Josephine
F.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the
Boundary Layer on an NACA 0009 Air-
foil Having 0.25- and 0.50-Airfoil
Chord Plain Sealed Flaps. TN 1574,
April 1948.
Racisz, Stanley F. and Cahill, Jones F.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Effects
of Forward Movements of Transition
on Section Characteristics of a Low-
Drag Airfoil with a 0.24-Chord Sealed
Plain Aileron. TN 1582, May 1948.

Visconti, Fioravante: Investigation of an
Approximately 0.178 -Chord-Thick
NACA 6-Series-Type Airfoil Section
Equipped with Sealed Internally Bal-
anced 0.20-Chord Ailerons and with a
0.05-Chord Tab. TN 1590, May 1948.
Tucker, Warren A.: Notes on Geared
Tabs at Supersonic Speeds. RM L7L04,
July 1948.
Dods, Jules B., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Horizontal Tails. IV Un-
swept Plan Form of Aspect Ratio 2
and a Two-Dimensional Model. RM
A8J21, Dec. 1948.
Luoma, Arvo A.: An Investigation of the
Section Characteristics of Plain Un-
sealed Ailerons on an NACA 66,1-115
Airfoil Section in the Langley 8-Foot
High-Speed Tunnel. TN 1596, Jan.
1949.

Braslow, Albert L. and Visconti,
Fioravante: Two-Dimensional Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of Two NACA
7-Series Type Airfoils Equipped with a
Slot-Lip Aileron, Trailing-Edge Frise
Aileron, and a Double Slotted Flap.
RM L9B23, March 1949.

Fischel, Jack and Ivey, Margaret F.:
Collection of Test Data for Lateral
Control with Full-Span Flaps. TN
1404, April 1948.


Nuber, Robert J. and Fullmer, Felicien
F., Jr.: Two-Dimensional Wind-Tunnel
Investigation of a Symmetrical Airfoil
Section with a Sealed Internally Bal-
anced Control Surface and a Leading
Tab. RM L9E27, July 1949.



Weick, Fred E. and Shortal, Joseph A.:
Wind-Tunnel Research Comparing
Lateral Control Devices, Particularly
at High Angles of Attack. V Spoilers
and Ailerons on Rectangular Wings.
Rept. 439, 1932.

Hubner, Walter and Pleines, Wilhelm:
The D.V.L. Gliding -Angle Control
(W. Hubner Design). TM 697, Jan.
1933.
Rogallo, F. M.: Aerodynamic Character-
istics of a Slot-Lip Aileron and Slotted
Flap for Dive Brakes. ACR (WR L-337),
April 1941.

Nuber, Robert J. and Rice, Fred J., Jr.:
Lift Tests of a 0.1536c Thick Douglas
Airfoil Section of NACA 7-Series
Type Equipped with a Lateral-Control
Device for Use with a Full-Span
Double-Slotted Flap on the C-74 Air-
plane. MR L5C24a (WR L-641),
March 1945.

Underwood, William J. and Fullmer,
Felicien F., Jr.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Spoiler
Aileron Flap Model for the Hughes
XF-11 Airplane. MR L5C29 (WR
L-644), April 1945.
Purser, Paul E. and McKinney, Elizabeth
G.: Comparison of Pitching Moments
Produced by Plain Flaps and by
Spoilers and Some Aerodynamic
Characteristics of an NACA 23012
Airfoil with Various Types of Aileron.
ACR L5C24a (WR L-124), April 1945.

Holtzclaw, Ralph W.: Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of the Effects of Spoilers
on the Characteristics of a Low-Drag
Airfoil Equipped with a 0.25-Chord
Slotted Flap. CMR A5G23 (WR A-92),
July 1945.
Holtzclaw, Ralph W. and Dods, Jules B.,
Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of
Drooped Ailerons on a 16-Percent-
Thick Low-Drag Airfoil. TN 1386,
Aug. 1947.
Fischel, Jack and Ivey, Margaret F.:
Collection of Test Data for Lateral
Control with Full-Span Flaps. TN
1404, April 1948.








AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 59


Spoilers Wing Sdctions (Cont.)

Braslow, Albert L. and Visconti,
Fioravante: Two-Dimensional Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of Two NACA
7-Series Type Airfoils Equipped with
a Slot-Lip Aileron, Trailing-Edge
Frise Aileron, and a Double Slotted
Flap. RM L9B23, March 1949.

BOUNDARY LAYER
(1.2.1.6)
Ober, Shatswell: Note on the Katzmayr
Effect on Airfoil Drag. TN 214, Feb.
1925.

Wolff, E. B.: Preliminary Investigation of
the Effect of a Rotating Cylinder in a
Wing. TM 307, March 1925.
Ackeret, J.: Removing Boundary Layer by
Suction. TM 395, Jan. 1926.
Ackeret, J.; Betz, A. and Schrenk, 0.:
Experiments with an Airfoil from
Which the Boundary Layer is Removed
by Suction. TM 374, Aug. 1926.
Van der Hegge Zijnen, B. G.: Determining
the Velocity Distribution in the Bound-
ary Layer of an Airfoil Fitted with a
Rotary Cylinder. TM 411, May 1927.
Dupont, M.: Multiplicity of Solution in
Aerodynamics. TM 413, May 1927.

Wolff, E. B. and Koning, C.: Discussion
of the Results of the Boundary-Layer
Tests of an Airfoil Fitted with a
Rotary Cylinder. TM 424, Aug. 1927.

Reid, E. G. and Bamber, M. J.: Prelim-
inary Investigation on Boundary Layer
Control by Means of Suction and
Pressure with the USA 27 Airfoil.
TN 286, May 1928.

Knight, Montgomery and Bamber, Millard
J.: Wind Tunnel Tests on Airfoil
Boundary Layer Control Using a
Backward Opening Slot. TN 323,
Oct. 1929.
Hansen, M.: Velocity Distribution in the
Boundary Layer of a Submerged Plate.
TM 585, Oct. 1930.

Bamber, Millard J.: Wind-Tunnel Tests
on Airfoil Boundary Layer Control
Using a Backward-Opening Slot.
Rept. 385, 1931.

Stack, John: Tests in the Variable Density
Wind Tunnel to Investigate the Effects
of Scale and Turbulence on Airfoil
Characteristics. TN 364, Feb. 1931.


Abbott, I. H.: Experiments with an Airfoil
Model on Which the Boundary Layer is
Controlled Without the Use of Supple-
mentary Equipment. TN 371, April
1931.
Cuno, Otto: Experimental Determination
of the Thickness of the Boundary Layer
Along a Wing Section. TM 679, Aug.
1932.

Stiiper, J.: Investigation of Boundary
Layers on an Airplane Wing in Free
Flight. TM 751, Aug. 1934.
Von Doenhoff, Albert E.: An Application
of the von Kirmin-Millikan Laminar
Boundary-Layer Theory and Compari-
son with Experiment. TN 544, Oct.
1935.
Jacobs, Eastman N.: Recent Progress
Concerning the Aerodynamics of Wing
Sections. MP 41, Feb. 1936.
Schmidbauer, Hans: Behavior of Turbu-
lent Boundary Layers on Curved
Convex Walls. TM 791, April 1936.
Fediaevsky, K.: Turbulent Boundary
Layer of an Airfoil. TM 822, April
1937.

Clauser, Milton and Clauser, Francis:
The Effect of Curvature on the Transi-
tion from Laminar to Turbulent
Boundary Layer. TN 613, Sept. 1937.
Von Doenhoff, Albert E.: A Preliminary
Investigation of Boundary -Layer
Transition Along a Flat Plate with
Adverse Pressure Gradient. TN 639,
March 1938.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E.: A Method of
Rapidly Estimating the Position of the
Laminar Separation Point. TN 671,
Oct. 1938.
Abbott, Ira H. and Sherman, Albert: Flow
Observations with Tufts and Lamp-
black of the Stalling of Four Typical
Airfoil Sections in the NACA Variable-
Density Tunnel. TN 672, Oct. 1938.

Silverstein, Abe and Becker, John V.:
Determination of Boundary-Layer
Transition on Three Symmetrical
Airfoils in the NACA Full-Scale Wind
Tunnel. Rept. 637, 1939.

Schubauer, G. B.: Air Flow in the Bound-
ary Layer of an Elliptic Cylinder.
Rept. 652, 1939.
Jacobs, E. N.; Abbott, Ira H. and von
Doenhoff, A. E.: Preliminary Investi-
gation of Certain Laminar-Flow Air-
foils for Application at High Speeds
and Reynolds Numbers. ACR, Aug.
1939.







AERODYNAMICS
60 WINGS (1.2)


Boundary Layer Wing Sections (Cont.)

Hood, Manley J. and Gaydos, M. Edward:
Effects of Propellers and of Vibration
on the Extent of Laminar Flow on the
NACA 27-212 Airfoil. ACR (WR
L-784), Oct. 1939.

Becker, John V.: Boundary-Layer Tran-
sition on the NACA 0012 and 23012
Airfoils in the 8-Foot High-Speed Wind
Tunnel. ACR (WR L-682), Jan. 1940.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E.: Investigation of
the Boundary Layer About a Symmet-
rical Airfoil in a Wind Tunnel of Low
Turbulence. ACR (WR L-507), Aug.
1940.

Schrenk, 0.: Boundary Layer Removal by
Suction. TM 974, April 1941.

Wetmore, J. W.; Zalovcik, J. A. and Platt,
Robert C.: A Flight Investigation of
the Boundary-Layer Characteristics
and Profile Drag of the NACA 35-215
Laminar-Flow Airfoil at High Reynolds
Numbers. MR (WR L-532), May 1941.

Schultz-Grunow, F.: New Frictional Re-
sistance Law for Smooth Plates. TM
986, Sept. 1941.

Koppenfels, Werner V.: Two-Dimensional
Potential Flow Past a Smooth Wall
with Partly Constant Curvature. TM
996, Nov. 1941.
Jacobs, Eastman N.; Abbott, Ira H. and
Davidson, Milton: Investigation of
Extreme Leading-Edge Roughness on
Thick Low-Drag Airfoils to Indicate
Those Critical to Separation. CB
(WR L-659), June 1942.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Tetervin,
Neal: Investigation of the Variation
of Lift Coefficient with Reynolds
Number at a Moderate Angle of Attack
on a Low-Drag Airfoil. CB (WR
L-661), Nov. 1942.
Frick, Charles W. and McCullough, George
B.: Tests of a Heated Low Drag Air-
foil. ACR (WR A-40), Dec. 1942.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Tetervin,
Neal: Determination of General Rela-
tions for the Behavior of Turbulent
Boundary Layers. Rept. 772, 1943.
Charters, Alex C., Jr.: Transition Be-
tween Laminar and Turbulent Flow by
Transverse Contamination. TN 891,
March 1943.

Schubauer, G. B. and Skramstad, H. K.:
Laminar -Boundary -Layer Oscillations
and Transition on a Flat Plate. ACR
(WR W-8), April 1943.


Liepmann, Hans W.: Investigations on
Laminar Boundary -Layer Stability
and Transition on Curved Boundaries.
ACR 3H30 (WR W-107), Aug. 1943.

Donaldson, Coleman duP.: Effects of
Interaction Between Normal Shock and
Boundary Layer. CB 4A27, Jan. 1944.
Zalovcik, John A.; Wetmore, J. W. and
von Doenhoff, Albert E.: Flight Inves-
tigation of Boundary-Layer Control by
Suction Slots on an NACA 35-215 Low-
Drag Airfoil at High Reynolds Numbers.
ACR 4B29 (WR L-521), Feb. 1944.

Zalovcik, John A.: Profile-Drag Coeffi-
cients of Conventional and Low-Drag
Airfoils as Obtained in Flight. ACR
L4E31 (WR L-139), May 1944.

Abbott, Frank T., Jr. and Turner, Harold
R., Jr.: The Effects of Roughness at
High Reynolds Numbers on the Lift
and Drag Characteristics of Three
Thick Airfoils. ACR L4H21 (WR L-46),
Aug. 1944.

Quinn, John H., Jr. and Tucker, Warren
A.: Scale and Turbulence Effects on
the Lift and Drag Characteristics of
the NACA 653-418, a = 1.0 Airfoil
Section. ACR L4H1 (WR L-138),
Aug. 1944.

Tucker, Warren A. and Wallace, Arthur
R.: Scale -Effect Tests in a Turbulent
Tunnel of the NACA 653-418, a = 1.0
Airfoil Section with 0.20-Airfoil-Chord
Split Flap. ACR L4122 (WR L-128),
Sept. 1944.

Nitzberg, Gerald E.: The Theoretical
Calculation of Airfoil Section Coeffi-
cients at Large Reynolds Numbers.
ACR 4112, Oct. 1944.

Quinn, John H., Jr.: Tests of the NACA
653-018 Airfoil Section with Boundary-
Layer Control by Suction. CB L4H10
(WR L-209), Oct. 1944.
Abbott, Ira H.; von Doenhoff, Albert E. and
Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary of
Airfoil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.
Liepmann, H. W.: Investigation of Bound-
ary Layer Transition on Concave
Walls. ACR 4J28 (WR W-87), Feb.
1945.
Sandahl, Carl A.: Wind-Tunnel Investiga-
tion of Effects of a Pusher Propeller
on Lift, Profile Drag, Pressure
Distribution, and Boundary-Layer
Transition of a Flapped Wing. ACR
L5C08 (WR L-148), April 1945.








AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2)


Boundary Layer Wing Sections (Cont.)

Zalovcik, John A. and Skoog, Richard B.:
Flight Investigation of Boundary -
Layer Transition and Profile Drag of
an Experimental Low-Drag Wing In-
stalled on a Fighter-Type Airplane.
ACR L508a (WR L-94), April 1945.
Heaslet, Max A.: Theoretical Investiga-
tion of Methods for Computing Drag
from Wake Surveys at High Subsonic
Speeds. ARR 5C21 (WR W-1), June
1945.
Zalovcik, John A.: Flight Investigation of
Boundary-Layer and Profile-Drag
Characteristics of Smooth Wing Sec-
tions of a P-47D Airplane. ACR
L5H1Ia (WR L-86), Oct. 1945.
Freeman, Hugh B.: Boundary-Layer-
Control Tests of Two Wings in the
Langley Propeller -Research Tunnel.
TN 1007, Jan. 1946.
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr.: Effects of
Specific Types of Surface Roughness
on Boundary-Layer Transition. ACR
L5J29a (WR L-48), Feb. 1946.

Schubauer, G. B. and Klebanoff, P. S.:
Theory and Application of Hot-Wire
Instruments in the Investigation of
Turbulent Boundary Layers. ACR
5K27 (WR W-86), March 1946.
Tetervin, Neal: Approximate Formulas
for the Computation of Turbulent
Boundary-Layer Momentum Thick-
nesses in Compressible Flows. ACR
L6A22 (WR L-119), March 1946.
Zalovcik, John A. and Daum, Fred L.:
Flight Investigation at High Speeds of
Profile Drag of Wing of a P-47D
Airplane Having Production Surfaces
Covered with Camouflage Paint. ACR
L6B21 (WR L-98), March 1946.
Quinn, John H., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Boundary-Layer Control by
Suction on the NACA 653-418, a = 1.0
Airfoil Section with a 0.29-Airfoil-
Chord Double Slotted Flap. TN 1071,
June 1946.
Lees, Lester and Lin, Chia Chiao: Inves-
tigation of the Stability of the Laminar
Boundary Layer in a Compressible
Fluid. TN 1115, Sept. 1946.

Klein, Milton M.: Pressure Distributions
and Force Tests of an NACA 65-210
Airfoil Section with a 50-Percent-
Chord Flap. TN 1167, Jan. 1947.

Ackeret, J.; Feldmann, F. and Rott, N.:
Investigations of Compression Shocks
and Boundary Layers in Gases Moving
at High Speeds. TM 1113, Jan. 1947.


McCullough, George B. and Gault, Donald
E.: Boundary Layer and Stalling Char-
acteristics of Two Symmetrical NACA
Low Drag Airfoil Sections. RM A6L13,
Jan. 1947.
Dryden, Hugh L.: Some Recent Contribu-
tions to the Study of Transition and
Turbulent Boundary Layers. TN 1168,
April 1947.

Allen, H. Julian and Nitzberg, Gerald E.:
The Effect of Compressibility on the
Growth of the Laminar Boundary Layer
on Low-Drag Wings and Bodies. TN
1255, April 1947.
Heaslet, Max A. and Nitzberg, Gerald E.:
The Calculation of Drag for Airfoil
Sections and Bodies of Revolution at
Subcritical Speeds. RM A7B06, April
1947.

Quinn, John H., Jr.: Tests of the NACA
641A212 Airfoil Section with a Slat, a
Double Slotted Flap, and Boundary-
Layer Control by Suction. TN 1293,
May 1947.

Ulrich, A.: Theoretical Investigation of
Drag Reduction in Maintaining the
Laminar Boundary Layer by Suction.
TM 1121, June 1947.

Schwier, W.: Lift Increase by Blowing
Out Air, Tests on Airfoil of 12 Percent
Thickness, Using Various Types of
Flap. TM 1148, June 1947.

Pierpont, P. Kenneth: Investigation of
Suction-Slot Shapes for Controlling a
Turbulent Boundary Layer. TN 1292,
June 1947.

Mendelsohn, Robert A.: Wind-Tunnel
Investigation of the Boundary Layer
and Wake and Their Relation to Airfoil
Characteristics NACA 651-012 Air-
foil with a True Contour Flap and a
Beveled -Trailing -Edge Flap. TN 1304,
June 1947.
Regenscheit, B.: Drag Reduction by Suc-
tion of the Boundary Layer Separated
Behind Shock Wave Formation at High
Mach Numbers. TM 1168, July 1947.
Lees, Lester: The Stability of the Lam-
inar Boundary Layer in 4 CQmpressi-
ble Fluid. TN 1360, July 1947.
Tetetvin, Neal: A Review of Boundary-
Layer Literature. TN 1384, July 1947.
Quinn, John H., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of the NACA 654-421 Airfoil
Section with a Double Slotted Flap and
Boundary-Layer Control by Suction.
TN 1395, July 1947.








AERODYNAMICS
62 WINGS (1.2)


Boundary Layer Wing Sections (Cont.)

Pfenninger, Werner: Investigations on
Reductions of Friction on Wings, in
Particular by Means of Boundary
Layer Suction. TM 1181, Aug. 1947.

Bussmann, K. and Ulrich, A.: Systematic
Investigations of the Influence of the
Shape of the Profile Upon the Position
of the Transition Point. TM 1185,
Oct. 1947.

Braslow, Albert L.; Visconti, Fioravante
and Burrows, Dale L.: Preliminary
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the Effect
of Area Suction on the Laminar Bound-
ary Layer over an NACA 64A010 Air-
foil. RM L7L15, April 1948.

Brewer, Jack D. and Polhamus, Josephine
F.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the
Boundary Layer on an NACA 0009
Airfoil Having 0.25- and 0.50-Airfoil
Chord Plain Sealed Flaps. TN 1574,
April 1948.

Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
Some Fundamental Similarities Be-
tween Boundary-Layer Flow at Tran-
sonic and Low Speeds. TN 1623, June
1948.

Racisz, Stanley F. and Quinn, John H., Jr.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Boundary-
Layer Control by Suction on NACA
655-424 Airfoil with Double Slotted
Flap. TN 1631, June 1948.

McCullough, George B. and Gault, Donald
E.: An Experimental Investigation of
an NACA 631-012 Airfoil Section with
Leading-Edge Suction Slots. TN 1683,
Aug. 1948.

Boelter, L. M. K.; Grossman, L. M.;
Martinelli, R. C. and Morrin, E. H.:
An Investigation of Aircraft Heaters.
XXIX Comparison of Several
Methods of Calculating Heat Losses
from Airfoils. TN 1453, Oct. 1948.

Braslow, Albert L. and Visconti,
Fioravante: Investigation of Boundary-
Layer Reynolds Number for Transition
on an NACA 65(215)-114 Airfoil in the
Langley Two-Dimensional Low-Turbu-
lence Pressure Tunnel. TN 1704, Oct.
1948.

Nuber, Robert J. and Needham, James R.,
Jr.: Exploratory Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of the Effectiveness of Area
Suction in Eliminating Leading-Edge
Separation over an NACA 641A212
Airfoil. TN 1741, Nov. 1948.


Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Bursnall,
William J.: The Effects of Variations
in Reynolds Number Between 3.0 x 106
and 25.0 x 106 upon the Aerodynamic
Characteristics of a Number of NACA
6-Series Airfoil Sections. TN 1773,
Dec. 1948.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Horton,
Elmer A.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation
of NACA 65,3-418 Airfoil Section with
Boundary-Layer Control Through a
Single Suction Slot Applied to a Plain
Flap. RM L9A20, Feb. 1949.

Schlichting, H.: An Approximate Method
for Calculation of the Laminar Bound-
ary Layer with Suction for Bodies of
Arbitrary Shape. TM 1216, March
1949.

Schlichting, H.: Lecture Series "Boundary
Layer Theory." Part I Laminar
Flows. TM 1217, April 1949.

Schlichting, H.: Lecture Series "Boundary
Layer Theory." Part II Turbulent
Flows. TM 1218, April 1949.

Kalikhman, L. E.: Heat Transmission in
the Boundary Layer. TM 1229, April
1949.

Gault, Donald E.: Boundary-Layer and
Stalling Characteristics of the NACA
63-009 Airfoil Section. TN 1894, June
1949.

Burrows, Dale L.; Braslow, Albert L. and
Tetervin, Neal: Experimental and
Theoretical Studies of Area Suction
for the Control of the Laminar Bound-
ary Layer on a Porous Bronze NACA
64A010 Airfoil. TN 1905, July 1949.

McCullough, George B. and Gault, Donald
E.: Boundary-Layer and Stalling
Characteristics of the NACA 64A006
Airfoil Section. TN 1923, Aug. 1949.
Zobel, Th.: Flow Measurement by Means
of Light Interferences. TN 1253, Aug.
1949.

REYNOLDS NUMBER EFFECTS
(1.2.1.7)

Prepared by Paris Office, NACA: Some
New Tests at the Gottingen Laboratory.
TM 16, April 1921.

Zahm, A. F.: Influence of Model Surface
and Air Flow Texture on Resistance of
Aerodynamic Bodies. Rept. 139, 1922.

Robert, Lieut. Col.: Applying the Results
of Experiments on Small Models in the
Wind Tunnel to the Calculation of Full-
Sized Aircraft. TM 84, April 1S22.








AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 63


Reynolds No. Effects Wing Sections (Cont.)

LePage, W. L. and Nichols, J. T.: The
Effect of Wind Tunnel Turbulence upon
the Forces Measured on Models. TN
191, May 1924.

Munk, Max M. and Miller, Elton W.: The
Variable Density Wind Tunnel of the
National Advisory Committee for
Aeronautics. Rept. 227, 1926.

Munk, Max M. and Miller, Elton W.: The
Aerodynamic Characteristics of Seven
Frequently Used Wing Sections at Full
Reynolds Number. Rept. 233, 1926.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Characteristics of
Propeller Sections Tested in the Vari-
able Density Wind Tunnel. Rept. 259,
1927.

Weidinger, Harms: Drag Measurements on
a Junkers Wing Section-Application of
the Betz Method to the Results of
Comparative Tests Made on a Model
and on an Airplane in Flight. TM 428,
Sept. 1927.

DeFoe, George L.: Resistance of Stream-
line Wires. TN 279, March 1928.

Katzmayr, R.: Aeromechanical Experi-
mentation (Wind Tunnel Tests). TM
508, April 1929.

Stack, John: Tests in the Variable Density
Wind Tunnel to Investigate the Effects
of Scale and Turbulence on Airfoil
Characteristics. TN 364, Feb. 1931.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Anderson,
Raymond F.: Large-Scale Aero-
dynamic Characteristics of Airfoils
as Tested in the Variable Density Wind
Tunnel. Rept. 352, 1933.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Clay, William C.:
Characteristics of the NACA 23012
Airfoil from Tests in the Fuil-Scale
and Variable-Density Tunnels. Rept.
530, 1935.

Schubauer, G. B. and Dryden, H. L.: The
Effect of Turbulence on the Drag of
Flat Plates. Rept. 546,. 1935.

Pinkerton, Robert M.: Calculated and
Measured Pressure Distributions over
the Mids7 an Section of the NACA 4412
Airfoil. Rept. 563, 1936.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Recent Progress
Concerning the Aerodynamics of Wing
Sections. MP 41, Feb. 1033.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Sherman, Albert:
Airfoil Section Characteristics as
Affected by Variations of the Reynolds
Number. Re.i. 58u, 1937.


Gurjienko, G.: Universal Logarithmic
Law of Velocity Distribution a A ;pl ied
to the Investigation of Boundary Layer
and Drag of Streamline Bodie at
Large Reynolds Number. TI'M 342,
Nov. 1937.

Pinkerton, Robert M.: The Variation with
Reynolds Number of Pressure Di.tri-
bution over an Airfoil Section. Rept.
613, 1938.

Silverstein, Abe and Becker, John V.:
Determination of Boundary -Layer
Transition on Three Symmetrical Air-
foils in the NACA Full-Scale WVind
Tunnel. Rept. 637, 1939.

Abbott, Ira H. and Greenberg, Harry:
Tests in the Variable-Den ity Wind
Tunnel of the NACA 23012 Airfoil with
Plain and Split Flaps. Rept. 361, 1939.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas A.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
23012 Airfoil with Various Arrange-
ments of Slotted Fla s. Rept. 664,
1939.

Hood, Manley J.: The Effects of Some
Common Surface Irregularities on
Wing Drag. TN 695, March 1939.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Preliminary Report
on Laminar-Flow Airfoils and New
Methods Adopted for Airfoil and
Boundary-Layer Investigations. ACR
(WR L-345), June 1939.

Jacobs, E. N.; Aboott, Ira H. and von
Doenhoff, A. E.: Preliminary Investi-
gation of Certain Laminar-Flow Air-
foils for Application at High Speeds
and Reynolds Numbers. ACR, Aug.
1939.

Becker, John V.: Boundary-Layer Tran-
sition on the NACA 0012 and 23012
Airfoils in the 8-Foot High-Speed Wind
Tunnel. ACR (WR L-662), Jan. 1940.

Abbott, Ira H. and Turner, Harold R., Jr.:
Lift and Drag Tests of Three Airfoil
Models with Fowler Flaps Submitted by
Consolidated Aircraft Corporation.
MR (WR L-677), Dec. 1941.

Underwood, William J. and Abbott, Frank
T., Jr.: Test of NACA 66, 2-113
a = 0.6 Airfoil Section Fitted with
Pressure Balanced and Slotted Flap
for the Wiig of the XP-63 Airl'Iane.
MR (WR L-7i01), May 1942.

Jacobs, Eastman N.; Abbott, Ira H. and
Davidson, Milton: Investigation of
Extreme Leading-Edge Roughness on
Thick Low-Drag Airfoils to Indicate
Those Critical to Separation. CB
(WR L-659), June 1942.







AERODYNAMIC S
64 WINGS (1.2)


Reynolds No. rffects Wing Sections (Cont.)

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Horton,
Eimer A.: Preliminary Investigation
in the NACA Low-Turbulence Tunnel
of Low-Drag Airfoil Sections Suitable
for Admitting Air at the Leading Edge.
ACR (WR L-694), July 1942.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Tetervin,
Neal: Investigation of the Variation of
Lift Coefficient with Reynolds Number
at a Moderate Angle of Attack on a
Low-Drag Airfoil. CB (WR L-661),
Nov. 1942.
Abbott, Frank T., Jr. and Underwood,
William J.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation
of Profile Drag and Lift of an Inter-
mediate Wing Section of the XP-51
Airplane with Beveled Trailing-Edge
and Contour. MR (WR L-615), Jan.
1943.

Letko, W.; Hollingworth, T. A. and
Anderson, R. A.: Wind-Tunnel Tests
of Ailerons at Various Speeds. IV -
Ailerons of 0.20 Airfoil Chord and
True Contour with 0.35 Aileron-Chord
Extreme Blunt-Nose Balance on the
NACA 23012 Airfoil. ACR 31128
(WR L-433), Aug. 1943.

Letko, W. and Kemp, W. B.: Wind-Tunnel
Tests of Ailerons at Various Speeds.
III Ailerons of 0.20 Airfoil Chord and
True Contour with 0.35-Aileron -Chord
Frise Balance on the NACA 23012
Airfoil. ACR 3114 (WR L-325), Sept.
1943.

Braslow, Albert L.: Investigation of
Surface Irregularities on an NACA
63(420)-416, a = 1.0 Airfoil Section for
The Glenn L. Martin Company Design
195. MR (WR A-93), Oct. 1943.

Letko, W. and Denaci, H. G.: Wind Tunnel
Tests of Ailerons at Various Speeds.
V Pressure Distributions over the
NACA 66,2-216 and NACA 23012 Air-
foils with Various Balances on 0.20-
Chord Ailerons. ACR 3K05 (WR
L-434), Nov. 1943.

Davidson, Milton; Houbolt, John C.; Rafel,
Norman and Rossman, Carl A.: Pre-
liminary Aerodynamic and Structural
Tests Showing the Effect of Compres-
sive Load on the Fairness of a Low-
Drag Wing Specimen with Chordwise
Hat-Section Stiffeners. ACR 3L02
(WR L-389), Dec. 1943.

Anderson, Joseph L.: Tests of NACA
65(216)-420 and 66(218)-420 Airfoils
at High Speeds. CMR (WR A-87),
April 1944.


Zalovcik, John A.: Profile-Drag Coeffi-
cients of Conventional and Low-Drag
Airfoils as Obtained in Flight. ACR
L4E31 (WR L-139), May 1944.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Nuber,
Robert J.: Drag Measurements at
High Reynolds Numbers of a 100-Inch-
Chord NACA 23016 Practical Con-
struction Wing Section Submitted by
Chance Vought Aircraft Company.
MR (WR L-752), June 1944.
Braslow, Albert L.: Investigation of Ef-
fects of Various Camouflage Paints
and Painting Procedures on the Drag
Characteristics of an NACA 65(421)-
420, a = 1.0 Airfoil Section. CB
L4G17 (WR L-141), July 1944.
Quinn, John H., Jr. and Tucker, Warren
A.: Scale and Turbulence Effects on
the Lift and Drag Characteristics of
the NACA 653-418, a = 1.0 Airfoil
Section. ACR L4H11 (WR L-138),
Aug. 1944.

Abbott, Frank T., Jr. and Turner, Harold
R., Jr.: The Effects of Roughness at
High Reynolds Numbers on the Lift
and Drag Characteristics of Three
Thick Airfoils. ACR L4H21 (WR L-46),
Aug. 1944.

Tucker, Warren A. and Wallace, Arthur
R.: Scale-Effect Tests in a Turbulent
Tunnel of the NACA 653-418, a = 1.0
Airfoil Section with 0.20-Airfoil-Chord
Split Flap. ACR L4122 (WR L-128),
Sept. 1944.

Zalovcik, John A. and Wood, Clotaire:
A Flight Investigation of the Effect of
Surface Roughness on Wing Profile
Drag with Transition Fixed. ARR
L4125 (WR L-159), Sept. 1944.

Von Doenhoff, Albert E. and Stivers,
Louis S., Jr.: Aerodynamic Charac-
teristics of the NACA 747A315 and
747A415 Airfoils from Tests in the
NACA Two-Dimensional Low-Turbu-
lence Pressure Tunnel. CB L4125
(WR L-156), Sept. 1944.

Nitzberg, Gerald E.: The Theoretical
Calculation of Airfoil Section Coeffi-
cients at Large Reynolds Numbers.
ACR 4112, Oct. 1944.
Abbott, Ira H.; von Doenhoff, Albert E.
and Stivers, Louis S., Jr.: Summary
of Airfoil Data. Rept. 824, 1945.

Nuber, Robert J. and Rice, Fred J., Jr.:
Lift Tests of a 0.1536c Thick Douglas
Airfoil Section of NACA 7-Series Type
Equipped with a Lateral-Control De-
vice for Use with a Full-Span Double-
Slotted Flap on the C-74 Airplane.
MR L5C24a (WR L-641), March 1945.







AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 65


Peynolds No. Effcts Wing Sections (Cont.)

Zalovcik, John A. and Skoog, Richard B.:
Flight Investigation of Boundary-
Layer Transition and Profile Drag of
an Experimental Low-Drag Wing In-
stalled on a Fighter-Type Airp lane.
ACR L5C08a (WR L-94), April 1945.

Zalovcik, John A.: Flight Investigation of
Boundary-Layer and Profile-Drag
Characteristics of Smooth Wing Sec-
tions of a P-47D Airplane. ACR
L5H11a (WR L-86), Oct. 1945.

Fullmer, Felicien F., Jr.: Two-Dimen-
sional Wind -Tunnel Investigation of
Six Airfoil Sections for the Wing of the
Vega XP2V-1 Airplane TED No. NACA
231. MR L5121 (WR L-681), Oct.
1945.

Quinn, John H., Jr.: Effects of Reynolds
Number and Leading-Edge Roughness
on Lift and Drag Characteristics of
the NACA 653-418, a = 1.0 Airfoil
Section. CB L5J04 (WR L-82), Nov.
1945.

Loftin, Lawrence K., Jr. and Rice, Fred
J., Jr.: Two-Dimensional Wind-Tunnel
Investigation of Two NACA Low-Drag
Airfoil Sections Equipped with Slotted
Flaps and a Plain NACA Low-Drag
Airfoil Section for XF6U-1 Airplane -
TED No. NACA 2367. MR L5Ll1
(WR L-746), Jan. 1946.

Loftin, Lawrence K., Jr.: Effects of Spe-
cific Types of Surface Roughness on
Boundary-Layer Transition. ACR
L5J29a (WR L-48), Feb. 1946.

Spreiter, John R. and Steffen, Paul J.: The
Effect of Mach and Reynolds Numbers
on Maximum Lift Coefficient. TN
1044, March 1946.

Zalovcik, John A. and Daum, Fred L.:
Flight Investigation at High Speeds of
Profile Drag of Wing of a P-47D
Airplane Having Production Surfaces
Covered with Camouflage Paint. ACR
L6B21 (WR L-98), March 1946.
Quinn, John H., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Boundary-Layer Control by
Suction on the NACA 653-418, a = 1.0
Airfoil Section with a 0.29-Airfoil-
Chord Double Slotted Flap. TN 1071,
June 1946.
Klein, Milton M.: Pressure Distributions
and Force Tests of an NACA 65-210
Airfoil Section with a 50-Percent-
Chord Flap. TN 1167, Jan. 1947.


Racisz, Stanley F.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Modified
NACA 65(112)-ill Airfoil with 35-
Percent-Chord Slotted Flap at Rey-
nolds Numbers up to 25 Million. TN
1463, Jan. 1947.
Ackeret, J.; Feldmann, F. and Rott, N.:
Investigations of Compression Shocks
and Boundary Layers in Gases Moving
at High Speeds. TM 1113, Jan. 1947.

Dryden, Hugh L.: Some Recent Contribu-
tions to the Study of Transition and
Turbulent Boundary Layers. TN 1168,
April 1947.

Lees, Lester: The Stability of the Lam-
inar Boundary Layer in a Compressi-
ble Fluid. TN 1360, July 1947.
Tetervin, Neal: A Review of Boundary-
Layer Literature. TN 1384, July 1947.

Bussmann, K. and Ulrich, A.: Systematic
Investigations of the Influence of the
Shape of the Profile upon the Position
of the Transition Point. TM 1185,
Oct. 1947.

Racisz, Stanley F.: Investigation of NACA
65(112)A111 (Approx.) Airfoil with
0.35-Chord Slotted Flap at Reynolds
Numbers up to 25 Million. TN 1463,
Oct. 1947.

Cahill, Jones F. and Racisz, Stanley F.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Seven
Thin NACA Airfoil Sections to Deter-
mine Optimum Double -Slotted-Flap
Configurations. TN 1545, April 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Poteat, M.
Irene: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of Several NACA Airfoil Sections at
Seven Reynolds Numbers from 0.7 x
106 to 9.0 to 106. RM L8B02, May
1948.

Visconti, Fioravante: Investigation of an
Approximately 0.178 -Chord-Thick
NACA 6-Series-Type Airfoil Section
Equipped with Sealed Internally Bal-
anced 0.20-Chord Ailerons and with a
0.05-Chord Tab. TN 1590, May 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Cohen, Ken-
neth S.: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of a Number of Modified NACA Four-
Digit-Series Airfoil Sections. TN
1591, June 1948.

Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
Some Fundamental Similarities Be-
tween Boundary-Layer Flow at Tran-
sonic and Low Speeds. TN 1623,
June 1948.






AERODYNAMICS
66 WINGS (1.2)


Reynolas No. Effects Wing Sections (Cont.)

Rac~sz, Stanley F. and Quinn, John H., Jr.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Boundary-
Layer Control by Suction on NACA
655-424 Airfoil with Double Slotted
Flap. TN 1631, June 1948.

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Cohen, Ken-
neth S.: An Evaluation of the Charac-
teristics of a 10-Percent-Thick NACA
66-Series Airfoil Section with a Special
Mean-Camber Line Designed to Pro-
duce a High Critical Mach Number.
TN 1633, July 1948.
Braslow, Albert L. and Visconti,
Fioravante: Investigation of Boundary-
Layer Reynolds Number for Transition
on an NACA 65(215)-114 Airfoil in the
Langley Two-Dimensional Low-Turbu-
lence Pressure Tunnel. TN 1704,
Oct. 1948.
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Bursnall,
William J.: The Effects of Variations
in Reynolds Number Between 3.0 x
106 and 25.0 x 106 upon the Aerody-
namic Characteristics of a Number of
NACA 6-Series Airfoil Sections.
TN 1773, Dec. 1948.

Gottlieb, Stanley M.: Two-Dimensional
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Two
NACA 6-Series Airfoils with Leading-
Edge Slats. RM L8K22, Jan. 1949.
Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Smith, Hamilton
A.: Two-Dimensional Aerodynamic
Characteristics of 34 Miscellaneous
Airfoil Sections. RM L8L08, Jan. 1949.
Schlichting, H.: Lecture Series "Boun-
dary Layer Theory." Part I Laminar
Flows. TM 1217, April 1949.

Schlichting, H.: Lecture Series "Boun-
dary Layer Theory." Part H Tur-
bulent Flows. TM 1218, April 1949.

Kalikhman, L. E.: Heat Transmission in
the Boundary Layer. TM 1229,
April 1949.

Schaefer, Raymond F.; Loftin, Laurence
K., Jr. and Horton, Elmer A.: Two-
Dimensional Investigation of Five Re-
lated NACA Airfoil Sections Designed
for Rotating-Wing Aircraft. TN 1922,
July 1949.


MACH NUMBER EFFECTS
(1.2.1.8)
Prepared by Paris Office, NACA: Some
New Tests at the Gottingen Laboratory.
TM 16, April 1921.


Briggs, L. J.; Hull, G. F. and Dryden,
H. L.: Aerodynamic Characteristics
of Airfoils at High Speeds. Rept. 207,
1925.

Briggs, L. J. and Dryden, H. L.: Pressure
Distribution over Airfoils at High
Speeds. Rept. 255, 1927.

Briggs, L. J. and Dryden, H. L.: Aerody-
namic Characteristics of Twenty-Four
Airfoils at High Speeds. Rept. 319,
1929.

Briggs, L. J. and Dryden, H. L.: Aerody-
namic Characteristics of Circular-Arc
Airfoils at High Speeds. Rept. 365,
1930.

Stack, John: The NACA High-Speed Wind-
Tunnel and Tests of Six Propeller
Sections. Rept. 463, 1933.
Stack, John: The Compressibility Burble.
TN 543, Oct. 1935.

Lindsey, W. F.: Drag of Cylinders of
Simple Shapes. Rept. 619, 1938.
Kaplan, Carl: Compressible Flow About
Symmetrical Joukowski Profiles.
Rept. 621, 1938.

Kaplan, Carl: Two-Dimensional Subsonic
Compressible Flow Past Elliptic
Cylinders. Rept. 624, 1938.
Stack, John; Lindsey, W. F. and Littell,
Robert E.: The Compressibility Burble
and the Effect of Compressibility on
Pressures and Forces Acting on an
Airfoil. Rept. 646, 1938.

Stack, John and Lindsey, W. F.: Tests of
N-85, N-86, and N-87 Airfoil Sections
in the 11-Inch High-Speed Wind-Tunnel.
TN 665, Sept. 1938.

Kaplan, Carl: A Theoretical Study of the
Moment on a Body in a Compressible
Fluid. Rept. 671, 1939.

Robinson, Russell G. and Wright, Ray H.:
Estimation of Critical Speeds of Air-
foils and Streamline Bodies. ACR
(WR L-781), March 1940.
Becker, John V.: High-Speed Wind-Tunnel
Tests of the NACA 23012 and 23012-64
Airfoils. ACR (WR L-357), Feb. 1941.

Dickinson, H. B.: Propeller-Design Prob-
lems of High-Speed Airplanes. ACR,
April 1941.
Luoma, Arvo A.: Critical Speeds and
Profile Drag of the Inboard Sections of
a Conventional Propeller. ARR (WR
L-369), Sept. 1941.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 67


Mich No. Effects Wing Sections (Cont.)

Becker, John V.: High-Speed Tests of
Radial-Engine Nacelles on a Thick
Low-Drag Wing. ACR (WR L-229),
May 1942.

Stack, John: Tests of Airfoils Designed
to Delay the Compressibility Burble.
Rept. 763, 1943.

Letko, W.; Denaci, H. G. and Freed, C.:
Wind-Tunnel Tests of Ailerons at
Various Speeds. I Ailerons of 0.20
Airfoil Chord and True Contour with
0.35 Aileron-Chord Extreme Blunt
Nose Balance on the NACA 66,2-216
Airfoil. ACR 3FII (WR L-431),
June 1943.

Letko, W. and Kemp, W. B.: Wind-Tunnel
Tests of Ailerons at Various Speeds.
*I Ailerons of 0.20 Airfoil Chord and
True Contour with 0.35-Aileron-Chord
Frise Balance on the NACA 23012
Airfoil. ACR 3114 (WR L-325),
Sept. 1943.

Letko, W. and Denaci, H. G.: Wind-Tunnel
Tests of Ailerons at Various Speeds.
V Pressure Distributions over the
NACA 66,2-216 and NACA 23012 Air-
foils with Various Balances on 0.20-
Chord Ailerons. ACR 3K05 (WR L-
434), Nov. 1943.

Kaplan, Carl: The Flow of a Compressible
Fluid Past a Circular Arc Profile.
Rept. 794, 1944.

Anderson, Joseph L.: Tests of NACA
65(216) -420 and 66(218) -420 Airfoils
at High Speeds. CMR (WR A -87),
April 1944.
Heaslet, Max A.: Critical Mach Numbers
of Various Airfoil Sections. ACR 4G18,
July 1944.

Zalovcik, John A. and Wood, Clotaire: A
Flight Investigation of the Effect of
Surface Roughness on Wing Profile
Drag with Transition Fixed. ARR
L4125 (WR L-159), Sept. 1944.

Byrne, Robert W.: Experimental Con-
striction Effects in High -Speed Wind -
Tunnels. ACR L4LO7a (WR L-74),
Dec. 1944.

Cleary, Harold E.: Effects of Compressi-
bility on Maximum Lift Coefficients
for Six Propeller Airfoils. ACR
L4L21a (WR L-514), Jan. 1945.

Smith, Norman F. and Baals, Donald D.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of a High-
Critical-Speed Fuselage Scoop Includ-
ing the Effects of Boundary Layer.
ACR L5B01a (WR L-733), Feb. 1945.


Zalovcik, John A. and Skoog, Richard B.:
Flight Investigation of Boundary-Layer
Transition and Profile Drag of an Ex-
perimental Low-Drag Wing Installed
on a Fighter-Type Airplane. ACR
L5CO8a (WR L-94), April 1945.

Ferri, Antonio: Completed Tabulation in
the United States of Tests of 24 Air-
foils at High Mach Numbers (Derived)
from Interrupted Work at Guidonia,
Italy in the 1.31- by 1.74-Foot High-
Speed Tunnel. ACR L5E21 (WR L-
143), June 1945.

Zalovcik, John A.: Flight Investigation of
Boundary-Layer and Profile-Drag
Characteristics of Smooth Wing Sec-
tions of a P-47D Airplane. ACR
L5H11a (WR L-86), Oct. 1945.

Kaplan, Carl: Effect of Compressibility at
High Subsonic Velocities on the Lifting
Force Acting on an Elliptic Cylinder.
Rept. 834, 1946.

Barlow, William H.: Flight Investigation
at High Speeds of the Drag of Three
Airfoils and a Circular Cylinder Rep-
resenting Full-Scale Propeller Shanks.
Rept. 852, 1946.

Lindsey, W. F.: Effect of Compressibility
on the Pressures and Forces Acting on
a Modified NACA 65,3-019 Airfoil
Having a 0.20-Chord Flap. ACR
L5G31a (WR L-76), Jan. 1946.

Spreiter, John R. and Steffen, Paul J.: The
Effect of Mach and Reynolds Numbers
on Maximum Lift Coefficient. TN 1044,
March 1946.
Zalovcik, John A. and Daum, Fred L.:
Flight Investigation at High Speeds of
Profile Drag of Wing of a P-47D Air-
plane T-Taving Production Surfaces
Covered with Camouflage Paint. ACR
L6B21 (WR L-98), March 1946.

Heaslet, Max. A. and Pardee, Otway O'M.:
Critical Mach Numbers of Thin Airfoil
Sections with Plain Flaps. ACR 6A30,
April 1946.

Wright, Ray H. and Donaldson, Coleman
duP.: Comparison of Two-Dimen-
sional Air Flows About an NACA 0012
Airfoil of 1-Inch Chord at Zero Lift in
Open and Closed 3-Inch Jets and Cor-
rections for Jet-Boundary Interference.
TN 1055, May 1946.

Luoma, Arvo A.: Effect of Compressi-
bility on Section Characteristics of an
Airfoil with a Round-Nose Slotted
Frise Aileron. TN 1075, May 1946.

Robinson, Harold L.: High-Speed Investi-
gation of Skin Wrinkles on Two NACA
Airfoils. TN 1121, Aug. 1946.






AERODYNAMICS
68 WINGS (1.2)


Xach No. Effects Wing Sections (Cont.)

Lees, Lester: A Discussion of the Appli-
cation of the Prandtl-Glauert Method
to Subsonic Compressible Flow over a
Slender Body of Revolution. TN 1127,
Sept. 1946.
Adams, Richard E. and Silsby, Norman S.:
Flight Investigation of the Effect of a
Local Change in Wing Contour on
Chordwise Pressure Distribution at
High Speeds. TN 1152, Sept. 1946.
Heaslet, Max A.: Compressible Potential
Flow with Circulation About a Circular
Cylinder. Rept. 780, 1947.
Daley, Bernard N. and Humphreys, Milton
D.: Effects of Compressibility on the
Flow Past Thick Airfoil Sections.
RM L6J17a, Jan. 1947.

Ackeret, J.; Feldmann, F. and Rott, N.:
Investigations of Compression Shocks
and Boundary Layers in Gases Moving
at High Speeds. TM 1113, Jan. 1947.

Ivey, H. Reese; Stickle, George W. and
Schuettler, Alberta: Charts for Deter-
mining the Characteristics of Sharp-
Nose Airfoils in Two-Dimensional
Flow at Supersonic Speeds. TN 1143,
Jan. 1947.

Klein, Milton M.: Pressure Distributions
and Force Tests of an NACA 65-210
Airfoil Section with a 50-Percent-
Chord Flap. TN 1167, Jan. 1947.

Ivey, H. Reese: Notes on the Theoretical
Characteristics of Two-Dimensional
Supersonic Airfoils. TN 1179,
Jan. 1947.
Allen, H. Julian; Heaslet, Max A. and
Nitzberg, Gerald E.: The Interaction
of Boundary-Layer and Compression-
Shock and Its Effect upon Airfoil Pres-
sure Distributions. RM A7A02,
March 1947.
Lippisch, A. and Beuschausen, W.: Pres-
sure Distribution Measurements at
High Speed and Oblique Incidence of
Flow. TM 1115, March 1947.

Beeler, De E. and Gerard, George: Wake
Measurements Behind a Wing Section
of a Fighter Airplane in Fast Dives.
TN 1190, March 1947.
Lindsey, W. F.; Daley, Bernard N. and
Humphreys, Milton D.: The Flow and
Force Characteristics of Supersonic
Airfoils at High Subsonic Speeds.
TN 1211, March 1947.


Ivey, H. Reese and Bowen, Edward N.,
Jr.: Theoretical Supersonic Lift and
Drag Characteristics of Symmetrical
Wedge -Shape -Airfoil Sections as A f-
fected by Sweepback Outside the Mach
Cone. TN 1226, March 1947.

Heaslet, Max A. and Nitzberg, Gerald E.:
The Calculation of Drag for Airfoil
Sections and Bodies of Revolution at
Subcritical Speeds. RM A7B06,
April 1947.

Dryden, Hugh L.: Some Recent Contribu-
tions to the Study of Transition and
Turbulent Boundary Layers. TN 1168,
April 1947.
Allen, H. Julian and Nitzberg, Gerald E.:
The Effect of Compressibility on the
Growth of the Laminar Boundary Layer
on Low-Drag Wings and Bodies.
TN 1255, April 1947.

Regenscheit, B.: Drag Reduction by Suc-
tion of the Boundary-Layer Separated
Behind Shock Wave Formation at High
Mach Numbers. TM 1168, July 1947.

Lees, Lester: The Stability of the Lami-
nar Boundary-Layer in a Compressible
Fluid. TN 1360, July 1947.

Graham, Donald J.: High-Speed Tests of
an Airfoil Section Cambered to Have
Critical Mach Numbers Higher than
Those Attainable with a Uniform-Load
Mean Line. TN 1396, July 1947.

Stevenson, David B. and Byrne, Robert W.:
High-Speed Wind-Tunnel Tests of an
NACA 16-009 Airfoil Having a 32.9-
Percent-Chord Flap with an Overhang
20.7 Percent of the Flap Chord.
TN 1406, Aug. 1947.

Stevenson, David B. and Adler, Alfred A.:
High-Speed Wind-Tunnel Tests of an
NACA 0009-64 Airfoil Having a 33.4-
Percent-Chord Flap with an Overhang
20.1 Percent of the Flap Chord.
TN 1417, Sept. 1947.

Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall, Stewart:
Some Fundamental Similarities Between
Boundary -Layer Flow at Transonic
and Low Speeds. TN 1623, June 1948.
Tucker, Warren A.: Notes on Geared
Tabs at Supersonic Speeds. RM L7L04,
July 1948.

Ivey, H. Reese; Klunker, E. Bernard and
Bowen, Edward N.: A Mothod for
Determining the Aerodynamic Char-
acteristics of Two- and Three-Di-
mensional Shapes at Hypersonic Speeds.
TN 1613, July 1948.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 69


Mach No. Effects Wing Sections (Cont.)

Loftin, Laurence K., Jr. and Cohen, Ken-
neth S.: An Evaluation of the Char-
acteristics of a 10-Percent-Thick
NACA 66-Series Airfoil Section with a
Special Mean-Camber Line Designed
to Produce a High Critical Mach
Number. TN 1633, July 1948.

Daley, Bernard N. and Humphreys, Milton
D.: Effects of Compressibility on the
Flow Past Thick Airfoil Sections.
TN 1657, July 1948.
Lindsey, W. F.; Stevenson, D. B. and
Daley, Bernard N.: Aerodynamic
Characteristics of 24 NACA 16-Series
Airfoils at Mach Numbers Between
0.3 and 0.8. TN 1546, Sept. 1948.

Wall, Nancy E.: Chordwise Pressure
Distributions on a 12-Foot-Span Wing
of NACA 66-Series Airfoil Sections up
to a Mach Number of 0.60. TN 1696,
Oct. 1948.

Murray, Harry E.: Comparison with Ex-
periment of Several Methods of Pre-
dicting the Lift of Wings in Subsonic
Compressible Flow. TN 1739, Oct.
1948.
Ivey, H. Reese and Morrissette, Robert R.:
An Approximate Determination of the
Lift of Slender Cylindrical Bodies and
Wing-Body Combinations at Very High
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1740, Oct.
1948.
Emmons, Howard W.: Flow of a Com-
pressible Fluid Past a Symmetrical
Airfoil in a Wind-Tunnel and in Free
Air. TN 1746, Nov. 1948.

Graham, Donald J.: The Development of
Cambered Airfoil Sections Having
Favorable Lift Characteristics at
Supercritical Mach Numbers. TN 1771,
Dec. 1948.

Luoma, Arvo A.: An Investigation of the
Section Characteristics of Plain Un-
sealed Ailerons on an NACA 66,1-115
Airfoil Section in the Langley 8-Foot
High-Speed Tunnel. TN 1596,
Jan. 1949.

Nitzberg, Gerald E. and Crandall,Stewart:
A Study of Flow Changes Associated
with Airfoil Section Drag Rise at Su -
percritical Speeds. TN 1813,
Feb. 1949.

Kalikhman, L. E.: Heat Transmission in
the Boundary-Layer. TM 1229,
April 1949.


Daley, Bernard N. and Hanna, Lillian E.:
Subsonic Two -Dimensional -Flow Con-
ditions Near an Airfoil Determined by
Static Pressures Measured at the
Tunnel Wall. TN 1873, April 1949.

Gdthert, B.: Airfoil Measurements in the
DVL High-Speed Wind Tunnel (2.7-
Meter Diameter). TM 1240, June 1949.

Costello, George R.: Method of Designing
Airfoils with Prescribed Velocity
Distributions in Compressible Potential
Flows. TN 1913, Aug. 1949.


COMPLETE WINGS

(1.2.2)
Aerodynamic Characteristics of Aerofoils.
Rept. 93, 1921.
Sixth Meeting of the Members of the
German Scientific Association for
Aeronautics. TM 20, April 1921.

Aerodynamic Characteristics of Airfoils -
III. (Continuation of Rept's. 93 and 124).
Rept. 182, 1924.
Aerodynamic Characteristics of Airfoils -
IV. (Continuation of Rept's. 93, 124, and
182). Rept. 244, 1926.
Shoemaker, James M.: Resistance of a
Fifteen-Centimeter Disk. TN 252,
Dec. 1926.

Seiferth, R.: Investigation of a Wing with
an Auxiliary Upper Part. TM 418,
June 1927.

Reid, Elliott G.: Airfoil Lift with Chang-
ing Angle of Attack. TN 266, Sept.
1927.
Aerodynamic Characteristics of Airfoils -
V. (Continuation of Rept's. 93, 124,
182, and 244). Rept. 286, 1928.
Knight, Montgomery and Loeser, Oscar,
Jr.: Pressure Distribution over a
Rectangular Monoplane Wing Model up
to 900 Angle of Attack. Rept. 288,
1928.

Carroll, Thomas: The Effect on Per-
formance of a Cutaway Center Section.
TN 273, Jan. 1928.

Rhode, R. V.: Pressure Distribution on
Wing Ribs of the VE-7 and TS Air-
planes in Flight. II Pull-Ups. TN
277, Jan. 1928.
Gough, Melvin N.: The Effect of Fillets
Between Wings and Fuselage on the
Drag and Propulsive Efficiency of an
Airplane. TN 299, Oct. 1928.






AERODYNAMICS
70 WINGS (1.2)


Complete Wings (Cont.)

Loeser, Oscar E., Jr.: Pressure Distri-
bution Tests on PW-9 Wing Models
From -18' Through 900 Angle of Attack
Rept. 296, 1929.
Aerodynamic Characteristics of Airfoils -
VI. (Continuation of Rept's. 93, 124,
182, 244, and 286). Rept. 315, 1929.

Louden, F. A.: Collection of Wind-Tunnel
Data on Commonly Used Wing Sections.
Rept. 331, 1929.
Weick, Fred E.: Full Scale Investigation
of the Drag of a Wing Radiator.
TN 318, Sept. 1929.
Rhode, Richard V. and Pearson, Henry A.:
A Method for Computing Leading-Edge
Loads. Rept. 413, 1931.

Sherman, Albert: The Aerodynamic Ef-
fects of Wing Cut-Outs. Rept. 480,
1934.
De Lajarte, A. Durfaure: Chief Charac-
teristics and Advantages of Tailless
Airplanes. TM 794, May 1936.

Pearson, E. 0. Jr.; Evans, A. J. and West,
F. E., Jr.: Effects of Compressibility
on the Maximum Lift Characteristics
and Spanwise Load Distribution of a
12-Foot-Span Fighter-Type Wing of
NACA 230-Series Airfoil Sections.
ACR L5G10 (WR L-51), Nov. 1945.

Margolis, Kenneth: Supersonic Wave Drag
of Sweptback Tapered Wings at Zero
Lift. TN 1448, Oct. 1947.
Evvard, John C. and Turner, L. Richard:
Theoretical Lift Distribution and Up-
wash Velocities for Thin Wings at
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1484, Nov.
1947.
Lange/Wacke: Test Report on Three- and
Six-Component Measurements on a
Series of Tapered Wings of Small
Aspect Ratio. (Partial Report: Tri-
angular Wing). TM 1176, May 1948.

Buschner, R.: On the Installation of Jet
Engine Nacelles on a Wing. Fourth
Partial Report: Pressure -Distribution
Measurements on a Sweptback Wing
with Jet Engine Nacelle. TM 1226,
July 1949.

WING THEORY
(1.2.2.1)
De Bothezat, George: An Introduction to
the Study of the Laws of Air Resistance
of Aerofoils. Rept. 28, 1920.

Parker, H. F.: The Parker Variable
Camber Wing. Rept. 77, 1920.


Prandtl, L.: Applications of Modern
Hydrodynamics to Aeronautics.
Rept. 116, 1921.

National Advisory Committee for Aero-
nautics. The Minimum Induced Drag
of Aerofoils. Rept. 121, 1921.

Le Sueur: Analytical Methods for Com-
puting the Polar Curves of Airplanes.
TM 8, March 1921.

Von Mises, R,: Lift Theory of Supporting
Surfaces. SecondArticle. TM 41, 1921.

Prandtl, L.: Effects of Varying the Rela-
tive Vertical Position of Wing and
Fuselage. TN 75, Dec. 1921.

Munk, Max M.: General Biplane Theory.
Rept. 151, 1922.

Diehl, Walter S.: Effect of Aerofoil Aspect
Ratio on the Slope of the Lift Curve.
TN 79, Jan. 1922.

Wieselsberger, C.: Wing Resistance Near
the Ground. TM 77, April 1922.

Munk, Max M.: The Twisted Wing with
Elliptical Plan Form. TN 109,
Aug. 1922.

Mises: Location of Center of Pressure of
Airplane Wings. TM 165, Nov. 1922.

Delanghe, C.: Marcel Besson Wing Sec-
tions. TM 180, Jan. 1923.

Munk, Max M.: Elements of the Wing
Section Theory and of the Wing
Theory. Rept. 191, 1924.

Von Sanden, H.: Interference of Multi-
plane Wings Having Elliptical Lift
Distribution. TN 181, Feb. 1924.
Prandtl, L.: Induced Drag of Multiplanes.
TN 182, March 1924.

Scarborough, James B.: Some Problems
on the Lift and Rolling Moment of Air-
plane Wings. Rept. 200, 1925.

Ames, Joseph S.: A R6sum6 of the Ad-
vances in Theoretical Aeronautics
Made by Max M. Munk. Rept. 213,
1925.

Blumenthal, Otto: Pressure Distribution
on Joukowski Wings. TM 336, Oct.
1925.

Panetti, M.: Recent Progress in the
Theoretical Deduction of Airplane
Wings. TM 338, Nov. 1925.
Frey, Kurt: Experiments with Rotating
Cylinders in Combination with Airfoils.
TM 382, Sept. 1926.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 71


Theory Complete Wings (Con t.)

Reid, Elliott G.: A Full-Scale Investiga-
tion of Ground Effect. Rept. 265, 1927.
Hemke, Paul E.: Drag of Wings with End
Plates. Rept. 267, 1927.

Fairbanks, A. J.: Pressure Distribution
Tests on PW-9 Wing Models Showing
Effects of Biplane Interference.
Rept. 271, 1927.

Higgins, George J.: The Prediction of
Airfoil Characteristics. Rept. 312,
1929.

Durand, W. F.: A Proof of the Theorem
Regarding the Distribution of Lift over
the Span for Minimum Induced Drag.
Rept. 349, 1929.

Wieselsberger, C.: Theoretical Investi-
gation of the Effect of the Ailerons on
the Wing of an Airplane. TM 510,
April 1929.

Betz, A. and Petersohn E.: Contribution
to the Aileron Theory. TM 542,
Dec. 1929.

Betz, A.: The Vortex Theory and Its Sig-
nificance in Aviation. Part I. Vortex
Theory. Part H. Wing Theory.
TM 576, July 1930.

Knight, Montgomery and Noyes, Richard
W.: Span-Load Distribution as a Fac-
tor in Stability in Roll. Rept. 393, 1931.

Arsandaux, L.: Investigation of Certain
Wing Shapes with Sections Varying
Progressively Along the Span. TM 617,
April 1931.

Haus, Fr.: The Use of Slots for Increas-
ing the Lift of Airplane Wings. TM
635, Aug. 1931.
Topfer, Carl: Lift Distribution and Longi-
tudinal Stability of an Airplane.
TM 641, Oct. 1931.

Kuhn, Paul: Working Charts for the De-
termination of the Lift Distribution
Between Biplane Wings. Rept. 445,
1932.

Betz, A. and Lotz, J.: Reduction of Wing
Lift by the Drag. TM 681, Aug. 1932.

Diehl, Walter S.: Relative Loading on
Biplane Wings. Rept. 458, 1933.

Diehl, Walter S.: Relative Loading on
Biplane Wings of Unequal Chords.
Rept. 501, 1934.
Wieselsberger, C.: Contribution to the
Mutual Interference of Wing and
Propeller. TM 754, Sept. 1934.


Schrenk, 0.: Experiments with Suction-
Type Wings. TM 773, Aug. 1935.
Lippisch, A.: Method for the Determina-
tion of the Spanwise Lift Distribution.
TM 778, Oct. 1935.

Garrick, I. E.: Potential Flow About
Arbitrary Biplane Wing Sections.
Rept. 542, 1936.
Garrick, I. E.: Propulsion of a Flapping
and Oscillating Airfoil. Rept. 567,
1936.
Pearson, H. A.: Span Load Distribution
for Tapered Wings with Partial-Span
Flaps. Rept. 585, 1937.

Pistolesi, E.: Ground Effect Theory
and Practice. TM 828, June 1937.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Rhode, R. V.:
Airfoil Section Characteristics as Ap-
plied to the Prediction of Air Forces
and Their Distribution on Wings.
Rept. 631, 1938.

Schrenk, 0.: Model Experiments on the
Forces and Moments Acting on an End
Plate Fitted to a Wing. TM 855,
April 1938.
Mangler, W.: The Lift Distribution of
Wings with End Plates. TM 856,
April 1938.
Jones, Robert T.: Operational Treatment
of the Nonuniform-Lift Theory in Air-
plane Dynamics. TN 667, Oct. 1938.

Jones, Robert T.: The Unsteady Lift of a
Finite Wing. TN 682, Jan. 1939.

Kuchemann, D.: Investigation of the Lift
Distribution over the Separate Wings
of a Biplane. TM 889, March 1939.

Schlichting, H.: Airfoil Theory at Super-
sonic Speed. TM 897, June 1939.
Sherman, Albert: A Simple Method of
Obtaining Span Load Distributions.
TN 732, Oct. 1939.

Franke, A. and Weinig, F.: The Effect of
the Slipstream on an Airplane Wing.
TM 920, Nov. 1939.

Jones, Robert T.: The Unsteady Lift of a
Wing of Finite Aspect Ratio. Rept. 681,
1940.
Wetmore, J. W. and Turner, L. I., Jr.:
Determination of Ground Effect from
Tests of a Glider in Towed Flight.
Rept. 695, 1940.

Jones, Robert T. and Fehlner, Leo F.:
Transient Effects of the Wing Wake on
the Horizontal Tail. TN 771, Aug.
1940.






AERODYNAMIC S
72 WINGS (1.2)


Theory Complete Wings (Cont.)

Schrenk, 0.: A Simple Approximation
Method for Obtaining the Spanwise Lift
Distribution. TM 948, Aug. 1940.

Schmieden, C.: Flow Around Wings Ac-
companied by Separation of Vortices.
TM 961, Dec. 1940.
Ames, Milton B., Jr. and Sears, Richard I.:
Determination of Control-Surface
Characteristics from NACA Plain-Flap
and Tab Data. TN 796, Feb. 1941.

Krienes, Klaus: The Elliptic Wing Based
on the Potential Theory. TM 971,
March 1941.

Muse, Thomas C. and Neely, Robert H.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
Low-Drag Tapered Wing with Straight
Trailing Edge and Simple Split Flaps.
ACR, Dec. 1941.

Cohen, Doris: Theoretical Distribution of
Load over a Swept-Back Wing. ARR
(WR L-221), Oct. 1942.
Harmon, Sidney M.: Additional Design
Charts Relating to the Stalling of
Tapered Wings. ARR (WR L-271),
Jan. 1943.

Swanson, Robert S. and Gillis, Clarence
L.: Limitations of Lifting-Line Theory
for Estimation of Aileron Hinge-Mo-
ment Characteristics. CB 3L02 (WR
L-281), Dec. 1943.
Hildebrand, Francis B.: A Least-Squares
Procedure for the Solution of the Lift-
ing-Line Integral Equation. TN 925,
Feb. 1944.
Putnam, Abbott A.: An Analysis of Life
Expectancy of Airplane Wings in Nor-
mal Cruising Flight. Rept. 805, 1945.

Cohen, Doris: A Method for Determining
the Camber and Twist of a Surface to
Support a Given Distribution of Lift.
Rept. 826, 1945.

Crane, Robert M.: Computation of Hinge-
Moment Characteristics of Horizontal
Tails from Section Data. CB 5B05
(WR A-11), April 1945.

Swanson, Robert S. and Priddy, E.
LaVerne: Lifting-Surface -Theory
Values of the Damping in Roll and of
the Parameter Used in Estimating
Aileron Stick Forces. ARR L5F23
(WR L-53), Aug. 1945.

Jones, Robert T.: Properties of Low-
Aspect-Ratio Pointed Wings at Speeds
Below and Above the Speed of Sound.
Rept. 835, 1946.


Brown, Clinton E.: Theoretical Lift and
Drag of Thin Triangular Wings at
Supersonic Speeds. Rept. 839, 1946.

Jones, Robert T.: Thin Oblique Airfoils at
Supersonic Speed. Rept. 851, 1946.
Jones, Robert T.: Wing Plan Forms for
High-Speed Flight. Rept. 863, 1946.
Murray, Harry E.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of End-Plate Effects of Hori-
zontal Tails on a Vertical Tail Com-
pared with Available Theory. TN 1050,
April 1946.

Crandall, Stewart M.: Lifting-Surface-
Theory Results for Thin Elliptic Wings
of Aspect Ratio 3 with Chordwise
Loadings Corresponding to 0.5-Chord
Plain Flap and to Parabolic-Arc
Camber. TN 1064, May 1946.

Jones, Robert T.: Wing Planforms for
High-Speed Flight. Rept. 863, 1947.

Sivells, James C. and Neely, Robert H.:
Method for Calculating Wing Charac-
teristics by Lifting-Line Theory Using
Nonlinear Section Lift Data. Rept. 865,
1947.

Jones, Robert T.: Effects of Sweepback on
Boundary-Layer and Separation.
Rept. 884, 1947.

Thiel, A. and Weissinger, J.: Pressure-
Distribution Measurements on a
Straight and on a 350 Swept-Back
Tapered Wing. TM 1126, Jan. 1947.

Blenk, Hermann: The Monoplane as a
Lifting Vortex Surface. TM 1111,
Feb. 1947.

Swanson, Robert S. and Crandall, Stewart
M.: Lifting -Surface -Theory Aspect-
Ratio Corrections to the Lift and
Hinge-Moment Parameters for Full-
Span Elevators on Horizontal Tail
Surfaces. TN 1175, Feb. 1947.

Reissner, Eric: Effect of Finite Span on
the Airload Distributions for Oscil-
lating Wings. I Aerodynamic Theory
of Oscillating Wings of Finite Span.
TN 1194, March 1947.

Busemann, Adolf: Infinitesimal Conical
Supersonic Flow. TM 1100, March
1947.

Swanson, Robert S.; Crandall, Stewart M.
and Miller, Sadie: A Lifting-Surface-
Theory Solution and Tests of an Ellip-
tic Tail Surface of Aspect Ratio 3 with
a 0.5-Chord 0.85-Span Elevator.
TN 1275, May 1947.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 73


Theory Complete Wings (Cont.)

Ribner, Herbert S.: A Transonic Pro-
peller of Triangular Plan Form.
TN 1303, May 1947.

Jones, Robert T.: Subsonic Flow over
Thin Oblique Airfoils at Zero Lift.
TN 1340, June 1947.

Jacobs, W.: Pressure -Distribution Meas -
urements on Unyawed Swept-Back
Wings. TM 1164, July 1947.

Evvard, John C.: Distribution of Wave
Drag and Lift in the Vicinity of Wing
Tips at Supersonic Speeds. TN 1382,
July 1947.

Weinig, F.: Lift and Drag of Wings with
Small Span. TM 1151, Aug. 1947.

Heaslet, Max A.; Lomax, Harvard and
Jones, Arthur L.: Volterra's Solution
of the Wave Equation as Applied to
Three -Dimensional Supersonic Airfoil
Problems. TN 1412, Aug. 1947.

Jones, Arthur L.; Flanagan, Mildred G.
and Sluder, Loma: An Application of
Lifting-Surface Theory to the Predic-
tion of Angle -of-Attack Hinge -Moment
Parameters for Aspect Ratio 4.5 Wings.
TN 1420, Aug. 1947.

Sivells, James C.: Experimental and Cal-
culated Characteristics of Three Wings
of NACA 64-210 and 65-210 Airfoil
Sections with and Without 20 Washout.
TN 1422, Aug. 1947.

Evvard, John C.: The Effects of Yawing
Thin Pointed Wings at Supersonic
Speeds. TN 1429, Sept. 1947.

Reissner, Eric and Stevens, John E.: Ef-
fect of Finite Span on the A irload
Distributions for Oscillating Wings.
II Methods of Calculation and Ex-
amples of Application. TN 1195,
Oct. 1947.

Harmon, Sidney M.: Theoretical Super-
sonic Wave Drag of Untapered Swept-
back and Rectangular Wings at Zero
Lift. TN 1449, Oct. 1947.

Van Dorn, Nicholas H. and DeYoung, John:
A Comparison of Three Theoretical
Methods of Calculating Span Load
Distribution on Swept Wings. TN 1476,
Nov. 1947.
Evvard, John C. and Turner, L. Richard:
Theoretical Lift Distribution and Up-
wash Velocities for Thin Wings at
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1484, Nov.
1947.


Nielsen, Jack N.: Effect of Aspect Ratio
and Taper on the Pressure Drag at
Supersonic Speeds of Unswept Wings
at Zero Lift. TN 1487, Nov. 1947.

DeYoung, John: Theoretical Additional
Span Loading Characteristics of Wings
with Arbitrary Sweep, Aspect Ratio,
and Taper Ratio. TN 1491, Dec. 1947.

Heaslet, Max. A. and Lomax, Harvard: The
Use of Source-Sink and Doublet Dis-
tributions Extended to the Solution of
Arbitrary Boundary Value Problems
in Supersonic Flow. TN 1515, Jan.
1948.

Jones, Arthur L. and Sluder, Loma: An
Application of Falkner's Surface-
Loading Method to Prediction of Hinge-
Moment Parameters for Swept-back
Wings. TN 1506, Feb. 1948.

Margolis, Kenneth: Effect of Chordwise
Location of Maximum Thickness on
the Supersonic Wave Drag of Swept-
back Wings. TN 1543, March 1948.

Jones, Arthur L. and Alksne, Alberta:
The Damping Due to Roll of Triangu-
lar, Trapezoidal, and Related Plan
Forms in Supersonic Flow. TN 1548,
March 1948.

Moeckel, W. E.: Effect of Yaw at Super-
sonic Speeds on Theoretical Aerody-
namic Coefficients of Thin Pointed
Wings with Several Types of Trailing
Edge. TN 1549, March 1948.

Cohen, Doris: The Theoretical Lift of
Flat Swept-Back Wings at Supersonic
Speeds. TN 1555, March 1948.

Dods, Jules B., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Horizontal Tails. I Unswept
and 350 Swept-Back Plan Forms of
Aspect Ratio 3. RM A7K24, April
1948.

Brown, Clinton E. and Adams, Mac C.:
Damping in Pitch and Roll of Triangu-
lar Wings at Supersonic Speeds.
TN 1566, April 1948.

Diederich, Franklin W.: A Simple Ap-
proximate Method for Obtaining Span-
wise Lift Distributions over Swept
Wings. RM L7107, May 1948.
Toll, Thomas A. and Queijo, M. J.: Ap-
proximate Relations and Charts for
Low -Speed Stability Derivatives of
Swept Wings. TN 1581, May 1948.

Evvard, John C.: Theoretical Distribution
of Lift on Thin Wings at Supersonic
Speeds (An Extension). TN 1585,
May 1948.


M(61371 0 50-o






AERODYNAMICS
74 WINGS (1.2)


Theory Complete Wings (Cont.)

Heaslet, Max A. and Lomax, Harvard: The
Calculation of Downwash Behind Su-
personic Wings with an Application to
Triangular Plan Forms. TN 1620,
June 1948.

Spreiter, John R.: Aerodynamic Proper-
ties of Slender Wing-Body Combina-
tions at Subsonic, Transonic, and
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1662, July
1948.

Margolis, Kenneth: Supersonic Wave Drag
of Nonlifting Sweptback Tapered Wings
with Mach Lines Behind the Line of
Maximum Thickness. TN 1672, Aug.
1948.

Cohen, Clarence B. and Evvard, John C.:
Graphical Method of Obtaining Theo-
retical Lift Distributions on Thin
Wings at Supersonic Speeds. TN 1676,
Aug. 1948.
Mirels, Harold: Theoretical Wave Drag
and Lift of Thin Supersonic Ring Air-
foils. TN 1678, Aug. 1948.
Lagerstrom, P. A.: Linearized Super-
sonic Theory of Conical Wings.
TN 1685, Aug. 1948.

Moeckel, W. E. and Evvard, J. C.: Load
Distributions Due to Steady Roll and
Pitch for Thin Wings at Supersonic
Speeds. TN 1689, Aug. 1948.
Bollech, Thomas V.: Experimental and
Calculated Characteristics of Several
High-Aspect -Ratio Tapered Wings In-
corporating NACA 44-Series, 230-
Series, and Low-Drag 64-Series Air-
foil Sections. TN 1677, Sept. 1948.

Evvard, John C.: A Linearized Solution
for Time-Dependent Velocity Poten-
tials Near Three -Dimensional Wings
at Supersonic Speeds. TN 1699,
Sept. 1948.

Jones, Arthur L.; Spreiter, John R. and
Alksne, Alberta: The Rolling Moment
Due to Sideslip of Triangular, Trape-
zoidal, and Related Plan Forms in
Supersonic Flow. TN 1700, Sept. 1948.
Toll, Thomas A. and Schneiter, Leslie E.:
Approximate Relations for Hinge-
Moment Parameters of Control Sur-
faces on Swept Wings at Low Mach
Numbers. TN 1711, Oct. 1948.

Cohen, Clarence B.: Influence of Lead-
ing-Edge Suction on Lift-Drag Ratios
of Wings at Supersonic Speeds.
TN 1718, Oct. 1948.


Queijo, M. J. and Jaquet, Byron M.: Cal-
culated Effects of Geometric Dihedral
on the Low-Speed Rolling Derivatives
of Swept Wings. TN 1732, Oct. 1948.

Murray, Harry E.: Comparison with Ex-
periment of Several Methods of Pre-
dicting the Lift of Wings in Subsonic
Compressible Flow. TN 1739, Oct.
1948.

Ivey, H. Reese and Morrissette, Robert R.:
An Approximate Determination of the
Lift of Slender Cylindrical Bodies and
Wing-Body Combinations at Very High
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1740, Oct.
1948.

Harmon, Sidney M.: Stability Derivatives
of Thin Rectangular Wings at Super-
sonic Speeds. Wing Diagonals Ahead
of Tip Mach Lines. TN 1706, Nov.
1948.

Mirels, Harold: Theoretical Method for
Solution of Aerodynamic Forces on
Thin Wings in Nonuniform Supersonic
Stream with an Application to Tail
Surfaces. TN 1736, Nov. 1948.
Stevens, Victor I.: Theoretical Basic
Span Loading Characteristics of Wings
with Arbitrary Sweep, Aspect Ratio,
and Taper Ratio. TN 1772, Dec. 1948.
Nielsen, Jack N. and Perkins, Edward W.:
Charts for the Cnnical Part of the
Down i Field of Sw2pt Wings at
Super. onic Speeds. TN 1780, Dec.
1948.

Malvestuto, Frank S., Jr. and Margolis,
Kenneth: Theoretical Stability De -
rivatives of Thin Sweptback Wings
Tapered to a Point with Sweptback or
Sweptforward Trailing Edges for a
Limited Range of Supersonic Speeds.
TN 1761, Jan. 1949.

Margolis, Kenneth: Effect of Thickness on
the Lateral Force and Yawing Moment
of a Sideslipping Delta Wing at Super-
sonic Speeds. TN 1798, Jan. 1949.

Lomax, Harvard and Sluder, Loma: Down-
wash in the Vertical and Horizontal
Planes of Symmetry Behind a Triangu-
lar Wing in Supersonic Flow. TN 1803,
Jan. 1949.
Baldwin, Barrett S., Jr.: Triangular Wings
Cambered and Twisted to Support
Specified Distributions of Lift at
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1816, Feb.
1949.

Heaslet, Max. A.; Lomax, Harvard and
Spreiter, John R.: Linearized Com-
pressible-Flow Theory for Sonic Flight
Speeds. TN 1824, March 1949.





AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 75


Theory Complete Wings (Cont.)

Bird, John D.: Some Theoretical Low-
Speed Span Loading Characteristics of
Swept Wings in Roll and Sideslip.
TN 1839, March 1949.
Heaslet, Max. A. and Lomax, Harvard:
The Application of Green's Theorem
to the Solution of Boundary-Value
Problems in Linearized Supersonic
Wing Theory. TN 1767, April 1949.

Jones, Arthur L. and Alksne, Albert: The
Yawing Moment Due to Sideslip of
Triangular, Trapezoidal, and Related
Plan Forms in Supersonic Flow.
TN 1850, April 1949.

Fisher, Lewis R.: Approximate Correc-
tions for the Effects of Compressibility
on the Subsonic Stability Derivatives of
Swept Wings. TN 1854, April 1949.
Poihamus, Edward C.: A Simple Method
of Estimating the Subsonic Lift and
Damping in Roll of Sweptback Wings.
TN 1862, April 1949.

Malvestuto, Frank S., Jr.; Margolis, Ken-
neth and Ribner, Herbert S.: Theoreti-
cal Lilt, and Damping in Roll of Thin
Sweptback Wings of Arbitrary Taper
and Sweep at Supersonic Speeds. Sub-
sonic Leading Edges and Supersonic
Trailing Edges. TN 1860, April 1949.

Spreiter, John R.: Aerodynamic Proper-
ties of Cruciform-Wing and Body
Combinations at Subsonic, Transonic,
and Supersonic Speeds. TN 1897,
June 1949.

Mirels, Harold and Haefeli, Rudolph C.:
Line-Vortex Theory for Calculation of
Supersonic Downwash. TN 1925,
Aug. 1949.

Goodman, Alex and Adair, Glenn H.:
Estimation of the Damping in Roll of
Wings Through the Normal Flight
Range of Lift Coefficient. TN 1924,
July 1949.

Nielsen, Jack N. and Matteson, Frederick
H.: Calculative Method for Estimating
the Interference Pressure Field at
Zero Lift on a Symmetrical Swept-Back
Wing Mounted on a Circular Cylindri-
cal Body. RM A9E 19, Aug. 1949.

WING VARIABLES
(1.2.2.2)
Norton, F. H.: The Effect of Staggering
a Biplane. TN 70, Sept. 1921.

Norton, F. H.: An Investigation on the
Effect of Raked Wing Tips. TN 69,
Nov. 1921.


Zahm, A. F.; Bear, R. M. and Hill, G. C.:
Lift and Drag Effects of Wing-Tip
Rake. Rept. 140, 1922.

Munk, Max M.: General Biplane Theory.
Rept. 151, 1922.
Munk, Max M.: The Twisted Wing with
Elliptical Plan Form. TN 109,
Aug. 1922.
Higgins, George J.: The Comparison of
Well-Known and New Wing Sections
Tested in the Variable Density Wind
Tunnel. TN 219, May 1925.
Panetti, M.: Recent Progress in the
Theoretical Deduction of Airplane
Wings. TM 338, Nov. 1925.

Munk, Max M.: The Air Forces on a Sys-
tematic Series of Biplane and Triplane
Cellule Models. Rept. 256, 1927.

Rhode, R. V.: Pressure Distribution on
Wing Ribs of the VE-7 and TS Air-
planes in Flight. TN 267, Oct. 1927.
Mock, Richard M.: The Distribution of
Loads Between the Wings of a Biplane
Having Decalage. TN 269, Nov. 1927.

Shoemaker, James M.: Preliminary Bi-
plane Tests in the Variable Density
Wind Tunnel. TN 289, June 1928.
Durand, W. F.: A Proof of the Theorem
Regarding the Distribution of Lift over
the Span for Minimum Induced Drag.
Rept. 349, 1929.
Knight, Montgomery and Noyes, Richard
W.: Wind Tunnel Pressure Distribu-
tion Tests on a Series of Biplane Wing
Models. I. Effects of Changes in
Stagger and Gap. TN 310, July 1929.
Knight, Montgomery and Noyes, Richard
W.: Wind Tunnel Pressure Distribu-
tion Tests on a Series of Biplane Wing
Models. H. Effects of Changes in
Decalage, Dihedral, Sweepback and
Overhang. TN 325, Oct. 1929.
Knight, Montgomery and Noyes, Richard
W.: Wind Tunnel Pressure Distribu-
tion Tests on a Series of Biplane Wing
Models. I. Effects of Changes in
Various Combinations of Stagger, Gap,
Sweepback, and Decalage. TN 330,
Dec. 1929.
Knight, Montgomery and Noyes, Richard
W.: Span Load Distribution on Two
Monoplane Wing Models as Affected by
Twist and Sweepback. TN 346,
July 1930.

Arsandaux, L.: Investigation of Certain
Wing Shapes with Sections Varying
Progressively Along the Span. TM
617, April 1931.





AERODYNAMICS
76 WINGS (1.2)


Variables Complete Wings (Cont.)

Kuhn, Paul: Working Charts for the De-
termination of the Lift Distribution
Between Biplane Wings. Rept. 445,
1932.
Betz, A. and Lotz, J.: Reduction of Wing
Lift by the Drag. TM 681, Aug. 1932.

Weick, Fred E. and Sanders, Robert:
Wind-Tunnel Tests on Combinations
of a Wing with Fixed Auxiliary Air -
foils Having Various Chords and Pro-
files. Rept. 472, 1933.
Anderson, Raymond F.: Charts for De-
termining the Pitching Moment of
Tapered Wings with Sweepback and
Twist. TN 483, Dec. 1933.

Diehl, Walter S.: Relative Loading on
Biplane Wings of Unequal Chords.
Rept. 501, 1934.

Shortal, Joseph A.: Effect of Tip Shape
and Dihedral on Lateral -Stability
Characteristics. Rept. 548, 1935.
Dlitwyler, G.: Calculations of the Effect
of Wing Twist on the Air Forces
Acting on a Monoplane Wing. TN 520,
March 1935.
Bamber, M. J. and House, R. 0.: Spinning
Characteristics of Wings. III A
Rectangular and a Tapered Clark Y
Monoplane Wing with Rounded Tips.
TN 612, Sept. 1937.

Donely, Philip: An Experimental Investi-
gation of the Normal Acceleration of
an Airplane Model in a Gust. TN 706,
May 1939.
Martinov, A. and Kolosov, E.: Some Data
on the Static Longitudinal Stability and
Control of Airplanes (Design of Con-
trol Surfaces). TM 941, May 1940.
Jones, Robert T.: Notes on the Stability
and Control of Tailless Airplanes.
TN 837, Dec. 1941.

Fairbanks, Richard W. and Alexander,
Sidney R.: Wind-Tunnel Tests of Two
Tapered Wings with Straight Leading
Edges and with Constant-Chord Center
Sections of Different Spans. ARR 3J28
(WR L-311), Oct. 1943.
Hildebrand, Francis B.: A Least-Squares
Procedure for the Solution of the Lift-
ing-Line Integral Equation. TN 925,
Feb. 1944.
Hildebrand, Francis B. and Reissner,
Eric: The Influence of the Aerodynamic
Span Effect on the Magnitude of the
Torsional -Divergence Velocity and on
the Shape of the Corresponding De-
flection Mode. TN 926, Feb. 1944.


Pitkin, Marvin and Maggin, Bernard:
Analysis of Factors Affecting Net Lift
Increment Attainable with Trailing-
Edge Split Flaps on Tailless Airplanes.
ARR L4118 (WR L-164), Sept. 1944.

Gilruth, R. R. and Wetmore, J. W.: Pre-
liminary Tests of Several Airfoil
Models in the Transonic Speed Range.
ACR L5E08, May 1945.
Wallace, Arthur R.; Rossi, Peter F. and
Wells, Evalyn, G.: Wind-Tunnel In-
vestigation of the Effect of Power and
Flaps on the Statis Longitudinal Sta-
bility Characteristics of a Single-
Engine Low-Wing Airplane Model.
TN 1239, April 1947.

Lange, Wacke: Test Report on Three- and
Six-Component Measurements on a
Series of Tapered Wings of Small
Aspect Ratio. TM 1146, June 1947.
Murray, Harry E. and Wells, Evalyn G.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of the Ef-
fect of Wing-Tip Fuel Tanks on Char-
acteristics of Unswept Wings in Steady
Roll. TN 1317, June 1947.

Rolls, L. Stewart: Comparison Between
Flight Measured and Calculated Span
Load Distribution at High Mach Num-
bers. RM A7G17, Nov. 1947.
Lagerstrom, P. A.: Linearized Super-
sonic Theory of Conical Wings.
TN 1685, Aug. 1948.
Tucker, Warren A. and Nelson, Robert L.:
The Flexible Rectangular Wing in Roll
at Supersonic Flight Speeds. TN 1769,
Dec. 1948.
Githert and Rober: Systematic Investiga-
tions of the Effects of Plan Form and
Gap Between the Fixed Surface and
Control Surface on Simple Flapped
Wings. TM 1206, May 1949.
Dupleich, Paul: Rotation in Free Fall of
Rectangular Wings of Elongated Shape.
TM 1201, April 1949.

Profiles
(1.2.2.2.1)
Gorrell, Edgar S. and Martin, H. S.:
Aerofoils and Aerofoil Structural
Combinations. Rept. 18, 1917.
Aerodynamic Characteristics of Aerofoils.
H. By NACA. Rept. 124, 1921.

Norton, F. H.: The Factors that Deter-
mine the Minimum Speed on an Air-
plane. TN 54, March 1921.

Norton, F. H. and Bacon, D. L.: Pressure
Distribution over Thick Aerofoils--
Model Tests. Rept. 150, 1922.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 77


Profiles Complete Wings (Cont.)

Norton, F. H. and Bacon, D. L.: The
Aerodynamic Properties of Thick
Airfoils. II. Rept. 152, 1922.

Diehl, W. S.: Center of Pressure Coeffi-
cients for Aerofoils at High Speeds.
TN 25, April 1922.

Margoulis, W.: Joukowski Wings. TM 78,
April 1922.
Toussaint, A.: Effect of Changing the
Mean Camber of an Airfoil Section.
TM 252, March 1924.
Toussaint, A.: New Application of Prin-
ciple of Variable-Camber Airfoil-
(Lachassagne system). TM 258, April
1924.

Fairbanks, A. J.: Distribution of Pressure
over Model of the Upper Wing and
Aileron of a Fokker D-VII Airplane.
Rept. 254, 1927.

Shoemaker, James M.: Air Force Tests
of Sperry Messenger Model with Six
Sets of Wings. Rept. 269, 1927.
Ackeret, J.: Drag Measurements of Two
Thin Wing Sections at Different Index
Values. TM 417, June 1927.
Knight, Montgomery and Bamber, Millard
J.: Preliminary Report on the Flat-
Top Lift Curve as a Factor in Control
at Low Speed. TN 297, Sept. 1928.
Knight, Montgomery and Wenzinger,
Carl j.: Wind Tunnel Tests on a
Series of Wing Models Through a
Large Angle of Attack Range. I -
Force Tests. Rept. 317, 1929.

Wood, Donald H.: Tests of Large Airfoils
in the Propeller Research Tunnel,
Including Two with Corrugated Sur-
faces. Rept. 336, 1929.

Weick, Fred E.: Tests of Four Racing
Type Airfoils in the Twenty-Foot
Propeller Research Tunnel. TN 317,
Sept. 1929.

Jacobs, Eastman N.; Stack, John and
Pinkerton, Robert M.: Airfoil Pres-
sure Distribution Investigation in the
Variable Density Wind Tunnel. Rept.
353, 1930.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: The Aerodynamic
Characteristics of Eight Very Thick
Airfoils from Tests in the Variable
Density Wind Tunnel. Rept. 391, 1931.

Knight, Montgomery and Noyes, Richard
W.: Span-Load Distribution as a
Factor in Stability in Roll. Rept. 393,
1931.


Ward, Kenneth E.: The Effect of Small
Variations in Profile of Airfoils. TN
361, Jan. 1931.
Anderson, Raymond F.: The Aerodynamic
Characteristics of Three Tapered
Airfoils Tested in the Variable Density
Wind Tunnel. TN 367, Feb. 1931.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Tests of Six Sym-
metrical Airfoils in the Variable
Density Wind Tunnel. TN 385, July
1931.

Pinkerton, Robert M.: Effect of Nose
Shape on the Characteristics of Sym-
metrical Airfoils. TN 386, Aug. 1931.

Defoe, George L.: A Comparison of the
Aerodynamic Characteristics of Three
Normal and Three Reflexed Airfoils
in the Variable Density Wind Tunnel.
TN 388, Aug. 1931.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Series
43 and 63. TN 391, Sept. 1931.
Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable -Density Wind Tunnel. Series
45 and 65. TN 392, Sept. 1931.
Anderson, Raymond F.: The Aerodynamic
Characteristics of Six Commonly Used
Airfoils over a Large Range of Posi-
tive and Negative Angles of Attack.
TN 397, Nov. 1931.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Ward, Kenneth E.:
Tests of NACA Airfoils in the Variable-
Density Wind Tunnel. Series 24. TN
404, Jan. 1932.
Anderson, Raymond F.: The Aerodynamic
Characteristics of Airfoils at Negative
Angles of Attack. TN 412, March 1932.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Characteristics of
Two Sharp-Nosed Airfoils Having Re-
duced Spinning Tendencies. TN 416,
April 1932.

Weick, Fred E. and Scudder, Nathan F.:
The Effect of Lift, Drag, and Spinning
Characteristics of Sharp Leading
Edges on Airplane Wings. TN 447,
Feb. 1933.

Flight, Vol. XXV, No. 40, October 5, 1933:
The Ugo Antoni Wing. MP 38, Nov.
1933.
Anderson, Raymond F.: Charts for De-
termining the Pitching Moment of
Tapered Wings with Sweepback and
Twist. TN 483, Dec. 1933.





AERODYNAMICS
78 WINGS (1.2)


Profiles Complete Wings (Cont.)

Anderson, Raymond F.: Tests of Three
Tapered Airfoils Based on the NACA
2200, the NACA-M6, and the Clark Y
Sections. TN 487, Jan. 1934.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Ward, Kenneth
E.: Interference of Wing and Fuselage
from Tests of 209 Combinations in the
NACA Variable-Density Tunnel.
Rept. 540, 1935.

Anderson, Raymond F.: Determination of
the Characteristics of Tapered Wings.
Rept. 572, 1936.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Pinkerton, Robert
M.: Tests of NACA Airfoils in the
Variable-Density Wind Tunnel. Series
230. TN 567, May 1936.

Goett, Harry J. and Bullivant, W. Kenneth:
Tests of NACA 0009, 0012, and 0018
Airfoils in the Full-Scale Tunnel.
Rept. 647, 1938.

Jones, Robert T.: Correction of the
Lifting-Line Theory for the Effect of
the Chord. TN 817, July 1941.

Nissen, J. M. and White, M. D.: Flight
Investigation of Wing-Gun Fairings on
a Fighter Type Airplane. ACR (WR
L-247), Oct. 1941.

Sivells, James C.: Tests in the 19-Foot
Pressure Tunnel of a Rectangular
NACA 0012 Horizontal Tail Plane
with Plain and Horn-Balanced Ele-
vators. ARR, Oct. 1942.

Gillis, Clarence L.: Characteristics of
Beveled-Trailing -Edge Elevators or, i
Typical Pursuit Fuselage at Attitudes
Simulating Normal Flight and Spin
Conditions. ARR (WR L-391), Dec.
1942.
Ganzer, Victor M.: The Effects of a
Highly Cambered Low-Drag Wing and
of Auxiliary Flaps on the High-Speed
Aerodynamic Characteristics of a
Twin-Engine Pursuit Airplane Model.
CMR (WR A-90), Feb. 1944.

Hall, Charles F. and Mannes, Robert L.:
Longitudinal Characteristics and
Aileron Effectiveness of the XB-42
Airplane from High-Speed Wind-
Tunnel Tests. CMR (WR A-84), Sept.
1944.

Garner, I. Elizabeth: Wind-Tunnel Inves-
tigation of Control-Surface Charac-
teristics. XX Plain and Balanced
Flaps on an NACA 0009 Rectangular
Semispan Tail Surface. ARR L4Illf
(WR L-186), Oct. 1944.


Cohen, Doris: A Method for Determining
the Camber and Twist of a Surface to
Support a Given Distribution of Lift.
Rept. 826, 1945.

Pearson, E. 0., Jr.; Evans, A. J. and
West, F. E., Jr.: Effects of Com-
pressibility on the Maximum Lift
Characteristics and Spanwise Load
Distribution of a 12-Foot-Span Fighter-
Type Wing of NACA 230-Series Airfoil
Sections. ACR L5G10 (WR L-51),
Nov. 1945.

Blenk, Hermann: The Monoplane as a
Lifting Vortex Surface. TM 1111,
Feb. 1947.

Beeler, De E. and Gerard, George: Wake
Measurements Behind a Wing Section
of a Fighter Airplane in Fast Dives.
TN 1190, March 1947.
Lange/Wacke: Test Report on Three- and
Six-Component Measurements on a
Series of Tapered Wings of Small
Aspect Ratio. TM 1146, June 1947.

Sivells, James C.: Experimental and
Calculated Characteristics of Three
Wings of NACA 64-210 and 65-210
Airfoil Sections with and Without 20
Washout. TN 1422, Aug. 1947.

Harmon, Sidney M.: Theoretical Super-
sonic Wave Drag of Untapered Swept-
back and Rectangular Wings at Zero
Lift. TN 1449, Oct. 1947.

Margolis, Kenneth: Effect of Chordwise
Location of Maximum Thickness on
the Supersonic Wave Drag of Swept-
back Wings. TN 1543, March 1948.

Sivells, James C. and Spooner, Stanley H.:
Investigation in the Langley 19-Foot
Pressure Tunnel of Two Wings of
NACA 65-210 and 64-210 Airfoil
Sections with Various Type Flaps.
TN 1579, May 1948.

Bollech, Thomas V.: Experimental and
Calculated Characteristics of Several
High-Aspect-Ratio Tapered Wings
Incorporating NACA 44-Series, 230-
Series, and Low-Drag 64-Series
Airfoil Sections. TN 1677, Sept. 1948.

Lockwood, Vernard E. and Watson, James
M.: Stability and Control Character-
istics at Low Speed of an Airplane
Model Having a 38.70 Sweptback Wing
with Aspect Ratio 4.51, Taper Ratio
0.54, and Conventional Tail Surfaces.
TN 1742, Dec. 1948.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 79


Profiles Complete Wings (Cont.)

Fischel, Jack and Vogler, Raymond D.:
High-Lift and Lateral Control Charac-
teristics of an NACA 652-215 Semispan
Wing Equipped with Plug and Retrac-
table Ailerons and a Full-Span Slotted
Flap. TN 1872, April 1949.

Aspect Ratio
(1.2.2.2.2)

Betz, A.: Influence of Span and Load Per
Square Meter on the Air Forces of the
Supporting Surface. TN 41, March
1921.

Norton, F. H.: The Factors that Deter-
mine the Minimum Speed of an Air-
plane. TN 54, March 1921.
Prepared by Paris Office, NACA: Some
New Tests at the Gottingen Laboratory.
TM 16, April 1921.

Norton, F. H. and Brown, W. G.: Pressure
Distribution over the Rudder and Fin
of an Airplane in Flight. Rept. 149,
1922.

Diehl, Walter S.: Effect of Aerof oil
Aspect Ratio on the Slope of the Lift
Curve. TN 79, Jan. 1922.

Reid, Elliott G.: The Effects of Shielding
the Tips of Airfoils. Rept. 201, 1925.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas
A.: Wind Tunnel Force Tests in Wing
Systems Through Large Angles of
Attack. TN 294, Aug. 1928.

Knight, Montgomery and Wenzinger, Carl
J.: Wind Tunnel Tests on a Series of
Wing Models Through a Large Angle
of Attack Range. I Force Tests.
Rept. 317, 1929.

Zimmerman, C. H.: Characteristics of
Clark Y Airfoils of Small Aspect
Ratios. Rept. 431, 1932.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Anderson,
Raymond F.: Large-Scale Aerody-
namic Characteristics of Airfoils as
Tested in the Variable Density Wind
Tunnel. Rept. 352, 1933.

Zimmerman, C. H.: Aerodynamic Char-
acteristics of Several Airfoils of Low
Aspect Ratio. TN 539, Aug. 1935.

Anderson, Raymon:1 F.: Determination of
the Characteristics of Tapered Wings.
Rept. 572, 1936.

Winter, H.: Flow Phenomena on Plates
and Airfoils of Short Span. TM 798,
July 1936.


Pearson, H. A.: Span Load Distribution
for Tapered Wings with Partial-Span
Flaps. Rept. 585, 1937.
Parsons, John F. and Silverstein, Abe:
Full-Scale Span Load Distribution on a
Tapered Wing with Split Flaps of
Various Spans. TN 591, Feb. 1937.

Pistolesi, E.: Ground Effect Theory and
Practice. TM 828, June 1937.

Silverstein, Abe and Katzoff, S.: Aero-
dynamic Characteristics of Horizontal
Tail Surfaces. Rept. 688, 1940.

Soul6, H. A. and Anderson, R. F.: Design
Charts Relating to the Stalling of
Tapered Wings. Rept. 703, 1940.

Gothert, B.: Effect of Wing Loading,
Aspect Ratio, and Span Loading on
Flight Performances. TM 925, Jan.
1940.

Mutterperl, William: The Calculation of
Span Load Distributions on Swept-
Back Wings. TN 834, Dec. 1941.

Sivells, James C.: Tests in the 19-Foot
Pressure Tunnel of a Rectangular
NACA 0012 Horizontal Tail Plane with
Plain and Horn-Balance Elevators.
ARR, Oct. 1942.

Bamber, M. J.: Effect of Changes in
Aspect Ratio, Side Area, Flight-Path
Angle, and Normal Acceleration on
Lateral Stability. ARR (WR L-403),
Dec. 1942.

Stack, John and Lindsey, W. F.: Charac-
teristics of Low Aspect- Ratio Wings
at Supercritical Mach Numbers. ACR
L5J16, Oct. 1945.

Jones, Robert T.: Properties of Low-
Aspect-Ratio Pointed Wings at Speeds
Below and Above the Speed of Sound.
Rept. 835, 1946.

Brown, Clinton E.: Theoretical Lift and
Drag of Thin Triangular Wings at
Supersonic Speeds. Rept. 839, 1946.

Letko, William and Goodman, Alex: Pre-
liminary Wind-Tunnel Investigation at
Low Speed of Stability and Control
Characteristics of Swept-Back Wings.
TN 1046, April 1946.

Soul6, Hartley A.: Influence of Large
Amounts of Wing Sweep on Stability
and Control Problems of Aircraft.
TN 1088, June 1946.

Shortal, Joseph A. and Maggin, Bernard:
Effect of Sweepback and Aspect Ratio
on Longitudinal Stability Character-
istics of Wings at Low Speeds. TN
1093, July 1946.






AERODYNAMICS
80 WINGS (1.2)


Aspect Patio Complete Wings (Cont.)

Gothert, B.: Plane and Three-Dimensional
Flow at High Subsonic Speeds. TM
1105, Oct. 1946.

Blenk, Hermann: The Monoplane as a
Lifting Vortex Surface. TM 1111,
Feb. 1947.

Swanson, Robert S. and Crandall, Stewart
M.: Lifting-Surface-Theory Aspect-
Ratio Corrections to the Lift and
Hinge-Moment Parameters for Full-
Span Elevators on Horizontal Tail
Surfaces. TN 1175, Feb. 1947.

Ellis, Macon C., Jr. and Hasel, Lowell E.:
Preliminary Tests at Supersonic
Speeds of Triangular and Swept-Back
Wings. RM L6L17, Feb. 1947.

Hunter, P. A. and Vensel, J. R.: A Flight
Investigation to Increase the Safety of
a Light Airplane. TN 1203, March
1947.

Neely, Robert H.; Bollech, Thomas V.;
Westrick, Gertrude C. and Graham,
Robert R.: Experimental and Calcu-
lated Characteristics of Several NACA
44-Series Wings with Aspect Ratios of
8, 10, and 12 and Taper Ratios of 2.5
and 3.5. TN 1270, May 1947.

Lowry, John G. and Schneiter, Leslie E.:
Investigation at Low Speed of the
Longitudinal Stability Characteristics
of a 60 Swept-Back Tapered Low-
Drag Wing. TN 1284, May 1947.

Bates, William R.: Collection and Analysis
of Wind-Tunnel Data on the Character-
istics of Isolated Tail Surfaces with
and Without End Plates. TN 1291,
May 1947.

Ribner, Herbert S.: A Transonic Pro-
peller of Triangular Plan Form. TN
1303, May 1947.

Harmon, Sidney M. and Swanson, Margaret
D.: Calculations of the Supersonic
Wave Drag of Nonlifting Wings with
Arbitrary Sweepback and Aspect Ratio
Wings Swept Behind the Mach Lines.
TN 1319, May 1947.

Hieser, Gerald: Tuft Studies of the Flow
over a Wing at Four Angles of Sweep.
RM L7CO5a, July 1947.

Letko, William and Feigenbaum, David:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Split
Trailing-Edge Lift and Trim Flaps on
a Tapered Wing with 23 Sweepback.
TN 1352, July 1947.


Lange/Wacke: Test Report on Measure-
ments on a Series of Tapered Wings
of Small Aspect Ratio (Trapezoidal
Wing with Fuselage). TM 1129, July
1947.

Heaslet, Max A.; Lomax, Harvard and
Jones, Arthur L.: Volterra's Solution
of the Wave Equation as Applied to
Three-Dimensional Supersonic Airfoil
Problems. TN 1412, Aug. 1947.

Jones, Arthur L.; Flanagan, Mildred G.
and Sluder, Loma: An Application of
Lifting-Surface Theory to the Predic-
tion of Angle-of -Attack Hinge-Moment
Parameters for Aspect Ratio 4.5 Wings.
TN 1420, Aug. 1947.

Weinig, F.: Lift and Drag of Wings with
Small Span. TM 1151, Aug. 1947.

Margolis, Kenneth: Supersonic Wave Drag
of Sweptback Tapered Wings at Zero
Lift. TN 1448, Oct. 1947.

Harmon, Sidney M.: Theoretical Super-
sonic Wave Drag of Untapered Swept-
back and Rectangular Wings at Zero
Lift. TN 1449, Oct. 1947.

Tosti, Louis P.: Low-Speed Static Stability
and Damping-in-Roll Characteristics
of Some Swept and Unswept Low-
Aspect-Ratio Wings. TN 1468, Oct.
1947.

Nielsen, Jack N.: Effect of Aspect Ratio
and Taper on the Pressure Drag at*
Supersonic Speeds of Unswept Wings
at Zero Lift. TN 1487, Nov. 1947.

DeYoung, John: Theoretical Additional
Span Loading Characteristics of Wings
with Arbitrary Sweep, Aspect Ratio,
and Taper Ratio. TN 1491,Dec. 1947.

Jones, Arthur L. and Sluder, Loma: An
Application of Falkner's Surface-
Loading Method to Prediction of Hinge-
Moment Parameters for Swept-back
Wings. TN 1506, Feb. 1948.

Lovell, Powell M., Jr.: The Effect of
Wing Bending Deflection on the Rolling
Moment Due to Sideslip. TN 1541,
Feb. 1948.

Margolis, Kenneth: Effect of Chordwise
Location of Maximum Thickness on
the Supersonic Wave Drag of Swept-
back Wings. TN 1543, March 1948.

Jones, Arthur L. and Alksne, Alberta:
The Damping Due to Roll of Triangu-
lar, Trapezoidal, and Related Plan
Forms in Supersonic Flow. TN 1548,
March 1948.







AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 81


Aspect atio Complete Wings (Cont.)

Cohen, Doris: The Theoretical Lift of
Flat Swept-Back Wings at Supersonic
Speeds. TN 1555, March 1948.

Brown, Clinton E. and Adams, Mac C.:
Damping in Pitch and Roll of Triangu-
lar Wings at Supersonic Speeds. TN
1566, April 1948.
Lange./Wacke: Test Report on Three- and
Six-Component Measurements on a
Series of Tapered Wings of Small
Aspect Ratio. (Partial Report: Tri-
angular Wing.) TM 1176, May 1948.
Toll, Thomas A. and Queijo, M. J.: Ap-
proximate Relations and Charts for
Low-Speed Stability Derivatives of
Swept Wings. TN 1581, May 1948.

McKinney, Marion 0., Jr. and Shanks,
Robert E.: Lateral Stability and Con-
trol Characteristics of a Free-Flying
Model Having an Unswept Wing with an
Aspect Ratio of 2. TN 1658, July 1948.

Stack, John and Lindsey, W. F.: Charac-
teristics of Low-Aspect-Ratio Wings
at Supercritical Mach Numbers. TN
1665, Aug. 1948.
Goodman, Alex and Brewer, Jack D.: In-
vestigation at Low Speeds of the Effect
of Aspect Ratio and Sweep on Static
and Yawing Stability Derivatives of
Untapered Wings. TN 1669, Aug. 1948.
Margolis, Kenneth: Supersonic Wave Drag
of Nonlifting Sweptback Tapered Wings
with Mach Lines Behind the Line of
Maximum Thickness. TN 1672, Aug.
1948.

Bollech, Thomas V.: Experimental and
Calculated Characteristics of Several
High-Aspect-Ratio Tapered Wings In-
corporating NACA 44-Series, 230-
Series, and Low-Drag 64-Series Air-
foil Sections. TN 1677, Sept. 1948.

Jones, Arthur L.; Spreiter, John R. and
Alksne, Alberta: The Rolling Moment
Due to Sideslip of Triangular, Trape-
zoidal, and Related Plan Forms in
Supersonic Flow. TN 1700, Sept. 1948.
Hoggard, H. Page, Jr. and Hagerman,
John R.: Downwash and Wake Behind
Untapered Wings of Various Aspect
Ratios and Angles of Sweep. TN 1703,
Oct. 1948.
Toll, Thomas A. and Schneiter, Leslie E.:
Approximate Relations for Hinge-
Moment Parameters of Control Sur-
faces on Swept Wings at Low Mach
Numbers. TN 1711, Oct. 1948.


Queijo, M. J. and Jaquet, Byron M.: Cal-
culated Effects of Geometric Dihedral
on the Low-Speed Rolling Derivatives
of Swept Wings. TN 1732, Oct. 1948.

Murray, Harry E.: Comparison with Ex-
periment of Several Methods of Pre-
dicting the Lift of Wings in Subsonic
Compressible Flow. TN 1739, Oct.
1948.
Harmon, Sidney M.: Stability Derivatives
of Thin Rectangular Wings at Super-
sonic Speeds. Wing Diagonals Ahead
of Tip Mach Lines. TN 1706, Nov.
1948.

Stevens, Victor I.: Theoretical Basic
Span Loading Characteristics of Wings
with Arbitrary Sweep, Aspect Ratio,
and Taper Ratio. TN 1772, Dec. 1948.
Malvestuto, Frank S., Jr. and Margolis,
Kenneth: Theoretical Stability Deriva-
tives of Thin Sweptback Wings Tapered
to a Point with Sweptback or Swept-
forward Trailing Edges for a Limited
Range of Supersonic Speeds. TN 1761,
Jan. 1949.
Hess, Robert V. and Gardner, Clifford S.:
Study by the Prandtl-Glauert Method
of Compressibility Effects and Critical
Mach Number for Ellipsoids of Various
Aspect Ratios and Thickness Ratios.
TN 1792,, Jan. 1949.

Margolis, Kenneth: Effect of Thickness
on the Lateral Force and Yawing
Moment of a Sideslipping Delta Wing
at Supersonic Speeds. TN 1798, Jan.
1949.

Goodman, Alex and Fisher, Lewis R.:
Investigation at Low Speeds of the
Effect of Aspect Ratio and Sweep on
Rolling Stability Derivatives of Un-
tapered Wings. TN 1835, March 1949.

Bird, John D.: Some Theoretical Low-
Speed Span Loading Characteristics of
Swept Wings in Roll and Sideslip. TN
1839, March 1949.

Jones, Arthur L. and Alksne, Alberta:
The Yawing Moment Due to Sideslip of
Triangular, Trapezoidal, and Related
Plan Forms in Supersonic Flow. TN
1850, April 1949.

Polhamus, Edward C.: A Simple Method of
Estimating the Subsonic Lift and
Damping in Roll of Sweptback Wings.
TN 1862, April 1949.
Gothert and R6ber: Systematic Investiga-
tions of the Effects of Plan Form and
Gap Between the Fixed Surface and
Control Surface on Simple Flapped
Wings. TM 1206, May 1949.







AERODYNAMICS
82 WINGS (1.2)


Aspect Ratio Complete Wings (Cont.)

Dupleich, Paul: Rotation in Free Fall of
Rectangular Wings of Elongated Shape.
TM 1201, April 1949.

Malvestuto, Frank S., Jr.; Margolis,
Kenneth and Ribner, Herbert S.: Theo-
retical Lift and Damping in Roll of
Thin Sweptback Wings of Arbitrary
Taper and Sweep at Supersonic Speeds.
Subsonic Leading Edges and Supersonic
Trailing Edges. TN 1860, April 1949.
Watkins, Charles E.: Effect of Aspect
Ratio on Undamped Torsional Oscil-
lations of a Thin Rectangular Wing in
Supersonic Flow. TN 1895, June 1949.
Tucker, Warren A. and Nelson, Robert L.:
The Effect of Torsional Flexibility on
the Rolling Characteristics at Super-
sonic Speeds of Tapered Unswept Wings.
TN 1890, June 1949.

G6thert, B.: Airfoil Measurements in the
DVL High-Speed Wind Tunnel (2.7-
Meter Diameter). TM 1240, June
1949.
Goodman, Alex and Adair, Glenn H.:
Estimation of the Damping in Roll of
Wings Through the Normal Flight
Range of Lift Coefficient. TN 1924,
July 1949.

Sweep
(1.2.2.2.3)

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas
A.: Wind Tunnel Force Tests in Wing
Systems Through Large Angles of
Attack. TN 294, Aug. 1928.
Muttray, H.: Investigation of the Effect of
the Fuselage on the Wing of a Low-
Wing Monoplane. TM 517, June 1929.
Knight, Montgomery and Noyes, Richard
W.: Span Load Distribution on Two
Monoplane Wing Models as Affected by
Twist and Sweepback. TN 346, July
1930.

Knight, Montgomery and Noyes, Richard
W.: Span-Load Distribution as a
Factor in Stability in Roll. Rept. 393,
1931.
Sanders, Robert: Aerodynamic Tests of a
Low Aspect Ratio Tapered Wing with an
Auxiliary Airfoil for Use on Tailless
Airplanes. TN 477, Nov. 1933.

Anderson, Raymond F.: Charts for De-
termining the Pitching Moment of
Tapered Wings with Sweepback and
Twist. TN 483, Dec. 1933.


Datwyler, G.: Calculations of the Effect
of Wing Twist on the Air Forces Acting
on a Monoplane Wing. TN 520, March
1935.

Wood, Donald H. and Windler, Ray: The
Effect of Lateral Inclination of the
Thrust Axis and of Sweepback of the
Leading Edge of the Wing on Pro-
pulsive and Net Efficiencies of a Wing-
Nacelle-Propeller Combination. ACR,
April 1935.

Anderson, Raymond F.: Determination of
the Characteristics of Tapered Wings.
Rept. 572, 1936.
House, Rufus 0. and Wallace, Arthur R.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Effect of
Interference on Lateral-Stability
Characteristics of Four NACA 23012
Wings an Elliptical and a Circular
Fuselage and Vertical Fins. Rept. 705,
1941.

Mutterperl, William: The Calculation of
Span Load Distributions on Swept-
Back Wings. TN 834, Dec. 1941.

Muse, Thomas C. and Neely, Robert H.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
Low-Drag Tapered Wing with Straight
Trailing Edge and Simple Split Flaps.
ACR, Dec. 1941.

Cohen, Doris: A Method for Determining
the Camber and Twist of a Surface to
Support a Given Distribution of Lift.
Rept. 826, 1945.

Jones, Robert T.: Properties of Low-
Aspect-Ratio Pointed Wings at Speeds
Below and Above the Speed of Sound.
Rept. 835, 1946.
Brown, Clinton E.: Theoretical Lift and
Drag of Thin Triangular Wings at
Supersonic Speeds. Rept. 839, 1946.

Jones, Robert T.: Thin Oblique Airfoils
at Supersonic Speed. Rept. 851, 1946.

Jones, Robert T.: Wing Plan Forms for
High-Speed Flight. Rept. 863, 1946.
Letko, William and Goodman, Alex: Pre-
liminary Wind-Tunnel Investigation at
Low Speed of Stability and Control
Characteristics of Swept-Back Wings.
TN 1046, April 1946.
Soule, Hartley A.: Influence of Large
Amounts of Wing Sweep on Stability
and Control Problems of Aircraft.
TN 1088, June 1946.
Shortal, Joseph A. and Maggin, Bernard:
Effect of Sweepback and Aspect Ratio
on Longitudinal Stability Characteris-
tics of Wings at Low Speeds. TN 1093,
July 1946.







AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 83


Sweep Complete Wings (Cont.)

Maggin, Bernard and Shanks, Robert E.:
The Effect of Geometric Dihedral on
the Aerodynamic Characteristics of a
400 Swept-Back Wing of Aspect Ratio
3. TN 1169, Dec. 1946.

Jones, Robert T.: Wing Planforms for
High-Speed Flight. Rept. 863, 1947.

Jones, Robert T.: Effects of Sweepback on
Boundary Layer and Separation. Rept.
884, 1947.

Blenk, Hermann: The Monoplane as a
Lifting Vortex Surface. TM 1111, Feb.
1947.

Ellis, Macon C., Jr. and Hasel, Lowell E.:
Preliminary Tests at Supersonic Speeds
of Triangular and Swept-Back Wings.
RM L6,17, Feb. 1947.
GCthert, B.: High-Speed Measurements on
a Swept-Back Wing. TM 1102, March
1947.
Weissinger, J.: The Lift Distribution of
Swept-Back Wings. TM 1120, March
1947.

Conner, D. William: Effect of Reflex
Camber on the Aerodynamic Charac-
teristics of a Highly Tapered Mod-
erately Swept-Back Wing at Reynolds
Numbers up to 8,000,000. TN 1212,
March 1947.

Watkins, Charles E.: The Streamline
Pattern in the Vicinity of an Oblique
Airfoil. TN 1231, March 1947.

Scher, Stanley H.: Effect of 400 Sweepback
on the Spin and Recovery Characteris-
tics of a 1-Scale Model of a Typical
25
Fighter-Type Airplane as Determined
by Free-Spinning-Tunnel Tests. TN
1256, April 1947.

Campbell, John P. and Drake, Hubert M.:
Investigation of Stability and Control
Characteristics of an Airplane Model
with Skewed Wing in the Langley Free-
Flight Tunnel. TN 1208, May 1947.

Eisenstadt, Bertram J.: Boundary-Induced
Upwash for Yawed and Swept-Back
Wings in Closed Circular Wind Tunnels.
TN 1265, May 1947.

Bennett, Charles V. and Johnson, Joseph
L.: Experimental Determination of the
Damping in Roll and Aileron Rolling
Effectiveness of Three Wings Having
20, 420, and 620 Sweepback. TN 1278,
May 1947.


Lowry, John G. and Schneiter, Leslie E.:
Investigation at Low Speed of the Lon-
gitudinal Stability Characteristics of a
600 Swept-Back Tapered Low-Drag
Wing. TN 1284, May 1947.

Maggin, Bernard and Bennett, Charles V.:
Low-Speed Stability and Damping-In-
Roll Characteristics of Some Highly
Swept Wings. TN 1286, May 1947.

Maggin, Bernard and Bennett, Charles V.:
Flight Tests of an Airplane Model with
a 420 Swept-Back Wing in the Langley
Free-Flight Tunnel. TN 1287, May
1947.

Maggin, Bernard and Bennett, Charles V.:
Flight Tests of an Airplane Model with
a 620 Swept-Back Wing in the Langley
Free-Flight Tunnel. TN 1288, May
1947.

Harmon, Sidney M. and Swanson, Margaret
D.: Calculations of the Supersonic
Wave Drag of Nonlifting Wings with
Arbitrary Sweepback and Aspect Ratio
Wings Swept Behind the Mach Lines.
TN 1319, May 1947.

Thiel, G. and Weissinger, F.: Six-Com-
ponent Measurements on a Straight and
a 350 Swept-Back Trapezoidal Wing
With and Without Split Flap. TM 1107,
June 1947.

Lange/Wacke: Test Report on Three- and
Six-Component Measurements on a
Series of Tapered Wings of Small
Aspect Ratio. TM 1146, June 1947.

Jones, Robert T.: Subsonic Flow over
Thin Oblique Airfoils at Zero Lift. TN
1340, June 1947.

Hieser, Gerald: Tuft Studies of the Flow
over a Wing at Four Angles of Sweep.
RM L7CO5a, July 1947.

Lange/Wacke: Test Report on Measure-
ments on a Series of Tapered Wings of
Small Aspect Ratio (Trapezoidal Wing
with Fuselage). TM 1129, July 1947.

Jacobs, W.: Pressure-Distribution
Measurements on Unyawed Swept-Back
Wings. TM 1164, July 1947.

Jones, Robert T.: Estimated Lift-Drag
Ratios at Supersonic Speed. TN 1350,
July 1947.

Mendelsohn, Robert A. and Brewer, Jack
D.: Comparison Between the Measured
and Theoretical Span Loadings on a
Moderately Swept-Forward and a Mod-
erately Swept-Back Semispan Wing.
TN 1351, July 1947.







AERODYNAMICS
84 WINGS (1.2)


,weep Complete 'ings (Cont.)

Letko, William and Feigenbaum, David:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Split
Trailing-Edge Lift and Trim Flaps on
a Tapered Wing with 230 Sweepback.
TN 1352, July 1947.

Purser, Paul E.; Spearman, M. Leroy and
Bates, William R.: Preliminary Inves-
tigation at Low Speed of Downwash
Characteristics of Small-Scale Swept-
back Wings. TN 1378, July 1947.
Garrick, I. E. and Rubinow, S. I.: Theo-
retical Study of Air Forces on an Oscil-
lating or Steady Thin Wing in a Super-
sonic Main Stream. TN 1383, July 1947.

Heaslet, Max A.; Lomax, Harvard and
Jones, Arthur L.: Volterra's Solution
of the Wave Equation as Applied to
Three -Dimensional Supersonic Airfoil
Problems. TN 1412, Aug. 1947.

Margolis, Kenneth: Supersonic Wave Drag
of Sweptback Tapered Wings at Zero
Lift. TN 1448, Oct. 1947.

Harmon, Sidney M.: Theoretical Super-
sonic Wave Drag of Untapered Swept-
back and Rectangular Wings at Zero
Lift. TN 1449, Oct. 1947.

Tosti, Louis P.: Low-Speed Static Stabil-
ity and Damping-in-Roll Characteris-
tics of Some Swept and Unswept Low-
Aspect-Ratio Wings. TN 1468, Oct.
1947.
Van Dorn, Nicholas H. and DeYoung, John:
A Comparison of Three Theoretical
Methods of Calculating Span Load Dis-
tribution on Swept Wings. TN 1476,
Nov. 1947.
DeYoung, John: Theoretical Additional
Span Loading Characteristics of Wings
with Arbitrary Sweep, Aspect Ratio,
and Taper Ratio. TN 1491, Dec. 1947.

Jones, Arthur L. and Sluder, Loma: An
Application of Falkner's Surface-Load-
ing Method to Prediction of Hinge-
Moment Parameters for Swept-back
Wings. TN 1506, Feb. 1948.
Sjoberg, S. A. and Reeder, J. P.: Flight
Measurements of the Lateral and
Directional Stability and Control Char-
acteristics of an Airplane Having a 35
Sweptback Wing with 40-Fercent-Span
Slots and a Comparison with Wind-
Tunnel Data. TN 1511, Jan. 1948.

Pierce, Harold B.: Tests of a 450 Swept-
back-Wing Model in the Langley Gust
Tunnel. TN 1528, Feb. 1948.


Brennecke: Maintaining Laminar Flow in
the Boundary Layer Using a Swept-
Back Wing. TM 1180, Feb. 1948.

Margolis, Kenneth: Effect of Chordwise
Location of Maximum Thickness on the
Supersonic Wave Drag of Sweptback
Wings. TN 1543, March 1948.
Jones, Arthur L. and Alksne, Alberta: The
Damping Due to Roll of Triangular,
Trapezoidal, and Related Plan Forms
in Supersonic Flow. TN 1548, March
1948.

Cohen, Doris: The Theoretical Lift of
Flat Swept-Back Wings at Supersonic
Speeds. TN 1555, March 1948.
Dods, Jules B., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Horizontal Tails. I Unswept
and 350 Swept-Back Plan Forms of
Aspect Ratio 3. RM A7K24, April 1948.

Brown, Clinton E. and Adams, Mac C.:
Damping in Pitch and Roll of Triangu-
lar Wings at Supersonic Speeds. TN
1566, April 1948.

Lange/Wacke: Test Report on Three- and
Six-Component Measurements on a
Series of Tapered Wings of Small
Aspect Ratio. (Partial Report: Tri-
angular Wing). TM 1176, May 1948.

Toll, Thomas A. and C'Oueijo, M. J.: Ap-
proximate Relations and Charts for
Low-Speed Stability Derivatives of
Swept Wings. TN 1581, May 1948.

Diederich, Franklin W.: A Simple Approx-
imate Method for Obtaining Spanwise
Lift Distributions over Swept Wings.
RM L7107, May 1948.
Wick, Bradford H.: Chordwise and Span-
wise Loadings Measured at Low Speed
on a Triangular Wing Having an Aspect
Ratio of Two and an NACA 0012 Airfoil
Section. TN 1650, June 1948.
Dods, Jules B., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Horizontal Tails. II Unswept
and 350 Swept-Back Plan Forms of
Aspect Ratio 4.5. RM A8Bl, June
1948.
Wollner, Bertram C.: Charts for Deter-
mining Preliminary Values of Span-
Load, Shear, Bending-Moment, and
Accumulated -Torque Distributions of
Swept Wings of Various Taper Ratios.
RM L8A26, July 1948.

Letko, William and Cowan, John W.: Effect
of Taper Ratio on Low-Speed Static
and Yawing Stability Derivatives of 450
Sweptback Wings with Aspect Ratio of
2.61. TN 1671, July 1948.







AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 85


Sweep Complete Tings (Cont.)

Goodman, Alex and Brewer, Jack D.: In-
vestigation at Low Speeds of the Effect
of Aspect Ratio and Sweep on Static
and Yawing Stability Derivatives of
Untapered Wings. TN 1669, Aug. 1948.

Margolis, Kenneth: Supersonic Wave Drag
of Nonlifting Sweptback Tapered Wings
with Mach Lines Behind the Line of
Maximum Thickness. TN 1672, Aug.
1948.

Lowry, John G. and.Schneiter, Leslie E.:
Estimation of Effectiveness of Flap-
Type Controls on Sweptback Wings.
TN 1674, Aug. 1948.
Sjoberg, S. A. and Reeder, J. P.: Flight
Measurements of the Longitudinal
Stability, Stalling, and Lift Character-
istics of an Airplane Having a 350
Sweptback Wing Without Slots and with
40-Percent-Span Slots and a Compari-
son with Wind-Tunnel Data. TN 1679,
Aug. 1948.
Diederich, Franklin W. and Budiansky,
Bernard: Divergence of Swept Wings.
TN 1680, Aug. 1948.

Queijo, M. J. and Jaquet, Byron M.: Inves-
tigation of Effects of Geometric Di-
hedral on Low-Speed Static Stability and
Yawing Characteristics of an Untapered
450 Sweptback-Wing Model of Aspect
Ration 2.61. TN 1668, Sept. 1948.

Jones, Arthur L.; Spreiter, John R. and
Alksne, Alberta: The Rolling Moment
Due to Sideslip of Triangular, Trape-
zoidal, and Related Plan Forms in
Supersonic Flow. TN 1700, Sept. 1948.

Hoggard, H. Page, Jr. and Hagerman, John
R.: Downwash and Wake Behind Un-
tapered Wings of Various Aspect
Ratios and Angles of Sweep. TN 1703,
Oct. 1948.

Hieser, Gerald and Whitcomb, Charles F.:
Investigation of the Effects of a Nacelle
on the Aerodynamic Characteristics of
a Swept Wing and the Effects of Sweep
on a Wing Alone. TN 1709, Oct. 1948.
Toll, Thomas A. and Schneiter, Leslie E.:
Approximate Relations for Hinge-
Moment Parameters of Control Sur-
faces on Swept Wings at Low Mach
Numbers. TN 1711, Oct. 1948.

Pierce, Harold B.: Gust-Tunnel Investi-
gation of a 45' Sweptforward-Wing
Model. TN 1717, Oct. 1948.

Queijo, M. J. and Jaquet, Byron M.: Cal-
culated Effects of Geometric Dihedral
on the Low-Speed Rolling Derivatives
of Swept Wings. TN 1732, Oct. 1948.


Murray, Harry E.: Comparison with Ex-
periment of Several Methods of Pre-
dicting the Lift of Wings in Subsonic
Compressible Flow. TN 1739, Oct.
1948.

Sjoberg, S. A. and Reeder, 3. P.: Flight
Measurements of the Stability, Con-
trol, and Stalling Characteristics of an
Airplane Having a 350 Sweptback Wing
Without Slots and with 80-Percent-
Span Slots and a Comparison with
Wind-Tunnel Data. TN 1743, Nov.
1948.

Polhamus, Edward C.: Jet-Boundary-
Induced-Upwash Velocities for Swept
Reflection-Plane Models Mounted
Vertically in 7-by 10-Foot, Closed,
Rectangular Wind Tunnels. TN 1752,
Nov. 1948.

Dods, Jules B., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Horizontal Tails. III Un-
swept and 350 Swept-Back Plan Forms
of Aspect Ratio 6. RM A8H30, Dec.
1948.
Malvestuto, Frank S., Jr. and Margolis,
Kenneth: Theoretical Stability Deriv-
atives of Thin Sweptback Wings Tapered
to a Point with Sweptback or Swept-
forward Training Edges for a Limited
Range of Supersonic Speeds. TN 1761,
Jan. 1949.

Reisert, Thomas D.: Gust-Tunnel Investi-
gation of a Wing Model with Semichord
Line Swept Back 300. TN 1794, Jan.
1949.

McCormack, Gerald M. and Cook, Woodrow
L.: A Study of Stall Phenomena on a
45' Swept-Forward Wing. TN 1797,
Jan. 1949.

Margolis, Kenneth: Effect of Thickness on
the Lateral Force and Yawing Moment
of a Sideslipping Delta Wing at Super-
sonic Speeds. TN 1798, Jan. 1949.

Baldwin, Barrett S., Jr.: Triangular
Wings Cambered and Twisted to Sup-
port Specified Distributions of Lift at
Supersonic Speeds. TN 1816, Feb.
1949.

Goodman, Alex and Fisher, Lewis R.:
Investigation at Low Speeds of the
Effect of Aspect Ratio and Sweep on
Rolling Stability Derivatives of Un-
tapered Wings. TN 1835, March 1949.
Bird, John D.: Some Theoretical Low-
Speed Span Loading Characteristics
of Swept Wings in Roll and Sideslip.
TN 1839, March 1949.


............







AERODYNAMIC S
86 WINGS (1.2)


Sweep Complete Wings (Cont.)

Jones, Arthur L. and Alksne, Alberta: The
Yawing Moment Due to Sideslip of Tri-
angular, Trapezoidal, and Related Plan
Forms in Supersonic Flow. TN 1850,
April 1949.
Fisher, Lewis R.: Approximate Correc-
tions for the Effects of Compressibility
on the Subsonic Stability Derivatives
of Swept Wings. TN 1854, April 1949.
Polhamus, Edward C.: A Simple Method
of Estimating the Subsonic Lift and
Damping in Roll of Sweptback Wings.
TN 1862, April 1949.

Lange/Wacke: Test Report on Three- and
Six-Component Measurements on a
Series of Tapered Wings of Small
Aspect Ratio. TM 1225, May 1949.

Malvestuto, Frank S., Jr.; Margolis,
Kenneth and Ribner, Herbert S.:
Theoretical Lift and Damping in Roll
of Thin Sweptback Wings of Arbitrary
Taper and Sweep at Supersonic Speeds.
Subsonic Leading Edges and Super-
sonic Trailing Edges. TN 1860, April
1949.

Buschner, R.: On the Installation of Jet
Engine Nacelles on a Wing. Fourth
Partial Report: Pressure-Distribu-
tion Measurements on a Sweptback
Wing with Jet Engine Nacelle. TM
1226, July 1949.

Goodman, Alex and Adair, Glenn H.:
Estimation of the Damping in Roll of
Wings Through the Normal Flight
Range of Lift Coefficient. TN 1924,
July 1949.
Taper
(1.2.2.2.4)

Norton, F. H. and Bacon, D. L.: Pressure
Distribution over Thick Aerofoils--
Model Tests. Rept. 150, 1922.
Norton, F. H. and Bacon, D. L.: The
Aerodynamic Properties of Thick
Aerofoils, II. Rept. 152, 1922.

Prondzynski, Stephan V.: The Wing with a
Pointed Tip. TM 146, Oct. 1922.

Reid, Elliott G.: Pressure Distribution
over Thick Tapered Airfoils, NACA-
81, USA-27C Modified and USA-35.
Rept. 229, 1926.

Fairbanks, A. J.: Distribution of Pressure
over Model of the Upper Wing and
Aileron of a Fokker D-VII Airplane.
Rept. 254, 1927.


Wenzinger, Carl J. and Harris, Thomas
A.: Wind Tunnel Force Tests in Wing
Systems Through Large Angles of
Attack. TN 294, Aug. 1928.
Wenzinger, Carl J.: Pressure Distribution
over a Thick, Tapered and Twisted
Monoplane Wing Model NACA-81-1.
Rept. 367, 1930.

Amstutz, E.: Calculation of Tapered
Monoplane Wings. TM 578, Aug. 1930.
Anderson, Raymond F.: The Aerodynamic
Characteristics of 'Ihree Tapered Air-
foils Tested in the Variable Density
Wind Tunnel. TN 367, Feb. 1931.
Arsandaux, L.: Investigation of Certain
Wing Shapes with Sections Varying
Progressively Along the Span. TM
617, April 1931.

Weick, Fred E. and Harris, Thomas A.:
Wind-Tunnel Research Comparing
Lateral Control Devices, Particularly
at High Angles of Attack. XI. Various
Floating Tip Ailerons on Both Rectan-
gular and Tapered Wings. TN 458,
May 1933.
Anderson, Raymond F.: Determination of
the Characteristics of Tapered Wings.
Rept. 572, 1936.
Pearson, H. A.: Span Load Distribution
for Tapered Wings with Partial-Span
Flaps. Rept. 585, 1937.

Wenzinger, Carl J.: Wind-Tunnel Inves-
tigation of Tapered Wings with Ordi-
nary Ailerons and Partial-Span Split
Flaps. Rept. 611, 1937.

Pearson, H. A.: Theoretical Span Loading
and Moments of Tapered Wings Pro-
duced by Aileron Deflection. TN 589,
Jan. 1937.
Pearson, H. A.: Empirical Corrections to
the Span Load Distribution at the Tip.
TN 606, Aug. 1937.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Tapered Wings, Tip
Stalling, and Preliminary Results from
Tests of the Stall-Control Flap. ACR
(WR L-296), Nov. 1937.
Anderson, Raymond F.: The Experimental
and Calculated Characteristics of 22
Tapered Wings. Rept. 627, 1938.

Wenzinger, Carl J. and Ames, Milton B.,
Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of
Rectangular and Tapered NACA 23012
Wings with Plain Ailerons and Full-
Span Split Flaps. TN 661, Aug. 1938.






AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 87


Taper Complete Wings (Cont.)

House, R. 0.: The Effects of Partial-
Span Plain Flaps on the Aerodynamic
Characteristics of a Rectangular and a
Tapered Clark Y Wing. TN 663, Sept.
1938.

Pearson, Henry A. and Anderson,
Raymond F.: Calculation of the Aero-
dynamic Characteristics of Tapered
Wings with Partial-Span Flaps.
Rept. 665, 1939.

Bamiber, M. J. and House, R. 0.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of Effect of Yaw
on Lateral-Stability Characteristics.
I Four NACA 23012 Wings of Various
Plan Forms With and Without Dihedral.
TN 703, April 1939.
Anderson, Raymond F.: A Comparison of
Several Tapered Wings Designed to
Avoid Tip Stalling. TN 713, June 1939.

House, Rufus 0.: The Effects of Partial-
Span Slotted Flaps on the Aerodynamic
Characteristics of a Rectangular and a
Tapered NACA 23012 Wing. TN 719,
July 1939.
Soule, H. A. and Anderson, R. F.: Design
Charts Relating to the Stalling of
Tapered Wings. Rept. 703, 1940.

House, Rufus 0. and Wallace, Arthur R.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Effect of
Interference on Lateral-Stability
Characteristics of Four NACA 23012
Wings an Elliptical and a Circular
Fuselage and Vertical Fins. Rept.
705, 1941.

Greenberg, Harry: Characteristics of
NACA 4400R Series Rectangular and
Tapered Airfoils, Including the Effect
of Split Flaps. ACR (WR L-493),
Jan. 1941.
Mutterperl, William: The Calculation of
Span Load Distributions on Swept-Back
Wings. TN 834, Dec. 1941.
Muse, Thomas C. and Neely, Robert H.:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of an NACA
Low-Drag Tapered Wing with Straight
Trailing Edge and Simple Split Flaps.
ACR, Dec. 1941.

Diehl, Walter S.: The Mean Aerodynamic
Chord and the Aerodynamic Center of
a Tapered Wing. Rept. 751, 1942.

Rogallo, F. M. and Lowry, John G.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of a Plain Aileron
and a Balanced Aileron on a Tapered
Wing with Full-Span Duplex Flaps.
ARR (WR L-481), July 1942.


Rogallo, F. M. and Purser, Paul E.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of a Plain Aileron
with Various Trailing-Edge Modifica-
tions on a Tapered Wing. I Aileron
with Fixed Inset Tabs. ARR (WR
L-513), Sept. 1942.
Rogallo, F. M. and Purser, Paul E.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of a Plain Aileron
with Various Trailing-Edge Modifica-
tions on a Tapered Wing. II Aileron
with Thickened and Beveled Trailing
Edges. ARR (WR L-228), Oct. 1942.
Neely, Robert H.: Wind-Tunnel Tests of
Two Tapered Wings with Straight
Trailing Edges and with Constant-
Chord Center Sections of Different
Spans. ARR (WR L-332), March 1943.

Fairbanks, Richard W. and Alexander,
Sidney R.: Wind-Tunnel Tests of Two
Tapered Wings with Straight Leading
Edges and with Constant-Chord Center
Sections of Different Spans. ARR
3J28 (WR L-311), Oct. 1943.
Neely, Robert H.: Wind-Tunnel Tests of
an NACA 44R-Series Tapered Wing
with a Straight Trailing Edge and a
Constant-Chord Center Section. RB
3L13, Dec. 1943.

Savelyev, V. V.: Determination of the
Mass Moments and Radii of Inertia of
the Sections of a Tapered Wing and the
Center-of-Gravity Line Along the Wing
Span. TM 1052, Dec. 1943.
Jones, Robert T.: Properties of Low-
Aspect-Ratio Pointed Wings at Speeds
Below and Above the Speed of Sound.
Rept. 835, 1946.
Brown, Clinton E.: Theoretical Lift and
Drag of Thin Triangular Wings at
Supersonic Speeds. Rept. 839, 1946.

Shortal, Joseph A. and Maggin, Bernard:
Effect of Sweepback and Aspect Ratio
on Longitudinal Stability Character-
istics of Wings at Low Speeds. TN
1093, July 1946.
Neely, Robert H.; Bollech, Thomas V.;
Westrick, Gertrude C. and Graham,
Robert R.: Experimental and Calcu-
lated Characteristics of Several NACA
44-Series Wings with Aspect Ratios
of 8, 10, and 12 and Taper Ratios of
2.5 and 3.5. TN 1270, May 1947.
Ribner, Herbert S.: A Transonic Pro-
peller of Triangular Plan Form. TN
1303, May 1947.
Letko, William and Feigenbaum, David:
Wind-Tunnel Investigation of Split
Trailing-Edge Lift and Trim Flaps on
a Tapered Wing with 230 Sweepback.
TN 1352, July 1947.






AERODYNAMICS
88 WINGS (1.2)


Taper Complete wings (Cont.)

Purser, Paul E.; Spearman, M. Leory and
Bates, William R.: Preliminary In-
vestigation at Low Speed of Downwash
Characteristics of Small-Scale Swept-
back Wings. TN 1378, July 1947.
Nielsen, Jack N.: Effect of Aspect Ratio
and Taper on the Pressure Drag at
Supersonic Speeds of Unswept Wings
at Zero Lift. TN 1487, Nov. 1947.

DeYoung, John: Theoretical Additional
Span Loading Characteristics of Wings
with Arbitrary Sweep, Aspect Ratio,
and Taper Ratio. TN 1491, Dec. 1947.

Lovell, Powell M., Jr.: The Effect of
Wing Bending Deflection on the Rolling
Moment Due to Sideslip. TN 1541,
Feb. 1948.

Margolis, Kenneth: Effect of Chordwise
Location of Maximum Thickness on the
Supersonic Wave Drag of Sweptback
Wings. TN 1543, March 1948.

Cohen, Doris: The Theoretical Lift of
Flat Swept-Back Wings at Supersonic
Speeds. TN 1555, March 1948.

Brown, Clinton E. and Adams, Mac C.:
Damping in Pitch and Roll of Triangu-
lar Wings at Supersonic Speeds. TN
1566, April 1948.

Lange/Wacke: Test Report on Three- and
Six-Component Measurements on a
Series of Tapered Wings of Small
Aspect Ratio. (Partial Report: Tri-
angular Wing). TM 1176, May 1948.

Toll, Thomas A. and Queijo, M. J.: Ap-
proximate Relations and Charts for
Low-Speed Stability Derivatives of
Swept Wings. TN 1581, May 1948.

Wollner, Bertram C.: Charts for Deter-
mining Preliminary Values of Span-
Load, Shear, Bending-Moment, and
Accumulated -Torque Distributions of
Swept Wings of Various Taper Ratios.
RM L8A26, July 1948.
Letko, William and Cowan, John W.: Ef-
fect of Taper Ratio on Low-Speed
Static and Yawing Stability Derivatives
of 450 Sweptback Wings with Aspect
Ratio of 2.61. TN 1671, July 1948.
Margolis, Kenneth: Supersonic Wave
Drag of Nonlifting Sweptback Tapered
Wings with Mach Lines Behind the
Line of Maximum Thickness. TN 1672,
Aug. 1948.


Bollech, Thomas V.: Experimental and
Calculated Characteristics of Several
High-Aspect-Ratio Tapered Wings
Incorporating NACA 44-Series, 230-
Series, and Low-Drag 64-Series Air-
foil Sections. TN 1677, Sept. 1948.

Margolis, Kenneth: Supersonic Wave Drag
of Sweptback Tapered Wings at Zero
Lift. TN 1448, Oct. 1948.

Weil, Joseph and Sleeman, William C., Jr.:
Prediction of the Effects of Propeller
Operation on the Static Longitudinal
Stability of Single-Engine Tractor
Monoplanes with Flaps Retracted.
TN 1722, Oct. 1948.
Stevens, Victor I.: Theoretical Basic
Span Loading Characteristics of Wings
with Arbitrary Sweep, Aspect Ratio,
and Taper Ratio. TN 1772, Dec. 1948.
Malvestuto, Frank S., Jr. and Margolis,
Kenneth: Theoretical Stability Deriva-
tives of Thin Sweptback Wings Tapered
to a Point with Sweptback or Swept-
forward Trailing Edges for a Limited
Range of Supersonic Speeds. TN 1761,
Jan. 1949.
Bird, John D.: Some Theoretical Low-
Speed Span Loading Characteristics of
Swept Wings in Roll and Sideslip. TN
1839, March 1949.
Polhamus, Edward C.: A Simple Method
of Estimating the Subsonic Lift and
Damping in Roll of Sweptback Wings.
TN 1862, April 1949.

Lange/Wacke: Test Report on Three- and
Six-Component Measurements on a
Series of Tapered Wings of Small
Aspect Ratio. TM 1225, May 1949.
Malvestuto, Frank S., Jr.; Margolis,
Kenneth and Ribner, Herbert S.:
Theoretical Lift and Damping in Roll
of Thin Sweptback wings of Arbitrary
Taper and Sweep at Supersonic Speeds.
Subsonic Leading Edges and Supersonic
Trailing Edges. TN 1860, April 1949.
Tucker, Warren A. and Nelson, Robert L.:
The Effect of Torsional Flexibility on
the Rolling Characteristics at Super-
sonic Speeds of Tapered Unswept
Wings. TN 1890, June 1949.

Goodman, Alex and Adair, Glenn H.:
Estimation of the Damping in Roll of
Wings Through the Normal Flight
Range of Lift Coefficient. TN 1924,
July 1949.

Inlets and Exits
(1.2.2.2.5)

Jacobs, Eastman N.: Effect of Protruding
Gasoline Tanks upon the Characteris-
tics of an Airfoil. TN 249, Oct. 1926.







AERODYNAMICS
WINGS (1.2) 89


Inlets and Exits Complete Wings (Cont.)
Biermann, David and Valentine, E. Floyd:
Preliminary Model Tests of a Wing-
Duct Cooling System for Radial
Engines. ACR, Feb. 1939.

Nickle, F. R. and Freeman, Arthur B.:
Full-Scale Wind-Tunnel Investigation
of Wing-Cooling Ducts. Effects of
Propeller Slipstream. ACR, March
1939.

Silverstein, Abe: Experiments on the
Recovery of Waste Heat in Cooling
Ducts. ACR, May 1939.

Brevoolt, M. J. and Leifer, M.: Radiator
Design and Installation. ACR, May
1939.

Biermann, David and Valentine, E. Floyd:
Preliminary Tests of Blowers of
Three Designs Operating in Conjunc-
tion with a vVing-Duct Cooling System
for Radial Engines. ACR, June 1939.

Biermann, David and McLellan, Charles
H.: Wind-Tunnel Investigation of
Rectangular Air-Duct Entrances in
the Leading Edge of an NACA 23018
Wing. ACR, Sept. 1940.

Biermann, David and Corsen, Blake W.,
Jr.: Model Tests of a Wing-Duct
System for Auxiliary Air Supply. ACR,
Jan. 1941.

Nelson, W. J. and Czarnecki, K. R.: Wind-
Tunnel Investigation of Wing Ducts on
a Single-Engine Pursuit Airplane.
ARR 3J13 (WR L-407), Oct. 1943.
Sweberg, Harold H. and Dingeldein,
Richard C.: Summary of Measure-
ments in Langley Full-Scale Tunnel
of Maximum Lift Coefficients and
Stalling Characteristics of Airplanes.
Rept. 829, 1945.
Lange, Roy H.: A Summary of Drag Re-
sults from Recent Langley Full-Scale-
Tunnel Tests of Army and Navy Air-
planes. ACR L5A30 (WR L-108),
Feb. 1945.

Graham, Robert R.; Martina, Albert P.
and Salmi, Reino J.: Effects of Wing
Flaps and Wing Duct Inlet on the Lift
and Stalling Characteristics of a
1/4-Scale Partial-Span Model of the
Republic XF-12 Airplane in the Langley
19-Foot Pressure Tunnel. RM L6J22,
Nov. 1946.

Oswatitsch, KI.: Pressure Recovery for
Missiles with Reaction Propulsion at
High Supersonic Speeds (The Efficiency
of Shock Diffusers). TM 1140, June
1947.


Mossman, Emmet A. and Gault, Donald E.:
Development of NACA Submerged In-
lets and a Comparison with Wing
Leading Edge Inlets for a 1/4-Scale
Model of a Fighter Airplane. RM
A7A31, Aug. 1947.
Surface Conditions
(1.2.2.2.6)
Kumbruch, H.: Similitude Tests on Wing
Sections. TN 53, April 1921.

Zahm, A. F.: Influence of Model Surface
and Air Flow Texture on Resistance of
Aerodynamic Bodies. Rept. 139, 1922.

Schrenk, 0.: Effect of Roughness on
Properties of Airfoils. TM 375, Aug.
1926.

Wood, Donald H.: Tests of Large Airfoils
in the Propeller Research Tunnel,
Including Two with Corrugated Sur-
faces. Rept. 336, 1929.
Weick, Fred E.: Full Scale Investigation
of the Drag of a vNing Radiator. TN
318, Sept. 1929.
Schrenk, Martin: Measurement of Profile
Drag on an Airplane in Flight by the
Momentum Method. I. TM 557,
March 1930.

Jacobs, Eastman N.: The Aerodynamic
Characteristics of Eight Very Thick
Airfoils from Tests in the Variable
Density Wind Tunnel. Rept. 391, 1931.

Jacobs, Eastman N. and Sherman, Albert:
Wing Characteristics as Affected by
Protuberances of Short Span. Rept.
449, 1933.

Hiibner, Walter and Pleines, Wilhelm:
The D.V.L. Gliding-Angle Control
(W. Hibner Design). TM 697, Jan.
1933.
Hooker, Ray W.: The Aerodynamic Char-
acteristics of Airfoils as Affected by
Sdrface Roughness. TN 457, April
1933.

DeFrance, S. J.: Effect of the Surface
Condition of a Wing on the Aerody-
namic Characteristics of an Airplane.
TN 495, April 1934.

Dearborn, C. H.: Full-Scale Drag Tests
of Landing Lamps. TN 497, May 1934.

Hood, Manley J.: The Effects of Surface
Waviness and of Rib Stitching on Wing
Drag. TN 724, Aug. 1939.

Rodert, Lewis A. and Jones, Alun R.:
Profile-Drag Investigation of an Air-
plane Wing Equipped with Rubber In-
flatable De-Icer. ACR, Dec. 1939.


1XM71 06t--14 --7







AERODYNAMICS
90 WINGS (1.2)


Surf4ce Conditions Complete Wings (Cont.)

Muse, Thomas -C.: The Effect of Various
Wing-Gun Installations on the Aero-
dynamic Characteristics of an Airplane
Model Equipped with an NACA Low-
Drag Wing. ACR, July 1941.

Czarnecki, K. R. and Guryansky, Eugene
R.: Tests of Wing Machine-Gun and
Cannon Installations in the NACA Full-
Scale Wind Tunnel. ACR, Aug. 1941.
Jacobs, Eastman N.; Lundquist, Eugene
E.; Davidson, Milton and Houbolt, John
C.: A Preliminary Study of the Effect
of Compressive Load on the Fairness
of a Low-Drag Wing Specimen with Z-
Section Stiffeners. CB (WR L-527),
Jan. 1943.

Katzoff, S. and Finn, Robert S.: Note on
the Interpretation of Wake-Survey
Data and Its Use in the Estimation of
Induced Drag Due to Irregularities.
MR (WR L-639), Jan. 1944.

Zalovcik, John A.: Profile-Drag Coeffi-
cients of Conventional and Low-Drag
Airfoils as Obtained in Flight. ACR
L4E31 (WR L-139), May 1944.

Zalovcik, John A. and Wood, Clotaire: A
Flight Investigation of the Effect of
Surface Roughness on Wing profile
Drag with Transition Fixed. ARR
L4125 (WR L-159), Sept. 1944.

Turner, Philip S.; Doran, Jewel and
Reinhart, Frank W.: Fairing Compo-
sitions for Aircraft Surfaces. TN
958, Nov. 1944.

Sweberg, Harold H. and Dingeldein,
Richard C.: Summary of Measure-
ments in Langley Full-Scale Tunnel of
Maximum Lift Coefficients and Stalling
Characteristics of Airplanes. Rept.
829, 1945.

Nissen, James M.; Gadeberg, Burnett L.
and Hamilton, William T.: Correlation
of the Drag Characteristics of a P-51B
Airplane Obtained from High-Speed
Wind Tunnel and Flight Tests. ACR
4K02 (WR A-62), Feb. 1945.

Zalovcik, John A. and Skoog, Richard B.:
Flight Investigation of Boundary-Layer
Transition and Profile Drag of an
Experimental Low-Drag Wing Installed
on a Fighter-Type Airplane. ACR
L5CO8a (WR L-94), April 1945.
Zalovcik, John A.: Flight Investigation of
Boundary-Layer and Profile-Drag
Characteristics of Smooth Wing Sec-
tions of a P-47D Airplane. ACR
L5Hlla (WR L-86), Oct. 1945.


Zalovcik, John A. and Daum, Fred L.:
Flight Investigation at High Speeds of
Profile Drag of Wing of a P-47D Air-
plane Having Production Surfaces
Covered with Camouflage Paint. ACR
L6B21 (WR L-98), March 1946.
Quinn, John H., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Inves-
tigation of Boundary-Layer Control by
Suction on the NACA 653-418, a = 1.0
Airfoil Section with a 0.29-Airfoil-
Chord Double Slotted Flap. TN 1071,
June 1946.
Hall, Charles F. and Fitzgerald, Fred F.:
An Approximate Method for Calculat-
ing the Effect of Surface Roughness on
the Drag of an Airplane. RM A7B24,
March 1947.

Schueller, Carl F.: Pressure-Distribution
Measurements on a Full-Scale Hori-
zontal Tail Surface for a Mach Number
Range of 0.20 to 0.70. RM L7D08,
June 1947.
Tetervin, Neal: A Review of Boundary-
Layer Literature. TN 1384, July
1947.

Sivells, James C. and Spooner, Stanley H.:
Investigation in the Langley 19-Foot
Pressure Tunnel of Two Wings of NACA
65-210 and 64-210 Airfoil Sections
with Various Type Flaps. TN 1579,
May 1948.

Dods, Jules B., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Investi-
gation of Horizontal Tails. II Un-
swept and 350 Swept-Back Plan Forms
of Aspect Ratio 4.5. RM A8B1l, June
1948.
Davis, Don D., Jr. and Sweberg, Harold
H.: Investigation of Some Factors
Affecting Comparisons of Wind-Tunnel
and Flight Measurements of Maximum
Lift Coefficients for a Fighter-Type
Airplane. TN 1639, June 1948.

Bollech, Thomas V.: Experimental and
Calculated Characteristics of Several
High-Aspect-Ratio Tapered Wings
Incorporating NACA 44-Series, 230-
Series, and Low-Drag 64-Series Air-
foil Sections. TN 1677, Sept. 1948.

Cooper, Morton and Korycinski, Peter F.:
The Effects of Compressibility on the
Lift, Pressure, and Load Character-
istics of a Tapered Wing of NACA 66-
Series Airfoil Sections. TN 1697,
Oct. 1948.

Dods, Jules B., Jr.: Wind-Tunnel Inves-
tigation of Horizontal Tails. m Un-
swept and 350 Swept-Back Plan Forms
of Aspect Ratio 6. RM A8H30, Dec.
1948.